TSC-12.31.2014-10K
Table of Contents

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
_________

FORM 10-K
_________
ý
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014
¨
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from ____ to ____

Commission file number: 001-35913
_________
TRISTATE CAPITAL HOLDINGS, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
_________
Pennsylvania
 
20-4929029
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
One Oxford Centre
301 Grant Street, Suite 2700
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15219
(Address of principal executive offices)
(Zip Code)
(412) 304-0304
(Registrant's telephone number, including area code)
_________

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class
 
Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, no par value
 
The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC

Securities registered pursuant to section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    ¨ Yes ý No

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    ¨ Yes ý No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    ý Yes ¨ No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    ý Yes ¨ No




Table of Contents

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.    ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated filer
¨
 
Accelerated filer
ý
Non-accelerated filer
¨
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
Smaller reporting company
¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    ¨ Yes ý No

As of June 30, 2014, the aggregate market value of the shares of common stock held by non-affiliates, based on the closing price per share of the registrant’s common stock as reported on The Nasdaq Global Select Market, was approximately $312,129,000.

As of February 16, 2015, there were 28,181,221 shares of the registrant's common stock, no par value, outstanding.


DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the proxy statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission for the annual shareholders meeting to be held May 19, 2015, are incorporated by reference into Part III.




Table of Contents

TRISTATE CAPITAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


Table of Contents

PART I

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

Overview

TriState Capital Holdings, Inc. ("we", "us", "our" or the "Company") is a bank holding company headquartered in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. The Company has three wholly owned subsidiaries: TriState Capital Bank (the "Bank"), a Pennsylvania chartered bank; Chartwell Investment Partners, Inc. ("Chartwell"), a registered investment advisor; and Chartwell TSC Securities Corp. ("CTSC Securities"), which is applying to be registered as a broker/dealer with the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") and Financial Industry Regulatory Authority ("FINRA"). Through our bank subsidiary we serve middle-market businesses in our primary markets throughout the states of Pennsylvania, Ohio, New Jersey and New York and we also serve high-net-worth individuals on a national basis through our private banking channel. We market and distribute our banking products and services through a scalable branchless banking model, which creates significant operating leverage throughout our business as we continue to grow. Through our investment management subsidiary, we provide investment management services to institutional, sub-advisory, managed account and private clients on a national basis. Our broker/dealer subsidiary, once registered, will support the distribution and marketing efforts for Chartwell's proprietary investment products.

On March 5, 2014, TriState Capital Holdings, Inc. through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Chartwell Investment Partners, Inc., completed the acquisition of substantially all of the assets of Chartwell Investment Partners, LP (the "Chartwell acquisition"), an investment management firm with over 150 institutional clients and approximately $7.5 billion in assets under management. We believe that this acquisition has and will continue to enhance our recurring fee revenue, provide new product offerings for our national network of financial intermediaries, and leverage our financial services distribution capabilities. As a result of this acquisition, we operate two reportable segments: Bank and Investment Management.

The Bank segment provides commercial banking and private banking services to middle-market businesses and high-net-worth individuals through our TriState Capital Bank subsidiary. The Bank segment also includes general operating expenses of the Company, which includes the parent company activity as well as eliminations and adjustments which are necessary for purposes of reconciliation to the consolidated amounts.

The Investment Management segment provides advisory and sub-advisory investment management services to primarily institutional plan sponsors through Chartwell and also provides distribution and marketing efforts for Chartwell's proprietary investment products through CTSC Securities.

For additional information on financial information by segment since the Chartwell acquisition, refer to Note 23, Segments, to our consolidated financial statements.

Our Business Strategy

Our success has been built upon the vision and focus of our executive management team to combine the sophisticated products, services and risk management efforts of a large financial institution with the personalized service of a community bank. We believe that a results-based culture, combined with a well managed middle-market and private banking business, and our targeted investment management business, will continue to grow and generate attractive returns for shareholders. The following are the key components of our business strategies:

Our Sales and Distribution Culture. We focus on efficient and profitable sales and distribution of investment management services and banking products and services to middle-market businesses and private banking clients. Our relationship managers and distribution professionals have significant experience in the banking and financial services industries and are focused on client service. In our banking business, we monitor gross profit contribution, loan and deposit growth, and asset quality by market and by relationship manager. Our compensation program is designed within our banking business to incentivize our market presidents and relationship managers to prudently grow their loans, deposits and profitability, while maintaining strong asset quality. In our investment management business, our compensation program is designed to incentivize new assets under management while maximizing the retention of existing clients.

Disciplined Risk Management. We place an uncompromising emphasis on effective risk management as an integral component of our organizational culture. We use our risk management infrastructure to monitor existing operations, support decision-making and improve the success rate of existing products and services as well as new initiatives. A major part of our risk management effort has been our expansion into the investment management business through our Chartwell Acquisition. Also, in our banking business, this has included our focus on growing loans originated through our private banking channel. We believe these loans have lower credit risk because they are typically personally guaranteed by high-net-worth borrowers and/or are secured by readily liquid collateral, such as marketable securities.

4

Table of Contents


Experienced Professionals. Having successful and high quality professionals is critical to continuing to drive prudent growth in our business. In addition to our experienced executive management team and board of directors, we employ highly experienced personnel across our entire organization. Our middle-market banking presidents each have at least 25 years of banking experience and our middle-market relationship managers have an average of more than 20 years of banking experience. Chartwell's mission is successfully executed through the dedication of investment professionals who average over 20 years of industry experience. We believe that our distinct business model, culture, and scalable platform enable us to attract and retain high quality professionals. Additionally, our low overhead costs give us the financial capability to attract and incentivize qualified professionals who desire to work in an entrepreneurial and results-oriented organization.

Efficient and Scalable Operating Model. With respect to our banking business, we believe our branchless banking model gives us a competitive advantage by eliminating the overhead and intense management requirements of a traditional branch network. Moreover, we believe that we have a scalable platform and organizational infrastructure that position us to grow our revenue more rapidly than our operating expenses. We also believe that our investment management business has an equally efficient and scalable business model that focuses on institutional direct clients and wholesale distribution channels to reach retail investors.

Lending Strategy. We generate loans through our middle-market banking and private banking channels. These channels provide risk diversification and offer significant growth opportunities.

Middle-Market Banking Channel. We target our middle-market business primarily at businesses with revenues between $5.0 million and $300.0 million located within our primary markets. To capitalize on this opportunity, each of our representative offices is led by an experienced market president so we can understand the specialized lending needs of the middle-market businesses in their area. They are supported by highly experienced relationship managers with a reputation for success in targeting middle-market business customers and maintaining strong credit quality within their loan portfolios.

Private Banking Channel. We provide loan products and services nationally to executives and high-net-worth individuals many of whom we source through referral relationships with independent broker/dealers, wealth managers, family offices, trust companies and other financial intermediaries. Our private banking products primarily include loans secured by cash, marketable securities and other asset-based loans. Our relationship managers have cultivated referral arrangements with 90 financial intermediaries. Under these arrangements, the financial intermediaries are able to refer their clients to us for responsive and sophisticated banking services. We believe many of our referral relationships also create cross-selling opportunities with respect to our deposit products and our investment management business. These loans are primarily made to high net worth individuals or their closely held businesses, partnerships or trusts. Our executive and senior management teams and our board of directors have extensive experience in the wealth management and securities industries. This expertise helps us to better understand and anticipate the banking needs of this market, to develop relationships more quickly and to more effectively manage the risk in this segment of our loan portfolio. We have developed a proprietary system for monitoring the account balances and collateral values of marketable securities that secure our private banking channel loans. We believe this system helps us to more effectively mitigate the credit risk associated with these loans. Since inception, we have had no charge-offs related to our loans secured by marketable securities.

As shown in the table below, we have continued to achieve loan growth through each of our banking channels, although we have grown the loans in our private banking channel more than in our middle-market banking channel. Our middle-market banking channel generated $119.3 million of loan growth for the year ended December 31, 2014. Within our middle-market channel, our commercial and industrial loans declined by $61.5 million, or 8.3%, while our commercial real estate loans grew by $180.9 million, or 32.7%, for the year ended December 31, 2014.

As of December 31, 2014, loans sourced through our private banking channel represented 41.2% of our total loans, and such loans grew by $420.0 million, or 73.8%, for the year ended December 31, 2014. In addition, as of December 31, 2014, $803.5 million of our private banking channel loans were secured by cash and marketable securities, which represented an increase of $453.7 million, or 129.7%, for the year ended December 31, 2014. We expect continued strong loan and deposit growth in this channel, in part, because we added 15 new loan referral relationships during the year ended December 31, 2014 for a total of 90 referral relationships at the end of 2014. We have also experienced continued growth in the number of customers resulting from our existing referral relationships.


5

Table of Contents

 
December 31,
 
2014 Change from 2013
(Dollars in thousands)
2014
2013
 
Amount
Percent
Middle-market banking offices:
 
 
 
 
 
Western Pennsylvania
$
428,206

$
369,866

 
$
58,340

15.8
 %
Eastern Pennsylvania
338,952

383,985

 
(45,033
)
(11.7
)%
Ohio
247,131

239,209

 
7,922

3.3
 %
New Jersey
262,027

218,959

 
43,068

19.7
 %
New York (1)
134,434

79,410

 
55,024

69.3
 %
Total middle-market banking channel loans
1,410,750

1,291,429

 
119,321

9.2
 %
Total private banking channel loans
989,302

569,346

 
419,956

73.8
 %
Total loans
$
2,400,052

$
1,860,775

 
$
539,277

29.0
 %
(1) 
Our New York representative office opened for business in August 2012.

Deposit Funding Strategy. Since inception, we have focused on creating and growing diversified, stable, and low all-in cost deposit channels, both in our primary markets and across the United States, without operating a traditional branch network. As of December 31, 2014, we consider more than 80.0% of our total deposits to be sourced from direct customer relationships. We believe our sources of deposits continue to provide excellent opportunities for growth both within our primary markets and nationally.

We take a multilayered approach to our deposit growth strategy. We believe our relationship managers are an integral part of this approach and, accordingly, we have competitive incentives for them to increase the deposits associated with their relationships. We have relationship managers who are specifically dedicated to deposit generation and treasury management, and we plan to add additional such professionals as appropriate to support our growth. Additionally, we believe that our financial performance and our products and services, which are targeted to our markets, enhance our deposit growth. For additional details regarding our deposit products and services, see “Our Products and Services-Deposits.”

Investment Management Strategy. We have executed on our investment management strategy with the March 5, 2014, closing of the Chartwell acquisition, an investment management firm with over 150 institutional clients and approximately $7.7 billion in assets under management as of December 31, 2014. We believe that this acquisition has and will enhance our recurring fee revenue, provide new product offerings for our national network of financial intermediaries, and leverage our financial services distribution capabilities through the financial intermediaries with which our banking business has worked and developed. All of the employees of Chartwell, including the experienced management team, joined our investment management business upon the closing. In addition, James F. Getz, our Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President, along with several members of our board of directors, including James J. Dolan, James E. Minnick and Richard B. Seidel, all have significant experience in investing in and operating investment management companies and serve on the Board of Directors of Chartwell. Mr. Getz also serves as Executive Chairman of Chartwell.

Market Reputation. We believe that our strong market reputation has become and will remain a competitive advantage within our primary markets and nationally for our private banking channel and for our investment management business. We believe that we have established a reputation as both a sophisticated lender and a customer-focused financial services institution.

Our Markets

For our middle-market banking channel, our primary markets of Pennsylvania, Ohio, New Jersey and New York include the four major metropolitan statistical areas ("MSA") of Pittsburgh and Philadelphia, Pennsylvania; Cleveland, Ohio and New York, New York (which includes northern New Jersey) in which our headquarters and four representative offices are located. We believe that our primary markets including these MSAs are long-term, attractive markets for the types of products and services that we offer, and we anticipate that these markets will continue to support our projected growth. With respect to our loans and other financial services and products, we selected the locations for our representative offices partially based upon the number of middle-market businesses located in these MSAs and their respective states. As of December 31, 2014, there were more than 125,000 middle-market businesses in our primary markets with annual sales between $5.0 million and $300.0 million, which represented approximately 16.4% of the national total as of that date, according to OneSource Information Services, Inc. According to SNL Financial, the 2014 aggregate population of the four MSAs in which our headquarters and four representative offices are located was approximately 30 million, which represented approximately 10% of the national population. We believe that the population and business concentrations within our primary markets provide attractive opportunities to grow our business.

In addition to middle-market businesses in our primary markets, our private banking business also serves high-net-worth individuals on a national basis. We primarily source this business through referral relationships with independent broker/dealers, wealth managers,

6

Table of Contents

family offices, trust companies and other financial intermediaries. We view our product offerings as being most appealing to those households with $500,000 or more in net worth (not including their primary residence).

Through our distribution channels, we pursue and create deposit relationships with customers located throughout the United States, as well as in our primary markets, including the four MSAs where our offices are located. Because our deposit operations are centralized in our Pittsburgh headquarters, though, all of our deposits are aggregated and accounted for in that MSA. For these distribution and reporting reasons, we do not consider deposit market share in any MSA or any of our primary markets to be relevant data. However, for perspective on the size of the deposit markets in which we have offices, the total aggregate domestic deposits of banks headquartered within the four MSAs were approximately $1.2 trillion as of December 31, 2014, according to SNL Financial.

Our investment management products are primarily distributed in two markets. These markets and their relative percentage of our assets under management as of December 31, 2014, are as follows: institutional and sub-advisory (91%) and broker/dealers and registered investment advisors (9%).

Institutional and Sub-Advisory. Chartwell maintains a dedicated sales and client service staff to focus on the distribution of its products to a wide variety of institutional and sub-advisory clients, including corporate pension and profit-sharing plans, public pension plans, Taft-Hartley plans, foundations, endowments and registered investment companies. As of December 31, 2014, assets under management in the institutional and sub-advisory market included $4.8 billion in equity products and $2.2 billion in fixed-income products.

Broker/Dealer and Independent Registered Investment Advisors. Chartwell maintains sales staff dedicated to calling on national, regional and independent broker/dealers and registered investment advisors. Broker/dealers and registered investment advisors use Chartwell’s products to meet the needs of their customers, who are typically retail and/or high net worth investors. As of December 31, 2014, assets under management in the broker/dealer and independent registered investment advisor market included $701 million in equity products and $15 million in fixed-income products.

Our Products and Services

We offer our clients an array of products and services, including loan and deposit products, cash management services, capital market services such as interest rate swaps and investment management products.

Our loan products include, among others, loans secured by cash or marketable securities, commercial and personal loans, asset-based loans, commercial real estate loans, acquisition financing, and letters of credit.

Our deposit products include, among others, checking accounts, money market deposit accounts, certificates of deposit, and Promontory’s Certificate of Deposit Account Registry Service® ("CDARS®") and Insured Cash Sweep® ("ICS"®) services.

Our cash management services include online balance reporting, online bill payment, remote deposit, liquidity services, wire and ACH services, foreign exchange and controlled disbursement.

Our investment management business provides equity and fixed income advisory and sub-advisory services to third party mutual funds, series trust mutual funds, and to separately managed accounts for a spectrum of clients, but primarily focused on ultra-high-net-worth and institutional clients, including corporations, ERISA plans, Taft-Hartley funds, municipalities, endowments and foundations.

More information about our key products and services, including a discussion about how we manage our products and services within our overall business and enterprise risk strategy, is set forth below.

We expect to continue to develop and implement additional products for our clients, including the investment management product offerings we anticipate offering to our financial intermediary referral sources through our recent acquisition of an investment management business. For additional information, see “Our Business Strategy-Investment Management Strategy.”

Loans

Our primary source of income in our Bank segment is interest on loans. Our loan portfolio consists primarily loans to our private banking clients, commercial and industrial loans, and real estate loans secured by commercial real estate properties. Our loan portfolio represents the highest yielding component of our earning assets.


7

Table of Contents

The following table presents the composition of our loan portfolio by channel as of December 31, 2014.
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2014
Percent of
Loans
Private banking channel loans
$
989,302

41.2
%
Middle-market banking channel loans:
 
 
Commercial and industrial
677,493

28.2
%
Commercial real estate
733,257

30.6
%
Total middle-market banking channel loan
1,410,750

58.8
%
Total loans
$
2,400,052

100.0
%

Private Banking Channel Loans. Our private banking loans include both personal and commercial loans sourced through our private banking channel, which operates on a national basis. These loans consist primarily of loans made to high-net-worth individuals and/or trusts and businesses that may be secured by cash, marketable securities, or other financial assets and to a smaller degree, residential property. We also have a small number of unsecured loans and lines of credit in our private banking loan portfolio that have been made to creditworthy borrowers. The primary source of repayment for these loans is the income and assets of the borrower(s). Since a majority of our private banking loans are secured by cash, marketable securities or residential real estate, we believe the credit risk inherent in this segment of our portfolio is lower than the risk associated with other types of loans. We mitigate such risks through active monitoring of the collateral, utilizing our proprietary monitoring system.

Our private banking lines of credit predominantly are due on demand or have terms of 364 days. Our term loans (other than mortgage loans) in this category generally have maturities of three to five years. On an accommodative basis, we have made personal residential real estate loans consisting primarily of first and second mortgage loans for residential properties, including jumbo mortgages. Our residential mortgage loans typically have maturities of seven years or less. On a limited basis we originated mortgage loans with maturities of up to ten years and acquired other residential mortgages that had original maturities of up to 30 years. Our personal lines of credit typically have floating interest rates. We examine the personal cash flow and liquidity of our individual borrowers when underwriting our private banking loans not secured by cash or marketable securities. In some cases we require our borrowers to agree to maintain a minimum level of liquidity that will be sufficient to repay the loan.

As of December 31, 2014, we had $989.3 million of outstanding private banking loans, or approximately 41.2% of total loans. As discussed above, we also make loans through our private banking channel with the proceeds used for commercial or business purposes, as further described below.

The table below includes all loans made through our private banking channel by collateral type as of the dates indicated.
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2014
Percent of
Private Banking Channel Loans
Percent of
Total Loans
Private banking channel loans:
 
 
 
Secured by real estate
$
161,568

16.3
%
6.7
%
Secured by cash and marketable securities
803,453

81.2
%
33.5
%
Other
24,281

2.5
%
1.0
%
Total private banking channel loans
$
989,302

100.0
%
41.2
%

Commercial and Industrial Loans. Our commercial and industrial loan portfolio includes primarily loans made to service companies or manufacturers generally for the purpose of production, operating capacity, accounts receivable, inventory or equipment financing, acquisitions and recapitalizations. Cash flow from the borrower’s operations provides the primary source of repayment for these loans. The primary risks associated with commercial and industrial loans include potential declines in the value of collateral securing these loans, the highly-leveraged nature and inconsistent earnings of some commercial borrowers and the larger average balances of commercial and industrial loans made to individual borrowers. We work throughout the lending process to manage and mitigate such risks within our commercial and industrial loan portfolio.

Our commercial and industrial loans include both working capital lines of credit and term loans. Working capital lines of credit generally have maturities ranging from one to five years. Availability under our commercial lines of credit is typically limited to a percentage of the value of the assets securing the line. Those assets typically include accounts receivable, inventory and occasionally equipment. Depending on the risk profile of the borrower, we may require periodic accounts receivable and payable agings, as well as borrowing base certificates representing borrowing availability after applying appropriate advance percentage rates to the collateral. Our commercial

8

Table of Contents

and industrial term loans generally have maturities between three to five years, and typically do not extend beyond seven years. Our commercial and industrial lines of credit and term loans typically have floating interest rates.

Commercial Real Estate Loans. We concentrate on making commercial real estate loans to experienced borrowers that have an established history of successful projects. The cash flow from income-producing properties or the sale of property from for-sale construction and development loans are generally the primary sources of repayment for these loans. The equity sponsors of our borrowers generally provide a secondary source of repayment from excess global cash flows and liquidity. The primary risks associated with commercial real estate loans include credit risk arising from difficulty in liquidating collateral securing the loans, the dependency of repayment upon income generated from the property securing the loan and the vulnerability of such income to changes in market conditions. We work throughout the lending process to manage and mitigate such risks within our commercial real estate loan portfolio.

A majority of our commercial real estate loans are made to borrowers with projects or properties located within our primary markets. Our relationship managers are experienced lenders who are familiar with the trends within their local real estate markets.

The table below shows the composition of our commercial real estate portfolio as of December 31, 2014.
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2014
Percent of
Commercial Real Estate Loans
Percent of
Total Loans
Commercial real estate term loans:
 
 
 
Income-producing property loans
$
452,743

61.7
%
18.9
%
Owner-occupied term loans
99,412

13.6
%
4.1
%
Multifamily/apartment loans
107,990

14.7
%
4.5
%
Total real estate term loans
660,145

90.0
%
27.5
%
Residential construction loans
7,049

1.0
%
0.3
%
Other construction loans
57,893

7.9
%
2.4
%
Land development loans
8,170

1.1
%
0.4
%
Total commercial real estate loans
$
733,257

100.0
%
30.6
%

Real Estate Term Loans. As of December 31, 2014, approximately $660.1 million, or approximately 27.5% of total loans, consisted of real estate term loans. Our real estate term loans include credit secured by various types of income-producing properties, owner-occupied term loans and multifamily/apartment loans. In making real estate term loans, we look for income-producing properties that have established cash flows sufficient to service the proposed loan on an amortizing basis. Our real estate term loans generally have maturities of five to seven years and are offered with both fixed and floating interest rates. In addition to providing real estate term loans for investment properties, we also finance owner-occupied commercial properties.

Construction Loans. As of December 31, 2014, approximately $64.9 million, or approximately 2.7% of total loans, consisted of residential and other construction loans. Our residential construction loans are typically for single-family residential properties. Our other construction loans are typically for projects used in manufacturing, warehousing, office, service, retail and multifamily housing. These loans are usually floating-rate loans. Generally, our construction loans have a term of one to three years, but can include an amortizing term loan period of generally three to five years contingent upon the property meeting established debt service coverage levels. Properties related to our construction loans are frequently pre-leased at a level that will generate sufficient cash flow to service the fully advanced construction loan on an amortizing basis upon the completion of construction.

Land Development Loans. As of December 31, 2014, the remaining $8.2 million, or approximately 0.4% of total loans, consisted of land development loans. Our land development loans include loans to finance the purchase and development of land for sale. We make these loans on a limited basis. In making land development loans, we typically require a higher level of equity to be invested by the borrower and strong levels of borrower global cash flows to reduce reliance on land sales for repayment of the loan. These loans are typically structured as lines of credit with one to three year maturities and usually have floating interest rates.

Loan Underwriting

Our focus on maintaining strong asset quality is pervasive throughout all aspects of our lending activities, and it is especially apparent in our loan underwriting function. We are selective in targeting our lending to middle-market businesses, commercial real estate investors and developers and high-net-worth individuals that we believe will meet our credit standards. Our credit standards are determined by

9

Table of Contents

our Credit Risk Policy Committee that is made up of senior bank officers, including our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Vice Chairman and Chief Financial Officer, Vice Chairman, Chief Credit Officer, Chief Risk Officer and our market presidents.

Our underwriting process is multilayered. Prospective loans are first reviewed by our relationship managers and market presidents. The prospective commercial and certain private banking loans are then discussed in a pre-screen group composed of the Chief Credit Officer and all of the market presidents. Applications for prospective loans that are accepted are fully underwritten by our credit administration group in combination with the relationship manager. Finally, the prospective loans are submitted to our Senior Loan Committee for approval, with the exception of certain loans that are fully secured by cash or marketable securities. Members of the Senior Loan Committee include our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Vice Chairman and Chief Financial Officer, Vice Chairman, Chief Credit Officer, Chief Risk Officer and our market presidents. All of our lending personnel, from our relationship managers to the members of our Senior Loan Committee, have significant experience that benefits our underwriting process.

We maintain high credit quality standards. Each credit approval, renewal, extension, modification or waiver is documented in written form to reflect all pertinent aspects of the transaction. Our underwriting analysis generally includes an evaluation of the borrower’s business, industry, operating performance, financial condition and typically includes a sensitivity analysis of the borrower’s ability to repay the loan.

Our lending activities are subject to internal exposure limits that restrict concentrations of loans within our portfolio to certain maximum percentages of our total loans and/or our total capital levels. These exposure limits are approved by our Senior Loan Committee and our board of directors based upon recommendations made by the Credit Risk Policy Committee. Our internal exposure limits are established to avoid unacceptable concentrations in a number of areas, including in our different loan categories and in specific industries. In addition, we have established an informal limit on loans that is significantly lower than our legal lending limit.

Our loan portfolio includes Shared National Credits ("SNC"). SNCs are participations in loans of $20 million or more that are shared by three or more financial institutions. We are part of the originating bank group in connection with these loan participations. We utilize the same underwriting criteria for these loans that we use for loans that we originate directly. These loans are to borrowers typically located within our primary markets and are generally made to companies that are known to us and with whom we have direct contact. They offer advantages in a diversified loan portfolio. These loans have helped us to diversify the risk inherent in our loan portfolio by allowing us to access a broader array of corporations with different credit profiles, repayment sources, geographic footprints and with larger revenue bases than those businesses associated with our direct loans.

As of December 31, 2014, we had $451.8 million of SNC loans compared to $477.8 million as of December 31, 2013. Included in these totals were loans to private equity sponsored companies which totaled $129.0 million as of December 31, 2014, a decrease of $84.5 million from $213.5 million as of December 31, 2013. We intend to continue to allow these private equity loans to decrease, primarily through attrition, and expect them to be substantially reduced in the upcoming year.

Loan Portfolio Concentrations

Diversified lending approach. We are committed to maintaining a diversified loan portfolio. We also concentrate on making loans to businesses where we have or can obtain the necessary expertise to understand the credit risks commonly associated with the borrower’s industry. We avoid lending to businesses that would require a high level of specialized industry knowledge that we do not have.


10

Table of Contents

The following table shows the composition of our commercial loan portfolios by borrower industry as of December 31, 2014.
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2014
Percent of
Total Loans
Industry:
 
 
Real estate, rental and leasing
$
559,717

39.7
%
Service
287,803

20.4
%
Manufacturing
223,842

15.9
%
Construction
95,071

6.7
%
Wholesale trade
65,666

4.7
%
Information
39,985

2.8
%
Retail trade
31,280

2.2
%
Mining
28,205

2.0
%
Transportation and warehousing
26,732

1.9
%
All others
52,449

3.7
%
Total loans
$
1,410,750

100.0
%

Borrowers represented within the real estate, rental and leasing category are largely owners and managers of both residential and non-residential commercial real estate income-producing properties. Loans extended to borrowers within the service industries include loans to finance working capital and equipment. Significant trade categories represented within the service industries include, among others, financial services, scientific/technical services, health care and hospitality services. Loans extended to borrowers within the manufacturing industry include loans to manufacturers of paper, chemicals, plastics, rubber, glass and clay products.

Geographic criteria. We focus on developing client relationships with companies that have headquarters and/or significant operations within our primary markets.

The table below shows the composition of our commercial and industrial loans and our commercial real estate loans based upon the states where our borrowers are located. Loans to borrowers located in our four primary market states make up 86.0% of our total commercial loans outstanding as of December 31, 2014. When those loans are aggregated with our loans to borrowers located in states that are contiguous to our primary market states, the percentage increases to approximately 91.9% of our commercial loan portfolio.
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2014
Percent of Total
Commercial Loans
Geographic region:
 
 
Pennsylvania
$
508,673

36.1
%
Ohio
233,180

16.5
%
New Jersey
227,209

16.1
%
New York
243,729

17.3
%
Contiguous states
82,995

5.9
%
Other states
114,964

8.1
%
Total commercial loans
$
1,410,750

100.0
%

Deposits

An important aspect of our business franchise is the ability to gather deposits. Deposits provide the primary source of funding for our lending activities. We offer traditional depository products including checking accounts, money market deposit accounts and certificates of deposit and CDARS® and ICS® reciprocal products. We also offer cash management services, including online balance reporting, online bill payment, remote deposit, liquidity services, wire and ACH services and collateral disbursement. Our deposits are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC") up to statutory limits.

As of December 31, 2014, non-brokered deposits represented approximately 62.2% of our total deposits. Our non-brokered deposit sources primarily include deposits from financial institutions, high-net-worth individuals, family offices, trust companies, wealth management firms, corporations and their executives. We compete for deposits by offering a range of deposit products at competitive rates. We also attract deposits by offering customers a variety of cash management services. We maintain direct customer relationships

11

Table of Contents

with many of our depositors whose deposits are considered to be brokered for regulatory purposes, including with many of our CDARS® and ICS® reciprocal depositors. For additional information about our deposit products and our overall funding strategy, see “Our Business Strategy-Deposit Funding Strategy.”

The table below shows the balances of our deposit portfolio by type as of the dates indicated.
 
December 31,
 
2014 Change from 2013
(Dollars in thousands)
2014
2013
 
Amount
Percent
Non-brokered deposits:
 
 
 
 
 
Noninterest-bearing checking accounts
$
177,606

$
129,624

 
$
47,982

37.0
 %
Interest-bearing checking accounts
74,727

6,268

 
68,459

1,092.2
 %
Money market deposit accounts
820,579

644,090

 
176,489

27.4
 %
Time deposits
381,408

404,276

 
(22,868
)
(5.7
)%
Total non-brokered deposits
1,454,320

1,184,258

 
270,062

22.8
 %
Brokered deposits:
 
 
 
 
 
Interest-bearing checking accounts
952

67

 
885

1,320.9
 %
Money market deposit accounts
424,342

308,541

 
115,801

37.5
 %
CDARS® time deposits
412,339

418,839

 
(6,500
)
(1.6
)%
Time deposits
45,000

50,000

 
(5,000
)
(10.0
)%
Total brokered deposits
882,633

777,447

 
105,186

13.5
 %
Total deposits
$
2,336,953

$
1,961,705

 
$
375,248

19.1
 %
Non-brokered deposits to total deposits
62.2
%
60.4
%
 
 
 

Competition

We operate in a very competitive industry and face significant competition for customers from bank and non-bank competitors, particularly regional and national institutions, in originating loans, attracting deposits and providing other financial services. We compete for loans and deposits based upon the personal and responsive service offered by our highly experienced relationship managers, access to management and interest rates. As a result of our low fixed operating costs, we believe we are able to compete for customers with the competitive interest rates that we pay on deposits and that we charge on our loans.

Our management believes that our most direct competition for deposits comes from commercial banks, savings and loan associations, credit unions, money market funds and brokerage firms, particularly national and large regional banks, which target the same customers we do. Competition for deposit products is generally based on pricing because of the ease with which customers can transfer deposits from one institution to another. Our cost of funds fluctuates with market interest rates and our ability to further reduce our cost of funds may be affected by higher rates being offered by other financial institutions. During certain interest rate environments, additional significant competition for deposits may be expected to arise from corporate and government debt securities and money market mutual funds.

Our competition in making loans comes principally from national, regional and large community banks, insurance companies and full service brokerage firms. Many large national and regional commercial banks have a significant number of branch offices in the areas in which we operate. Aggressive pricing policies and terms of our competitors on middle-market and private banking loans, especially during a period of prolonged low interest rates, may result in a decrease in our loan origination volume and a decrease in our yield on loans. We compete for loans principally through the quality of products and service we provide to middle-market customers and private banking referral relationships, while maintaining competitive interest rates, loan fees and other loan terms.

Our relationship-based approach to business also enables us to compete with other financial institutions in attracting loans and deposits. Our relationship managers and market presidents have significant experience in the banking industry in the markets they serve and are focused on customer service. By capitalizing on this experience and by tailoring our products and services to the specific needs of our clients, we have been successful in cultivating stable relationships with our customers and also with financial intermediaries who refer their clients to us for banking services. We believe our approach to customer relationships will assist us in continuing to compete effectively for loans and deposits in our primary markets and nationally through our private banking channel.

The investment management business is intensely competitive. In the markets where we compete, there are over 1,000 firms which we consider to be primary competitors. In addition to competition from other institutional investment management firms, Chartwell along with the active-management industry, competes with passive index funds, exchange traded funds ("ETFs") and investment alternatives

12

Table of Contents

such as hedge funds. We compete for investment management business by delivering excellent investment performance with a committed customer service model.

Employees

As of December 31, 2014, we had approximately 133 full-time equivalent employees in our banking business and 49 full-time equivalent employees in our investment management business.

Supervision and Regulation

The following is a summary of material laws, rules and regulations governing banks, investment management businesses and bank holding companies, but does not purport to be a complete summary of all applicable laws, rules and regulations. These laws and regulations may change from time to time and the regulatory agencies often have broad discretion in interpreting them. We cannot predict the outcome of any future changes to these laws, regulations, regulatory interpretations, guidance and policies, which may have a material and adverse impact on the financial markets in general, and our operations and activities, financial condition, results of operations, growth plans and future prospects specifically.

General

The common stock of TriState Capital Holdings, Inc. is publicly traded and listed and, as a result, we are subject to securities laws and stock market rules, including oversight from the SEC and the Nasdaq Stock Market Rules. Banking is highly regulated under federal and state law. We are a bank holding company registered under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, and are subject to supervision, regulation and examination by the Federal Reserve. TriState Capital Bank is a commercial bank chartered under the laws of the State of Pennsylvania that is not a member of the Federal Reserve System and is subject to supervision, regulation and examination by the Pennsylvania Department of Banking and Securities and the FDIC.

Our investment management business is subject to extensive regulation in the United States. Chartwell and Chartwell TSC are subject to Federal securities laws, principally the Securities Act of 1933, the Investment Company Act, the Advisers Act, state laws regarding securities fraud and regulations promulgated by various regulatory authorities, including the SEC, FINRA, applicable state laws and stock exchanges. Our investment management business also may be subject to regulation by the U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission ("CFTC") and the National Futures Association ("NFA"). Changes in laws, regulations or governmental policies, both domestically and abroad, and the costs associated with compliance, could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and/or cash flows.

This system of supervision and regulation establishes a comprehensive framework for our operations. Failure to meet regulatory standards could have a material and adverse impact on our operations and activities, financial condition, results of operations, growth plans and future prospects.

Dodd-Frank Act

On July 21, 2010, the Dodd Frank Financial Reform and Consumer Protection Act ("Dodd Frank Act") was enacted. The Dodd-Frank Act aims to restore responsibility and accountability to the financial system by significantly altering the regulation of financial institutions and the financial services industry. We have complied with the portion of rules that have been finalized and become effective. Many of the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act require rulemaking by federal regulatory agencies over the next several years and have delayed effective dates, which will affect how financial institutions are regulated in the future. The ultimate effect of the Dodd-Frank Act and its implementing regulations on the financial services industry in general, and on us in particular, is still uncertain at this time.

The Dodd-Frank Act, among other things:

established the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau;

established the Financial Stability Oversight Council;

changed the assessment base for federal deposit insurance from the amount of insured deposits held by the depository institution to the institution’s average total consolidated assets less tangible equity;

required the FDIC to make its capital requirements for insured depository institutions countercyclical, so that capital requirements increase in times of economic expansion and decrease in times of economic contraction;


13

Table of Contents

required bank holding companies and banks to be “well capitalized” and “well managed” in order to acquire banks located outside of their home state and required any bank holding company electing to be treated as a financial holding company to be “well capitalized” and “well managed”;

directed the Federal Reserve to establish interchange fees for debit cards under a “reasonable and proportional cost” per transaction standard;

increased regulation of consumer protections regarding mortgage originations, including originator compensation, minimum repayment standards, and prepayment consideration;

established the Volcker rule to restrict proprietary trading and ownership of certain funds by banks; and

repealed the federal prohibition on the payment of interest on demand deposits, thereby permitting depository institutions to pay interest on business transaction and other accounts.

Some of these provisions may have the consequence of increasing our expenses, decreasing our revenues, and changing or limiting the activities in which we engage. The specific impact of all these provisions on our current activities or new financial activities that we may consider in the future, our financial performance and the market in which we operate will depend on the rules the relevant agencies develop, their implementation and the reaction of market participants to these regulatory developments. Many aspects of the Dodd-Frank Act are subject to further rulemaking and will take effect over several years. While we cannot predict what effect any presently contemplated or future changes in the laws or regulations or their interpretations would have on us, these changes could be materially adverse to our operations and activities, financial condition, results of operations, growth plans and future prospects.

Volcker Rule Impact on Certain investment Markets

On December 10, 2013, five federal regulatory agencies (the SEC, CFTC, Federal Reserve, FDIC and OCC) approved and published the final rules for the implementation of the Volcker Rule. The final rules will go into effect in July 2017. However, the conformance period may be subject to two additional one-year extensions by the Federal Reserve. Furthermore, commercial banks and their affiliates (the “Regulated Entities”) can apply for an additional five-year extension for certain qualifying investments.

The final Volcker Rule prohibits Regulated Entities from engaging in “proprietary trading” and imposes limitations on the extent to which Regulated Entities are permitted to invest in certain “covered funds” (i.e. hedge funds and private equity funds) and requires that such investments be fully deducted from Tier 1 Capital. It limits a Regulated Entity’s aggregate ownership in hedge funds and private equity funds to three percent of Tier I capital. Additionally, Regulated Entities are prohibited from owning three percent or more of any single covered fund.

Importantly for banks, the final rules exempted loans from the proprietary trading restrictions imposed on banks for most other assets. The Volcker Rule, and particularly subsequent interpretations of what constitutes “covered funds” under the final Volcker Rule, could have material adverse effects on our investment management business.

Regulatory Capital Requirements

Capital adequacy. The Federal Reserve monitors the capital adequacy of our holding company, on a consolidated basis, and the FDIC and the Pennsylvania Department of Banking and Securities monitor the capital adequacy of TriState Capital Bank. The regulatory agencies use a combination of risk-based guidelines and a leverage ratio to evaluate capital adequacy and consider these capital levels when taking action on various types of applications and when conducting supervisory activities related to safety and soundness. The risk-based capital standards are designed to make regulatory capital requirements more sensitive to differences in risk profiles among financial institutions and their holding companies, to account for off-balance sheet exposure, and to minimize disincentives for holding liquid assets. Assets and off-balance sheet items, such as letters of credit and unfunded loan commitments, are assigned to broad risk categories, each with appropriate risk weights. Regulatory capital, in turn, is classified in one of two tiers. “Tier 1” capital includes common equity, retained earnings, qualifying non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock, and minority interests in equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries, less goodwill, most intangible assets and certain other assets. “Tier 2” capital includes, among other things, qualifying subordinated debt and allowances for loan and lease losses, subject to limitations. The resulting capital ratios represent capital as a percentage of average assets or total risk-weighted assets, including off-balance sheet items.

FDIC and Federal Reserve regulations currently require banks and bank holding companies generally to maintain three minimum capital standards to be "adequately capitalized": (1) a tier 1 capital to total average assets ratio (“tier 1 leverage capital ratio”) of at least 4%; (2) a tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets ratio (“tier 1 risk-based capital ratio”) of at least 4%; and (3) a total risk-based capital (tier 1 plus tier 2) to risk-weighted assets ratio (“total risk-based capital ratio”) of at least 8%. In addition, the prompt corrective action standards discussed below, in effect, increase the minimum regulatory capital ratios for banking organizations. These capital requirements are

14

Table of Contents

minimum requirements. Higher capital levels may be required if warranted by the particular circumstances or risk profiles of individual institutions, or if required by the banking regulators due to the economic conditions impacting our primary markets. For example, FDIC regulations provide that higher capital may be required to take adequate account of, among other things, interest rate risk and the risks posed by concentrations of credit, nontraditional activities or securities trading activities.

Failure to meet capital guidelines could subject us to a variety of enforcement remedies, including issuance of a capital directive, a prohibition on accepting brokered deposits, other restrictions on our business and the termination of deposit insurance by the FDIC.

The Dodd-Frank Act directs federal banking agencies to establish minimum leverage capital requirements and minimum risk-based capital requirements for depository institution holding companies and non-bank financial companies supervised by the Federal Reserve that are not less than the “generally applicable leverage and risk-based capital requirements” applicable to insured depository institutions, in effect applying the same leverage and risk-based capital requirements that apply to insured depository institutions to most bank holding companies. In addition, under the Dodd-Frank Act, the federal banking agencies adopted new capital requirements to address the risks that the activities of an institution poses to the institution and the public and private stakeholders, including risks arising from certain enumerated activities. Further, the federal banking agencies have approved changes to existing capital guidelines, as described below under “Basel III.” Capital guidelines may continue to evolve and may have material impacts on us or our banking subsidiary.

Prompt corrective action regulations. Under the prompt corrective action regulations, the FDIC is required and authorized to take supervisory actions against undercapitalized financial institutions. For this purpose, a bank is placed in one of the following five categories based on its capital: “well capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized,” and “critically undercapitalized.”

Under the current prompt corrective action provisions of the FDIC, an insured depository institution generally will be classified in the following categories based on the capital measures indicated:
"Well capitalized"
"Adequately capitalized"
Tier 1 leverage ratio of 5%
Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4%
Tier 1 risk-based ratio of 6%
Tier 1 risk-based ratio of 4%, and
Total risk-based ratio of 10%, and
Total risk-based ratio of 8%
Not subject to written agreement, order, capital directive or prompt corrective action directive require a specific capital level.
 
 
 
"Undercapitalized"
"Significantly undercapitalized"
Tier 1 leverage ratio less than 4%
Tier 1 leverage ratio less than 3%
Tier 1 risk-based ratio less than 4%, or
Tier 1 risk-based ratio less than 3%, or
Total risk-based ratio less than 8%
Total risk-based ratio less than 6%
 
 
"Critically undercapitalized"
 
Tangible equity to total assets less than 2%
 

As discussed below under “Basel III,” the federal banking agencies have adopted changes to the capital thresholds applicable to each of the five categories under the prompt corrective action regulations that became effective on January 1, 2015.

Federal banking regulators are required to take various mandatory supervisory actions and are authorized to take other discretionary actions with respect to institutions in the three undercapitalized categories. The severity of the action depends upon the capital category in which the institution is placed. Subject to a narrow exception, banking regulators must appoint a receiver or conservator for an institution that is critically undercapitalized. An institution that is categorized as undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, or critically undercapitalized is required to submit an acceptable capital restoration plan to its appropriate federal banking agency. An undercapitalized institution also is generally prohibited from increasing its average total assets, making acquisitions, establishing any branches or engaging in any new line of business, except under an accepted capital restoration plan or with FDIC approval. The regulations also establish procedures for downgrading an institution to a lower capital category based on supervisory factors other than capital.

Furthermore, a bank holding company must guarantee that a subsidiary depository institution meets its capital restoration plan, subject to various limitations. The bank holding company’s obligation to fund a capital restoration plan is limited to the lesser of 5% of an “undercapitalized” subsidiary’s assets at the time it became “undercapitalized” or the amount required to meet regulatory capital requirements.


15

Table of Contents

The capital classification of a bank affects the frequency of regulatory examinations, the bank’s ability to engage in certain activities and the deposit insurance premiums paid by the bank. As of December 31, 2014, TriState Capital Bank met the requirements to be categorized as “well capitalized” based on the aforementioned ratios for purposes of the prompt corrective action regulations, as currently in effect.

Basel III. The current risk-based capital guidelines that apply to TriState Capital Bank and us are based on the 1988 capital accord, referred to as Basel I, of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision, a committee of central banks and bank supervisors, as implemented by federal bank regulators. In 2004, the Basel Committee published the Basel II capital accord, which did not apply to us or our banking subsidiary.

In December 2010, the Basel Committee released a final framework for a strengthened set of capital requirements, known as Basel III. In June 2012, the federal banking agencies announced a rule to implement the Basel III requirements for non-core banks and bank holding companies, such as us or our banking subsidiary.

In July 2013, final rules implementing the Basel III capital accord were adopted. When phased in, Basel III will replace the existing regulatory capital rules for all banks, savings associations and U.S. bank holding companies with greater than $500.0 million in total assets, and all savings and loan holding companies. The Basel III capital accord began phasing in on January 1, 2015.

Basel III revised the capital categories for insured depository institutions for purposes of prompt corrective actions. Under the Basel III new capital rules, the following are the initial minimum capital ratios applicable to us to qualify as well capitalized as of January 1, 2015:

a new requirement to maintain a ratio of common equity tier 1 ("CET1") capital to total risk-weighted assets ("CET1 risk-based capital ratio") of not less than 4.5%;

minimum tier 1 leverage capital ratio of 4.0%;

minimum tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.0%; and

minimum total risk-based capital ratio of 8.0%.

In addition, the final rules subject a banking organization to certain limitations on capital distributions and discretionary bonus payments to executive officers if the organization does not maintain a capital conservation buffer of common equity tier 1 capital in an amount greater than 2.5% of its total risk-weighted assets. The implementation of the capital conservation buffer will begin on January 1, 2016, at 0.625% and be phased in over a four-year period (increasing by that amount ratably on each subsequent January 1, until it reaches 2.5% on January 1, 2019).

The effect of the capital conservation buffer when fully implemented will result in the following minimum capital ratios applicable to us to qualify as well capitalized, for banking organizations seeking to avoid the limitations on capital distributions and discretionary bonus payments to executive officers:

4.0% tier 1 leverage ratio;

minimum CET1 risk-based capital ratio of 7.0%;

minimum tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 8.5%; and

minimum total risk-based capital ratio to 10.5%.

In addition, the Basel III final rules established more conservative standards for including an instrument in regulatory capital and impose certain deductions from and adjustments to the measure of common equity tier 1 capital.

The new capital rules prescribe a new standardized approach for risk weightings that expands the risk weighting categories from the current four Basel I-derived categories (0%, 20%, 50% and 100%) to a larger and more risk-sensitive number of categories, depending on the nature of the assets, generally ranging from 0% for U.S. government and agency securities, to 600% for certain equity exposures, and resulting in higher risk weights for a variety of asset classes, including certain commercial real estate mortgages. Additional aspects of the New Capital Rules that are most relevant to us include:

consistent with the current risk-based capital rules, assigning exposures secured by single family residential properties to either a 50% risk weight for first-lien mortgages that meet prudential underwriting standards or a 100% risk weight category for all other mortgages;


16

Table of Contents

providing for a 20% credit conversion factor for the unused portion of a commitment with an original maturity of one year or less that is not unconditionally cancellable (currently set at 0%);

assigning a 150% risk weight to all exposures that are nonaccrual or 90 days or more past due (currently set at 100%), except for those secured by single family residential properties, which will be assigned a 100% risk weight, consistent with the current risk-based capital rules;

applying a 150% risk weight instead of a 100% risk weight for certain high volatility commercial real estate acquisition, development and construction loans;

applying a 250% risk weight to the portion of mortgage servicing rights and deferred tax assets arising from temporary differences that could not be realized through net operating loss carrybacks that are not deducted from CET1 capital (currently set at 100%); and

the option to use a formula-based approach referred to as the simplified supervisory formula approach to determine the risk weight of various securitization tranches in addition to the current “gross-up” method (replacing the credit ratings approach for certain securitization).

Based on our calculations, we expect that TriState Capital Holdings, Inc. and TriState Capital Bank will meet all minimum capital requirements when effective and that we and the Bank would continue to meet all capital requirements as fully phased in without material adverse effects on our business. However, the capital rules may continue to evolve over time and future changes may have a material adverse effect on our business.

Acquisitions by Bank Holding Companies

We must obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve before: (1) acquiring more than five percent of the voting stock of any bank or other bank holding company; (2) acquiring all or substantially all of the assets of any bank or bank holding company; or (3) merging or consolidating with any other bank holding company. The Federal Reserve may determine not to approve any of these transactions if it would result in or tend to create a monopoly or substantially lessen competition or otherwise function as a restraint of trade, unless the anticompetitive effects of the proposed transaction are clearly outweighed by the public interest in meeting the convenience and needs of the community to be served. The Federal Reserve is also required to consider the financial and managerial resources and future prospects of the bank holding companies and banks concerned, the convenience and needs of the community to be served, and the record of a bank holding company and its subsidiary bank(s) in combating money laundering activities.

Scope of Permissible Bank Holding Company Activities

In general, the Bank Holding Company Act limits the activities permissible for bank holding companies to the business of banking, managing or controlling banks and such other activities as the Federal Reserve has determined to be so closely related to banking as to be properly incident thereto.

A bank holding company may elect to be treated as a financial holding company if it and its depository institution subsidiaries are categorized as “well capitalized” and “well managed.” A financial holding company may engage in a range of activities that are (1) financial in nature or incidental to such financial activity or (2) complementary to a financial activity and which do not pose a substantial risk to the safety and soundness of a depository institution or to the financial system generally. These activities include securities dealing, underwriting and market making, insurance underwriting and agency activities, merchant banking and insurance company portfolio investments. Expanded financial activities of financial holding companies generally will be regulated according to the type of such financial activity: banking activities by banking regulators, securities activities by securities regulators and insurance activities by insurance regulators. While we may determine in the future to become a financial holding company, we do not have an intention to make that election at this time.

The Bank Holding Company Act does not place territorial limitations on permissible non-banking activities of bank holding companies. The Federal Reserve has the power to order any bank holding company or its subsidiaries to terminate any activity or to terminate its ownership or control of any subsidiary when the Federal Reserve has reasonable grounds to believe that continuation of such activity or such ownership or control constitutes a serious risk to the financial soundness, safety or stability of any bank subsidiary of the bank holding company.

Source of Strength Doctrine for Bank Holding Companies

Under longstanding Federal Reserve policy which has been codified by the Dodd-Frank Act, we are expected to act as a source of financial strength to, and to commit resources to support, TriState Capital Bank. This support may be required at times when we may not be

17

Table of Contents

inclined to provide it. In addition, any capital loans that we make to TriState Capital Bank are subordinate in right of payment to deposits and to certain other indebtedness of TriState Capital Bank. In the event of our bankruptcy, any commitment by us to a federal bank regulatory agency to maintain the capital of TriState Capital Bank will be assumed by the bankruptcy trustee and entitled to a priority of payment.

Dividends

As a bank holding company, we are subject to certain restrictions on dividends under applicable banking laws and regulations. The Federal Reserve has issued a policy statement that provides that a bank holding company should not pay dividends unless: (1) its net income over the last four quarters (net of dividends paid) has been sufficient to fully fund the dividends; (2) the prospective rate of earnings retention appears to be consistent with the capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition of the bank holding company and its subsidiaries; and (3) the bank holding company will continue to meet minimum required capital adequacy ratios. Accordingly, a bank holding company should not pay cash dividends that exceed its net income or that can only be funded in ways that weaken the bank holding company’s financial health, such as by borrowing. The Dodd-Frank Act and Basel III impose additional restrictions on the ability of banking institutions to pay dividends. In addition, in the current financial and economic environment, the Federal Reserve has indicated that bank holding companies should carefully review their dividend policy and has discouraged payment ratios that are at maximum allowable levels unless both asset quality and capital are very strong.

A part of our income could be derived from, and a potential material source of our liquidity could be, dividends from TriState Capital Bank. The ability of TriState Capital Bank to pay dividends to us is also restricted by federal and state laws, regulations and policies. Under applicable Pennsylvania law, TriState Capital Bank may only pay cash dividends out of its accumulated net earnings. Prior to the declaration of any dividend, if the surplus of TriState Capital Bank is less than the amount of its capital, it must, until surplus is equal to its capital, transfer to surplus an amount which is at least ten percent of its net earnings for the period since the end of the last fiscal year or for any shorter period since the declaration of a dividend. If the surplus of TriState Capital Bank is less than fifty percent of the amount of its capital, then it will not be permitted to pay any dividends without the prior approval of the Pennsylvania Department of Banking and Securities.

Under federal law, TriState Capital Bank may not pay any dividend to us if the Bank is undercapitalized or the payment of the dividend would cause it to become undercapitalized. The FDIC may further restrict the payment of dividends by requiring TriState Capital Bank to maintain a higher level of capital than would otherwise be required for it to be adequately capitalized for regulatory purposes. Moreover, if, in the opinion of the FDIC, TriState Capital Bank is engaged in an unsafe or unsound practice (which could include the payment of dividends), the FDIC may require, generally after notice and hearing, the Bank to cease such practice. The FDIC has indicated that paying dividends that deplete a depository institution’s capital base to an inadequate level would be an unsafe banking practice. The FDIC has also issued policy statements providing that insured depository institutions generally should pay dividends only out of current operating earnings.

Incentive Compensation Guidance

The federal banking agencies have issued comprehensive guidance intended to ensure that the incentive compensation policies of banking organizations do not undermine the safety and soundness of those organizations by encouraging excessive risk-taking. The incentive compensation guidance sets expectations for banking organizations concerning their incentive compensation arrangements and related risk-management, control and governance processes. In addition, under the incentive compensation guidance, a banking organization’s federal supervisor may initiate enforcement action if the organization’s incentive compensation arrangements pose a risk to the safety and soundness of the organization. Further, provisions of the Basel III regime described above limit discretionary bonus payments to bank and bank holding company executives if the institution’s regulatory capital ratios fail to exceed certain thresholds. The scope and content of the U.S. banking regulators’ policies on incentive compensation are likely to continue evolving.

Restrictions on Transactions with Affiliates and Loans to Insiders

Federal law strictly limits the ability of banks to engage in transactions with their affiliates, including their bank holding companies. Section 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act, and the Federal Reserve’s Regulation W, impose quantitative limits, qualitative standards, and collateral requirements on certain transactions by a bank with, or for the benefit of, its affiliates, and generally require those transactions to be on terms at least as favorable to the bank as transactions with non-affiliates. The Dodd-Frank Act significantly expands the coverage and scope of the limitations on affiliate transactions within a banking organization, including an expansion of the covered transactions to include credit exposures related to derivatives, repurchase agreements and securities lending arrangements and an increase in the amount of time for which collateral requirements regarding covered transactions must be satisfied.

Federal law also limits a bank’s authority to extend credit to its directors, executive officers and 10% shareholders, as well as to entities controlled by such persons. Among other things, extensions of credit to insiders are required to be made on terms that are substantially the same as, and follow credit underwriting procedures that are not less stringent than, those prevailing for comparable transactions with

18

Table of Contents

unaffiliated persons. In addition, the terms of such extensions of credit may not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavorable features and may not exceed certain limitations on the amount of credit extended to such persons, individually and in the aggregate, which limits are based, in part, on the amount of the bank’s capital. TriState Capital Bank maintains a policy that does not permit loans to employees, including executive officers.

FDIC Deposit Insurance Assessments

FDIC-insured banks are required to pay deposit insurance assessments to the FDIC. The amount of the deposit insurance assessment for institutions with less than $10.0 billion in assets is based on its risk category, with certain adjustments for any unsecured debt or brokered deposits held by the insured bank. Institutions assigned to higher risk categories (that is, institutions that pose a higher risk of loss to the Deposit Insurance Fund) pay assessments at higher rates than institutions that pose a lower risk. An institution’s risk classification is assigned based on a combination of its financial ratios and supervisory ratings, reflecting, among other things, its capital levels and the level of supervisory concern that the institution poses to the regulators. In addition, the FDIC can impose special assessments in certain instances. Deposit insurance assessments fund the Deposit Insurance Fund. The FDIC has in recent years raised assessment rates to increase funding for the Deposit Insurance Fund.

The Dodd-Frank Act changed the way that deposit insurance premiums are calculated, increased the minimum designated reserve ratio of the Deposit Insurance Fund from 1.15% to 1.35% of the estimated amount of total insured deposits, and eliminated the upper limit for the reserve ratio designated by the FDIC each year, and eliminates the requirement that the FDIC pay dividends to depository institutions when the reserve ratio exceeds certain thresholds.

Continued action by the FDIC to replenish and increase the Deposit Insurance Fund, as well as the changes contained in the Dodd-Frank Act, may result in higher assessment rates, which could reduce our profitability or otherwise negatively impact our operations, financial condition or future prospects.

Branching and Interstate Banking

Under Pennsylvania law, TriState Capital Bank is permitted to establish additional branch offices within Pennsylvania, subject to the approval of the Pennsylvania Department of Banking and Securities. The Bank is also permitted to establish additional offices outside of Pennsylvania, subject to prior regulatory approval.

TriState Capital Bank currently has only one branch located in the State of New Jersey, and it operates three representative offices, with one each located in the states of Pennsylvania, Ohio and New York. Although our New Jersey office is a “branch” for purposes of applicable state law, we limit its activities to those we conduct at our representative offices. Because our representative offices are not branches for purposes of applicable state law and FDIC regulations, there are restrictions on the types of activities we may conduct through our representative offices. Relationship managers in our representative offices may solicit loan and deposit products and services in their markets and act as liaisons to our headquarters in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. However, consistent with our centralized operations and regulatory requirements, we do not disburse or transmit funds, accept loan repayments or accept or contract for deposits or deposit-type liabilities through our representative offices.

Community Reinvestment Act

TriState Capital Bank has a responsibility under the Community Reinvestment Act ("CRA"), and related FDIC regulations to help meet the credit needs of its communities, including low- and moderate-income borrowers. In connection with its examination of TriState Capital Bank, the FDIC is required to assess the Bank’s record of compliance with the CRA. The Bank’s failure to comply with the provisions of the CRA could, at a minimum, result in denial of certain corporate applications, such as for branches or mergers, or in restrictions on its or our activities, including additional financial activities if we elect to be treated as a financial holding company.

Prior to 2013, our compliance with CRA regulations was assessed under the FDIC's "large bank" test. CRA regulations provide that a financial institution may elect to have its CRA performance evaluated under the strategic plan option. The strategic plan enables the institution to structure its CRA goals and objectives to address the needs of its community consistent with its business strategy, operational focus, capacity and constraints. The strategic plan must address the Bank’s lending, investment and service criteria that would have been part of its usual evaluation. TriState Capital Bank worked with the FDIC to develop a strategic plan for CRA assessments that was approved by the FDIC in 2013. For 2013 and 2014, our CRA performance will be assessed against the goals established in our CRA strategic plan. We have established an updated CRA strategic plan for which we anticipate approval for the years 2015 through 2017.

TriState Capital Bank has received a “satisfactory” CRA rating on each CRA examination since inception. The CRA requires all FDIC-insured institutions to publicly disclose their rating.


19

Table of Contents

Financial Privacy

The federal banking and securities regulators have adopted rules that limit the ability of banks and other financial institutions to disclose non-public information about consumers to non-affiliated third parties. These limitations require disclosure of privacy policies to consumers and, in some circumstances, allow consumers to prevent disclosure of certain personal information to a non-affiliated third party. These regulations affect how consumer information is transmitted through financial services companies and conveyed to outside vendors. In addition, consumers may also prevent disclosure of certain information among affiliated companies that is assembled or used to determine eligibility for a product or service, such as that shown on consumer credit reports and asset and income information from applications. Consumers also have the option to direct banks and other financial institutions not to share information about transactions and experiences with affiliated companies for the purpose of marketing products or services. In addition to applicable federal privacy regulations, TriState Capital Bank is subject to certain state privacy laws.

Anti-Money Laundering and OFAC

Under federal law, including the Bank Secrecy Act and the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001, certain financial institutions must maintain anti-money laundering programs that include established internal policies, procedures and controls; a designated compliance officer; an ongoing employee training program; and testing of the program by an independent audit function. Financial institutions are also prohibited from entering into specified financial transactions and account relationships and must meet enhanced standards for due diligence and customer identification in their dealings with foreign financial institutions and foreign customers. Financial institutions must take reasonable steps to conduct enhanced scrutiny of account relationships to guard against money laundering and to report any suspicious transactions, and law enforcement authorities have been granted increased access to financial information maintained by financial institutions.

The Office of Foreign Assets Control ("OFAC") administers laws and Executive Orders that prohibit U.S. entities from engaging in transactions with certain prohibited parties. OFAC publishes lists of persons and organizations suspected of aiding, harboring or engaging in terrorist acts, known as Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons. Generally, if a bank identifies a transaction, account or wire transfer relating to a person or entity on an OFAC list, it must freeze the account or block the transaction, file a suspicious activity report and notify the appropriate authorities.

Bank regulators routinely examine institutions for compliance with these obligations and they must consider an institution’s compliance in connection with the regulatory review of applications, including applications for bank mergers and acquisitions. Failure of a financial institution to maintain and implement adequate programs to combat money laundering and terrorist financing and comply with OFAC sanctions, or to comply with relevant laws and regulations, could have serious legal, reputational and financial consequences for the institution.

Safety and Soundness Standards

Federal bank regulatory agencies have adopted guidelines that establish general standards relating to internal controls and information systems, internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate exposure, asset growth and compensation, fees and benefits. Additionally, the agencies have adopted regulations that provide the authority to order an institution that has been given notice by an agency that it is not satisfying any of these safety and soundness standards to submit a compliance plan. If, after being so notified, an institution fails to submit an acceptable compliance plan or fails in any material respect to implement an acceptable compliance plan, the agency must issue an order directing action to correct the deficiency and may issue an order directing other actions of the types to which an undercapitalized institution is subject under the “prompt corrective action” provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act. If an institution fails to comply with such an order, the agency may seek to enforce such order in judicial proceedings and to impose civil money penalties.

In addition to federal consequences for failure to satisfy applicable safety and soundness standards, the Pennsylvania Department of Banking and Securities Code grants the Pennsylvania Department of Banking and Securities the authority to impose a civil money penalty of up to $25,000 per violation against a Pennsylvania financial institution, or any of its officers, employees, directors, or trustees for: (1) violations of any law or department order; (2) engaging in any unsafe or unsound practice; or (3) breaches of a fiduciary duty in conducting the institution’s business.

Bank holding companies are also not permitted to engage in unsound banking practices. For example, the Federal Reserve’s Regulation Y requires a holding company to give the Federal Reserve prior notice of any redemption or repurchase of its own equity securities, if the consideration to be paid, together with the consideration paid for any repurchases in the preceding year, is equal to 10% or more of the company’s consolidated net worth. The Federal Reserve may oppose the transaction if it believes that the transaction would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice or would violate any law or regulation. As another example, a holding company could not impair its subsidiary bank’s soundness by causing it to make funds available to non-banking subsidiaries or their customers if the Federal Reserve

20

Table of Contents

believed it not prudent to do so. The Federal Reserve has broad authority to prohibit activities of bank holding companies and their nonbanking subsidiaries that present unsafe and unsound banking practices or that constitute violations of laws or regulations.

Consumer Laws and Regulations

TriState Capital Bank is subject to numerous laws and regulations intended to protect consumers in transactions with the Bank. These laws include, among others, laws regarding unfair, deceptive and abusive acts and practices, usury laws, and other federal consumer protection statutes. These federal laws include the Electronic Fund Transfer Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, the Real Estate Procedures Act of 1974, the S.A.F.E. Mortgage Licensing Act of 2008, the Truth in Lending Act and the Truth in Savings Act, among others. Many states and local jurisdictions have consumer protection laws analogous, and in addition, to those enacted under federal law. These laws and regulations mandate certain disclosure requirements and regulate the manner in which financial institutions must deal with customers when taking deposits, making loans and conducting other types of transactions. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations could give rise to regulatory sanctions, customer rescission rights, action by state and local attorneys general and civil or criminal liability.

In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act created a new independent Consumer Finance Protection Bureau that has broad authority to regulate and supervise retail financial services activities of banks and various non-bank providers. The Consumer Finance Protection Bureau has authority to promulgate regulations, issue orders, guidance and policy statements, conduct examinations and bring enforcement actions with regard to consumer financial products and services. In general, banks with assets of $10.0 billion or less, such as TriState Capital Bank, will continue to be examined for consumer compliance by their primary federal bank regulator. Nevertheless, positions established by the Consumer Finance Protection Bureau may become applicable to us.

Effect of Governmental Monetary Policies

Our commercial banking business and investment management business are affected not only by general economic conditions but also by U.S. fiscal policy and the monetary policies of the Federal Reserve. Some of the instruments of monetary policy available to the Federal Reserve include changes in the discount rate on member bank borrowings, the fluctuating availability of borrowings at the “discount window,” open market operations, the imposition of and changes in reserve requirements against member banks’ deposits and assets of foreign branches, the imposition of and changes in reserve requirements against certain borrowings by banks and their affiliates, and asset purchase programs. These policies influence to a significant extent the overall growth of bank loans, investments, and deposits, as well as the performance of our investment management products and services and the interest rates charged on loans or paid on deposits. We cannot predict the nature of future fiscal and monetary policies or the effect of these policies on our operations and activities, financial condition, results of operations, growth plans or future prospects.

Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 ("Sarbanes-Oxley Act") implemented a broad range of corporate governance, accounting and reporting measures for companies that have securities registered under the Exchange Act, including publicly-held bank holding companies. Specifically, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the various regulations promulgated thereunder, established, among other things: (i) requirements for audit committees, including independence, expertise, and responsibilities; (ii) responsibilities regarding financial statements for the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of the reporting company; (iii) the forfeiture of bonuses or other incentive-based compensation and profits from the sale of the reporting company’s securities by the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer in the twelve-month period following the initial publication of any financial statements that later require restatement; (iv) the creation of an independent accounting oversight board; (v) standards for auditors and regulation of audits, including independence provisions that restrict non-audit services that accountants may provide to their audit clients; (vi) disclosure and reporting obligations for the reporting company and their directors and executive officers, including accelerated reporting of stock transactions and a prohibition on trading during pension blackout periods; (vii) a prohibition on personal loans to directors and officers, except certain loans made by insured financial institutions on nonpreferential terms and in compliance with other bank regulatory requirements; and (viii) a range of civil and criminal penalties for fraud and other violations of the securities laws.

Impact of Current Laws and Regulations

The cumulative effect of these laws and regulations, while providing certain benefits, add significantly to the cost of our operations and thus have a negative impact on our profitability. There has also been a notable expansion in recent years of financial service providers that are not subject to the examination, oversight, and other rules and regulations to which we are subject. Those providers, because they are not so highly regulated, may have a competitive advantage over us and may continue to draw large amounts of funds away from traditional banking institutions, with a continuing adverse effect on the banking industry in general.


21

Table of Contents

Future Legislation and Regulatory Reform

New regulations and statutes are regularly proposed that contain wide-ranging proposals for altering the structures, regulations and competitive relationships of financial institutions operating in the United States. We cannot predict whether or in what form any proposed regulation or statute will be adopted or the extent to which our business may be affected by any new regulation or statute. Future legislation and policies, and the effects of that legislation and those policies, may have a significant influence on our operations and activities, financial condition, results of operations, growth plans or future prospects and the overall growth and distribution of loans, investments and deposits. Such legislation and policies have had a significant effect on the operations and activities, financial condition, results of operations, growth plans and future prospects of commercial banks and investment management businesses in the past and are expected to continue.

Available Information

All of our reports filed electronically with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC"), including this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014, our Registration Statement on Form S-1, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and proxy statements, as well as any amendments to those reports are accessible at no cost on our website at www.tristatecapitalbank.com under "About Us", "Investor Relations", "SEC Documents". These filings are also accessible on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. You may read and copy any material we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330.


22

Table of Contents

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

An investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. There are risks, many beyond our control, that could cause our financial condition or results of operations to differ materially from management’s expectations. Some of the risks that may affect us are described below. If any of the following risks, by itself or together with one or more other factors, actually occur, our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects could be materially and adversely affected. These risks are not the only risks that we may face. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects could also be affected by additional risks that apply to all companies operating in the United States, as well as other risks that are not currently known to us or that we currently consider to be immaterial to our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects. Further, to the extent that any of the information contained herein constitutes forward-looking statements, the risk factors below also are cautionary statements identifying important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in any such forward-looking statements. See “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” on page 47.

Risks Relating to our Business

We may not be able to adequately measure and limit our credit risk associated with our loan portfolio, which could lead to unexpected losses.

The business of lending is inherently risky, including risks that the principal of or interest on any loan will not be repaid timely or at all or that the value of any collateral supporting the loan will be insufficient to cover our outstanding exposure. These risks may be affected by the strength of the borrower's business sector and local, regional and national market, and economic conditions. Our risk management practices, such as monitoring the concentration of our loans within specific industries and our credit approval practices, may not adequately reduce credit risk, and our credit administration personnel, policies and procedures may not adequately adapt to changes in economic or any other conditions affecting customers and the quality of the loan portfolio. Finally, many of our loans are made to middle-market businesses that may be less able to withstand competitive, economic and financial pressures than larger borrowers. A failure to effectively measure and limit the credit risk associated with our loan portfolio could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects.

Our allowance for loan losses may prove to be insufficient to absorb losses inherent in our loan portfolio, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

We maintain an allowance for loan losses that represents management's judgment of probable losses inherent in our loan portfolio. The level of the allowance reflects management's continuing evaluation of historical default and loss experience in our portfolio, general economic conditions, diversification and seasoning of the loan portfolio, identified credit problems, delinquency levels and adequacy of collateral. The determination of the appropriate level of the allowance for loan losses is inherently highly subjective and requires us to make significant estimates of and assumptions regarding current credit risks and future trends, all of which may undergo material changes. Inaccurate management assumptions, continuing deterioration of economic conditions affecting borrowers, new information regarding existing loans, identification of additional problem loans and other factors, both within and outside of our control, may require us to increase our allowance for loan losses. In addition, our regulators, as an integral part of their periodic examination, review the adequacy of our allowance for loan losses and may direct us to make additions to the allowance based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination. Further, if actual charge-offs in future periods exceed the amounts allocated to the allowance for loan losses, we may need additional provision for loan losses to restore the adequacy of our allowance for loan losses. If we are required to materially increase our level of allowance for loan losses for any reason, such increase could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects.

A material portion of our loan portfolio is comprised of commercial loans secured by equipment or other business assets, the deterioration in value of which could increase our exposure to future probable losses.

Historically, a material portion of our total loans, before deferred loan fees, have been comprised of commercial loans to businesses collateralized by general business assets including, among other things, accounts receivable, inventory and equipment. These commercial and industrial loans are typically larger in amount than loans to individuals and, therefore, have the potential for larger losses on a single loan basis. Historically, losses in our commercial and industrial credits have been higher than losses in other segments of our loan portfolio. Significant adverse changes in various industries could cause rapid declines in values and collectability associated with those business assets resulting in inadequate collateral coverage that may expose us to future losses. An increase in specific reserves and charge-offs related to our commercial and industrial loan portfolio could have a materially adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects.


23

Table of Contents

Because many of our customers are commercial enterprises, they may be adversely affected by any decline in general economic conditions in the United States which, in turn, could have a negative impact on our business.

Many of our customers are commercial enterprises whose business and financial condition are sensitive to changes in the general economy of the United States. Our businesses and operations are, in turn, sensitive to these same general economic conditions. If the U.S. economy does not continue to recover from the recession that lasted from 2007 to 2009 or experiences worsening economic conditions, our growth and profitability could be constrained. In addition, economic conditions in foreign countries, including uncertainty over the stability of the euro currency, could affect the stability of global financial markets, which could hinder the U.S. economic recovery. Weak economic conditions are characterized by deflation, fluctuations in debt and equity capital markets, including a lack of liquidity and depressed prices in the secondary market for mortgage loans, increased delinquencies on mortgage, consumer and commercial loans, residential and commercial real estate price declines and lower home sales and commercial activity. All of these factors are detrimental to the business of our customers and could adversely impact demand for our credit products as well as our credit quality. Our business is also sensitive to monetary and related policies of the U.S. federal government and its agencies. Changes in any of these policies are influenced by macroeconomic conditions and other factors that are beyond our control and difficult to predict. Adverse economic conditions and government policy responses to such conditions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects.

Our non-owner occupied commercial real estate loan portfolio exposes us to credit risks that may be greater than the risks related to other types of loans.

Our loan portfolio includes non-owner-occupied commercial real estate loans for individuals and businesses for various purposes, which are secured by commercial properties, as well as real estate construction and development loans. As of December 31, 2014, we had outstanding loans secured by non-owner occupied commercial properties of $633.8 million or 26.5% of our total loans outstanding. These loans typically involve repayment dependent upon income generated, or expected to be generated, by the property securing the loan in amounts sufficient to cover operating expenses and debt service. The availability of such income for repayment may be adversely affected by changes in the economy or local market conditions. These loans expose a lender to greater credit risk than loans secured by other types of collateral because the collateral securing these loans are typically more difficult to liquidate. Additionally, non-owner-occupied commercial real estate loans generally involve relatively large balances to single borrowers or related groups of borrowers. Unexpected deterioration in the credit quality of our non-owner-occupied commercial real estate loan portfolio could require us to increase our provision for loan losses, which would reduce our profitability and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects.

We make loans to businesses backed by private equity firms. These loan relationships may have repayment and other characteristics that are different than those of traditional business loans, which could have an adverse effect on our asset quality and profitability.

As of December 31, 2014, we had $231.3 million in loans to private equity backed businesses, which represented approximately 9.6% of our total loans outstanding. These loan relationships may have repayment characteristics that are different than those of our traditional, owner-operated businesses. These loans often are for purposes of financing private equity groups' acquisitions of companies that become our borrowers. Acquisition-related loans are generally secured by all business assets, but often have a weaker secondary source of repayment resulting in greater reliance upon the cash flow generated by the borrower for repayment, which may be unpredictable. Because private equity groups acquire businesses primarily for financial interests, they may behave differently than our other commercial borrowers. Of these loans to private equity backed businesses as of December 31, 2014, $129.0 million, or approximately 5.4% of our total loans outstanding, were SNC loans in which we were not the lead bank. In that in certain circumstances our lending through participation loans in which we are not the agent bank to private equity backed businesses can present additional risks because the agent bank or bank group may make different decisions or otherwise may not be able to respond as a group as quickly or as definitively as we might on our own in the event that a private equity backed borrower becomes financially or operationally challenged. Accordingly, the different characteristics of this segment of our loan portfolio could negatively impact our profitability or asset quality, which in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operation and future prospects. We intend to continue to further diversify our portfolio with increased focus on growth in loans from our private banking channel and non-private equity backed commercial loans. However, there can be no guaranty we will be successful in our efforts to further diversify the portfolio.

Our private banking business could be negatively impacted by a prolonged downturn in the securities markets.

Marketable-securities-backed private banking loans represent a material portion of our business and are the fastest growing part of our loan portfolio. We expect to continue to increase the percentage of our loan portfolio represented by marketable-securities-backed private banking loans in the future. We believe that the marketable securities securing those loans should provide adequate coverage for the loans even if there is a significant downturn in the securities markets, so we believe that such a downturn should not present a material risk to our ability to collect repayment of the loans. However, a significant and prolonged downturn in the securities markets could lead to a slowdown in the growth of, or possibly a reduction in, the volume or amount of our marketable-securities-backed private banking loans, which could have a material adverse effect on our business or our ability to grow our business as planned.

24

Table of Contents


A prolonged downturn in the real estate market, especially in our primary markets, could result in losses and adversely affect our profitability.

Historically, a material portion of our loans have been comprised of loans with real estate as a primary component of collateral. The real estate collateral in each case provides an alternate source of repayment in the event of default by the borrower and may deteriorate in value during the time the credit is extended. The U.S. recession from 2007 to 2009 adversely affected real estate market values across the country, including in our primary market areas. Future declines in real estate values could impair the value of our collateral and our ability to sell the collateral upon any foreclosure, which would likely require us to increase our provision for loan losses. In the event of a default with respect to any of these loans, the amounts we receive upon sale of the collateral may be insufficient to recover the outstanding principal and interest on the loan. If we are required to re-value the collateral securing a loan to satisfy the debt during a period of reduced real estate values or to increase our allowance for loan losses, our profitability could be adversely affected, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects.

A substantial portion of our loan portfolio is comprised of participation transaction interests, which could have an adverse effect on our ability to monitor the lending relationships and lead to an increased risk of loss.

We achieved a significant portion of our loan growth and diversity in our loan portfolio in our initial years of operation by participating in loans originated by other institutions (including shared national credits) in which other lenders serve as the agent bank. As of December 31, 2014, $451.8 million, or approximately 18.8% of our total loans outstanding, consisted of SNC loans in which we are not the lead bank. Our reduced control over the monitoring and management of these relationships, particularly participations with large bank groups, could lead to increased risk of loss, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects. We intend to continue to further diversify our portfolio with increased focus on growth in loans from our private banking channel and direct commercial loans. However, there can be no guaranty we will be successful in our efforts to further diversify the portfolio.

Our loan portfolio contains many large loans, and deterioration in the financial condition of these large loans could have a material adverse impact on our asset quality and profitability.

Our growth since inception has been partially attributable to our ability to originate and retain relatively large loans given our asset size. Along with other risks inherent in our loans, such as the deterioration of the underlying businesses or property securing these loans, the higher average size of our loans presents a risk to our lending operations. Because we have a large average loan size, if only a few of our largest borrowers become unable to repay their loan obligations as a result of economic or market conditions or personal circumstances, our non-performing loans and our provision for loan losses could increase significantly, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects. We intend to continue to further diversify our portfolio with increased focus on growth in loans from our private banking channel and direct commercial loans which often have smaller loan balances. However, there can be no guaranty we will be successful in our efforts to further diversify the portfolio.

Our lending limit may restrict our growth and prevent us from effectively implementing our business strategy.

We are limited in the amount we can loan to a single borrower by the amount of our capital. Generally, under current law, we may lend up to 15.0% of our unimpaired capital and surplus to any one borrower. We have also established an informal limit on loans to any one borrower of $10.0 million. Based upon our current capital levels, the amount we may lend is significantly less than that of many of our competitors and may discourage potential borrowers who have credit needs in excess of our lending limit from doing business with us. We accommodate larger loans by selling participations in those loans to other financial institutions, but this strategy may not always be available. If we are unable to compete effectively for loans from our target customers, we may not be able to effectively implement our business strategy, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects.

We must maintain and follow high loan underwriting standards to grow safely.

Our ability to grow our assets safely depends on maintaining disciplined and prudent underwriting standards and ensuring that our relationship managers and lending personnel follow those standards. The weakening of these standards for any reason, such as to seek higher yielding loans, or a lack of discipline or diligence by our employees in underwriting and monitoring loans, may result in loan defaults, foreclosures and additional charge-offs and may necessitate that we significantly increase our allowance for loan losses, any of which could adversely affect our net income. Relatedly, as we attempt to uphold those standards in an increasingly competitive lending environment, we may experience increased refinancing of existing loans and reduced new loan growth. As a result, our business, results of operations, financial condition or future prospects could be adversely affected.


25

Table of Contents

We rely heavily on our executive management team and other key employees, and we could be adversely affected by the unexpected loss of their services.

Our success depends in large part on the performance of our key personnel, as well as on our ability to attract, motivate and retain highly qualified senior and middle management and other skilled employees. Competition for employees is intense, and the process of locating key personnel with the combination of skills and attributes required to execute our business plan may be lengthy. We currently do not have any employment or non-compete agreements with any of our executive officers or key employees other than certain non-solicitation and restrictive agreements that we received from certain key employees of Chartwell in connection with our Chartwell acquisition. We may not be successful in retaining our key employees, and the unexpected loss of services of one or more of our key personnel could have a material adverse effect on our business because of their skills, knowledge of our primary markets, years of industry experience and the difficulty of promptly finding qualified replacement personnel. If the services of any of our key personnel should become unavailable for any reason, we may not be able to identify and hire qualified persons on terms acceptable to us, or at all, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects.

Our business has grown rapidly, and we may not be able to maintain our historical rate of growth, which could have a material adverse effect on our ability to successfully implement our business strategy.

Our business has grown rapidly. Although rapid business growth can be a favorable business condition, financial institutions that grow rapidly can experience significant difficulties as a result of rapid growth. We seek to grow safely and consistently. This requires us to manage several different elements simultaneously. Successful growth requires that we follow adequate loan underwriting standards, balance loan and deposit growth without increasing interest rate risk or compressing our net interest margin, maintain adequate capital at all times, produce investment performance results competitive with our peers and benchmarks, further diversify our revenue sources, meet the expectations of our clients, and hire and retain qualified employees. If we do not manage our growth successfully, then our business, results of operations or financial condition may be adversely affected.

We may not be able to sustain our historical rate of growth or continue to grow our business at all. Because of factors such as the uncertainty in the general economy and the recent government intervention in the credit markets, it may be difficult for us to repeat our historic earnings growth as we continue to expand. Failure to grow or failure to manage our growth effectively could have a material adverse effect on our business, future prospects, financial condition or results of operations, and could adversely affect our ability to successfully implement our business strategy.

Our utilization of brokered deposits could adversely affect our liquidity and results of operations.

Since our inception, we have utilized both brokered and non-brokered deposits as a source of funds to support our growing loan demand and other liquidity needs. As a bank regulatory supervisory matter, reliance upon brokered deposits as a significant source of funding is discouraged. Brokered deposits may not be as stable as other types of deposits, and, in the future, those depositors may not renew their deposits when they mature, or we may have to pay a higher rate of interest to keep those deposits or may have to replace them with other deposits or with funds from other sources. Additionally, if TriState Capital Bank ceases to be categorized as “well capitalized” for bank regulatory purposes, it will not be able to accept, renew or roll over brokered deposits without a waiver from the FDIC. Our inability to maintain or replace these brokered deposits as they mature could adversely affect our liquidity and results of operations. Further, paying higher interest rates to maintain or replace these deposits could adversely affect our net interest margin and our results of operations.

Liquidity risk could impair our ability to fund operations and meet our obligations as they become due.

Our ability to implement our business strategy will depend on our liquidity and ability to obtain funding for loan originations, working capital and other general purposes. An inability to raise funds through deposits, borrowings and other sources could have a substantial negative effect on our liquidity. Our preferred source of funds for our banking business consists of customer deposits; however, we rely on other sources such as brokered deposits. Such account and deposit balances can decrease when customers perceive alternative investments as providing a better risk/return trade off. If customers move money out of bank deposits and into other investments, we may increase our utilization of brokered deposits, Federal Home Loan Bank ("FHLB") advances and other wholesale funding sources necessary to fund desired growth levels.

The Federal Housing Finance Agency, the primary regulator of the FHLB, proposed in 2014 revisions to the Federal Home Loan Bank Membership Requirements RIN 2590-AA39. Significant industry opposition was provided during the rule making comment period. Congressional hearings also were held on the proposals. To the extent that any of these proposals are approved and implemented, we believe that we can meet them or arrange alternatives to FHLB membership. However, material changes in the membership rules or alternate liquidity sources could adversely impact our liquidity, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects.

We rely on our ability to generate deposits and effectively manage the repayment and maturity schedules of our loans and investment

26

Table of Contents

securities and other sources of liquidity, respectively, to ensure that we have adequate liquidity to fund our banking operations. Any decline in available funding could adversely impact our ability to originate loans, invest in securities, meet our expenses, pay dividends to our shareholders or fulfill obligations such as repaying our borrowings or meeting deposit withdrawal demands, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects.

We are subject to interest rate risk that could negatively impact the profitability of our banking business.

Our profitability, like that of most financial institutions, depends to a large extent on our net interest income, which is the difference between our interest income on interest-earning assets, such as loans and investment securities, and our interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowings. One of the ways in which we attempt to manage interest rate risk is by maintaining a largely floating-rate balance sheet combined with longer-term deposits, but conditions could prevent us from successfully implementing this strategy in the future.

Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors that are beyond our control, including general economic conditions and policies of various governmental and regulatory agencies and, in particular, the Federal Reserve. Changes in monetary policy, including changes in interest rates, could influence not only the interest we receive on loans and securities and the interest we pay on deposits and borrowings, but such changes could also affect our ability to originate loans and obtain deposits, the fair value of our financial assets and liabilities, and the average duration of our assets. If the interest rates paid on deposits and other borrowings increase at a faster rate than the interest rates received on loans and other investments, our net interest income, and therefore net income, could be adversely affected.

Our loans are predominantly variable rate loans, with the majority being based on LIBOR. While there is a low probability that interest rates will decline materially from current levels, a continuation of the current levels of historically low interest rates could cause the spread between our loan yields and our deposit rates paid to compress our net interest margin and our net income could be adversely affected. Further, any substantial, unexpected, prolonged change in market interest rates could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects.

Further, short-term interest rates are currently very low by historical standards, with many benchmark rates, such as the federal funds rate and the one- and three-month LIBOR near zero. These low rates have reduced our cost of funding. We do not believe that we can continue to reduce our cost of funding by the levels we have in the past. As a result, our business, results of operations, financial condition or future prospects may be adversely affected, perhaps materially.

In addition, an increase in interest rates could also have a negative impact on our results of operations by reducing the ability of borrowers to repay their current loan obligations. These circumstances could not only result in increased loan defaults, foreclosures and charge-offs, but also necessitate further increases to our allowance for loan losses, each of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and future prospects.

Prolonged lower interest rates may adversely affect our net income.

Prolonged lower interest rates may have an adverse impact on the composition of our earning assets, our net interest margin, our net interest income and our net income. Among other things, a period of prolonged lower rates may cause prepayments to increase as our banking clients seek to refinance loans they currently have with us. Such an increase in prepayments and refinancing activity would likely result in a decrease in the weighted average yield of our earning assets. As a result, our business, results of operations or financial condition may be adversely affected, perhaps materially.

Our banking business is concentrated in, and largely dependent upon, the continued growth and welfare of the general geographic markets in which we operate.

Our commercial banking operations are concentrated in Pennsylvania, New Jersey, New York, and Ohio. As a result, our financial condition and results of operations and cash flows are affected by changes in the economic conditions of any of those states or the regions of which they are a part. Our success depends to a significant extent upon the business activity, population, income levels, deposits and real estate activity in these markets. Among other things that could affect those markets is a diminution in shale gas exploration and production resulting from low energy prices. Shale gas exploration and production is a significant force in driving the economies of Western Pennsylvania and Northeastern Ohio, two of our significant commercial banking markets. Although we do not make loans to companies directly engaged in oil and gas exploration and production and less than 1% of our loans are to businesses that service that industry, and although our customers' business and financial interests may extend well beyond these market areas, adverse conditions that affect these market areas could reduce our growth rate, affect the ability of our customers to repay their loans, affect the value of collateral underlying loans, impact our ability to attract deposits and generally affect our financial conditions and results of operations. Because of our geographic concentration, we may be less able than other regional or national financial institutions to diversify our credit risks across multiple markets.


27

Table of Contents

Our investment management business may be negatively impacted by competition, changes in economic and market conditions, changes in interest rates and investment performance.

Our investment management business may be negatively impacted by competition, changes in economic and market conditions, changes in interest rates and investment performance. As a result of our Chartwell acquisition, a material portion of our earnings is derived from our investment management business. The investment management business is intensely competitive. In the markets where we compete, there are over 1,000 firms which we consider to be primary competitors. In addition to competition from other institutional investment management firms, Chartwell along with the active-management industry, competes with passive index funds, ETFs and investment alternatives such as hedge funds. Our ability to successfully attract and retain investment management clients will depend on, among other things, our ability to compete with our competitors’ investment products, level of investment performance, fees, client services, marketing and distribution capabilities. Our ability to retain investment management clients may be impaired by the fact that investment management contracts are typically terminable in nature. Most of our clients may withdraw funds from under our management at their discretion at any time for any reason, including the performance of the investment advice, a change in the client’s investment strategy or other factors. If we cannot effectively compete to attract and retain customers, our business, results of operations or financial condition may be adversely affected.

Additionally, it is possible our management fees could be reduced for a variety of reasons, including among other things, pressure on them resulting from competition in the investment management sector or regulatory changes, and that we may from time to time reduce or waive investment management fees, or limit total expenses, on certain products or services offered as part of the our investment management business for particular time periods to manage fund expenses, or for other reasons, and to help retain or increase managed assets. If our revenues decline without a commensurate reduction in our expenses, our net income from our investment management business would be reduced, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects.

Our investment management business may be negatively impacted by changes in general economic and market conditions because the performance of such business is directly affected by conditions in the financial and securities markets. The financial markets and businesses operating in the securities industry are highly volatile (meaning that performance results can vary greatly within short periods of time) and are directly affected by, among other factors, domestic and foreign economic conditions and general trends in business and finance, all of which are beyond our control. We cannot guarantee that broad market performance will be favorable in the future. Declines in the financial markets or a lack of sustained growth may result in declines in the performance of the investment management business and the level of assets under management.

Further, an increase in interest rates could also adversely affect our investment management business, which will comprise a material part of our earnings, by decreasing the net asset values of our assets under management and potentially causing investors to shift assets in ways that negatively impact the fees generated by that business.

Success in the investment management business is largely dependent on investment performance relative to market conditions and the performance of competing products. Good performance generally assists retention and growth of managed assets, resulting in additional revenues. Conversely, poor performance tends to result in decreased sales and increased redemptions with corresponding decreases in revenues to the investment management business. It also could adversely impact any performance-based fees for which we are eligible in that business. Poor performance could, therefore, have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or business prospects. A significant and prolonged decline in the assets under management of our investment management business could have a material adverse effect on our future revenues and, to a lesser extent, net income, due to related reductions to distribution expenses associated with these funds.

The termination or failure to renew fund agreements could have adverse effects on our investment management business.

A material portion of our earnings is derived from investment management agreements and sub-advisor investment management agreements related to multiple sponsored funds. Investment management agreements are, as required by law, terminable upon 60 days notice. In addition, investment management agreements of this nature must be approved and renewed annually by each fund’s board of directors or trustees, including independent members of the board, or its shareholders, as required by law. Failure to renew, changes resulting in lower fees, or termination of a significant number of these agreements could have a material adverse impact on our business.

We face significant competitive pressures that could impair our growth, decrease our profitability or reduce our market share.

We operate in the highly competitive financial services industry and face significant competition for customers from bank and non-bank competitors, particularly regional and nationwide institutions, in originating loans, attracting deposits, providing financial management products and services and providing other financial services. Our competitors are generally larger and may have significantly more resources, greater name recognition, and more extensive and established branch networks or geographic footprints than we do. Because of their scale, many of these competitors can be more aggressive than we can on loan, deposit and financial services pricing. In addition,

28

Table of Contents

many of our non-bank and non-institutional financial management competitors have fewer regulatory constraints and may have lower cost structures. We expect competition to continue to intensify due to financial institution consolidation; legislative, regulatory and technological changes; and the emergence of alternative banking sources and investment management products and services. Additionally, technology has lowered barriers to entry.

Our ability to compete successfully will depend on a number of factors, including, among other things:

our ability to build and maintain long-term customer relationships while ensuring high ethical standards and safe and sound business practices;

the scope, relevance and pricing of products and services that we offer;

customer satisfaction with our products and services;

industry and general economic trends; and

our ability to keep pace with technological advances and to invest in new technology.

Increased competition could require us to increase the rates we pay on deposits or lower the rates we offer on loans or fees we charge on investment management products and services, which could reduce our profitability. Our failure to compete effectively in our primary markets could cause us to lose market share and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects.

Our ability to maintain our reputation is critical to the success of our business.

Our business plan emphasizes building and maintaining strong relationships with our clients. We have benefited from strong relationships with and among our customers, and also from our relationships with financial intermediaries. As a result, our reputation is one of the most valuable components of our business.

Our growth over the past several years has depended on attracting new customers from competing financial institutions and increasing our market share, primarily by the involvement in our primary markets and word-of-mouth advertising, rather than on growth in the market for financial services in our primary markets. As such, we strive to enhance our reputation by recruiting, hiring and retaining employees who share our core values of being an integral part of the communities and markets that we serve and delivering superior service to our customers. If our reputation is negatively affected by the actions of our employees or otherwise, our existing relationships may be damaged. We could lose some of our existing customers, including groups of large customers who have relationships with each other, and we may not be successful in attracting new customers. Any of these developments could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects.

Deterioration in the fiscal position of the U.S. federal government and downgrades in U.S. Treasury and federal agency securities could adversely affect us and our banking operations.

The business environment in the markets in which we operate and in the United States as a whole have a significant effect on our financial performance, the ability of borrowers to pay interest on and repay the principal of outstanding loans, the value of collateral securing those loans, and demand for loans and other products and services we offer and whose success we rely on to drive our future growth. Some elements of the business environment that affect our financial performance include short-term and long-term interest rates, the prevailing yield curve, inflation, monetary supply, fluctuations in the debt and equity capital markets, and the strength of the domestic economy and the local economies in the markets in which we operate. Unfavorable market conditions can result in a deterioration of the credit quality of borrowers, an increase in the number of loan delinquencies, defaults and charge-offs, additional provisions for loan losses, adverse asset values and a reduction in assets under management. Unfavorable or uncertain economic and market conditions can be caused by declines in economic growth, business activity or investor or business confidence, limitations on the availability of or increases in the cost of credit and capital, increases in inflation or interest rates, high unemployment, natural disasters, state or local government insolvency, or a combination of these or other factors.

Overall, economic growth in the United States remains relatively slow and unemployment remains relatively high from historic levels. Uncertainty about the federal fiscal policymaking process, the medium and long-term fiscal outlook of the federal government, and future tax rates is a concern for businesses, consumers and investors in the United States. Any unfavorable change in the general business environment in which we operate, in the United States as a whole or abroad could adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition or future prospects.

The long-term outlook for the fiscal position of the U.S. federal government is uncertain, as illustrated by the 2011 downgrade by certain

29

Table of Contents

rating agencies of the credit rating of the U.S. federal government. In addition to causing economic and financial market disruptions, any future downgrade, failures to raise the U.S. statutory debt limit, or deterioration in the fiscal outlook of the U.S. federal government, could, among other things, materially adversely affect the market value of the U.S. and other government and governmental agency securities that we may hold, the availability of those securities as collateral for borrowing, and our ability to access capital markets on favorable terms. It also could increase interest rates and disrupt payment systems, money markets, and long-term or short-term fixed income markets, adversely affecting the cost and availability of funding, which could negatively affect our profitability. The adverse consequences of any downgrade could also extend to those to whom we extend credit and could adversely affect their ability to repay their loans. In addition, any resulting decline in the financial markets could affect the value of marketable securities that serve as collateral for our loans, which would, in turn, adversely affect our credit quality and could impede the growth that we expect to achieve within this segment of our loan portfolio. Any of these developments could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects.

The fair value of our investment securities can fluctuate due to factors outside of our control.

We hold an investment securities portfolio. Factors beyond our control can significantly influence the fair value of securities in our portfolio and can cause potential adverse changes to the fair value of these securities. These factors include, but are not limited to, rating agency actions in respect to the securities, defaults by the issuer or with respect to the underlying securities, changes in market interest rates and continued instability in the capital markets. Any of these factors, among others, could cause other-than-temporary impairments and realized or unrealized losses in future periods and declines in other comprehensive income (loss), which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and future prospects. The process for determining whether impairment of a security is other-than-temporary often requires complex, subjective judgments about whether there has been a significant deterioration in the financial condition of the issuer, whether management has the intent or ability to hold a security for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value, the future financial performance and liquidity of the issuer and any collateral underlying the security, and other relevant factors.

Any future reductions in our credit ratings may increase our funding costs or impair our ability to effectively compete for business and clients.

We have used and may in the future use debt as a funding source. One or more rating agencies regularly evaluate us and their ratings of our long-term debt based on a number of factors, including our financial strength and conditions affecting the financial services industry generally. In general, rating agencies base their ratings on many quantitative and qualitative factors, including capital adequacy, liquidity, asset quality, business mix and level and quality of earnings, and we may not be able to maintain our current credit ratings. Our ratings remain subject to change at any time, and it is possible that any rating agency will take action to downgrade us in the future.

Any future decrease in our credit ratings by one or more rating agencies could impact our access to the capital markets or short-term funding or increase our financing costs, and thereby adversely affect our financial condition and liquidity. Our clients and counterparties may also be sensitive to the risks posed by a ratings downgrade and may terminate their relationships with us, may be less likely to engage in transactions with us, or may only engage in transactions with us at a substantially higher cost. We cannot predict whether client relationships or opportunities for future relationships could be adversely affected by clients who choose to do business with a higher-rated institution. The inability to retain clients or to effectively compete for new business may have a material and adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

Additionally, rating agencies have themselves been subject to scrutiny arising from the financial crisis such that the rating agencies may make or may be required to make substantial changes to their ratings policies and practices. Such changes may, among other things, adversely affect the ratings of our securities or other securities in which we have an economic interest.

Our financial results depend on management's selection of accounting methods and certain assumptions and estimates.

Our financial condition and results of operations are based on our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP and with general practices within the financial services industry. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of certain assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities and the reported amount of related revenues and expenses. Certain accounting policies inherently are based to a greater extent on estimates, assumptions and judgments of management and, as such, have a greater possibility of producing results that could be materially different than originally reported. They require management to make subjective or complex judgments, estimates or assumptions, and changes in those estimates or assumptions could have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements. These critical accounting policies include: the allowance for loan losses, accounting for investment securities, evaluation of goodwill and other intangible assets, accounting for income taxes and the determination of fair value for financial instruments. Due to the uncertainty of estimates involved in these matters, we may be required to significantly increase the allowance for loan losses or sustain loan losses that are significantly higher than the reserve provided, significantly increase our accrued tax liability or otherwise incur charges that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and future

30

Table of Contents

prospects.

By engaging in derivative transactions, we are exposed to additional credit and market risk in our banking business.

We use interest rate swaps to help manage our interest rate risk in our banking business from recorded financial assets and liabilities when they can be demonstrated to effectively hedge a designated asset or liability and the asset or liability exposes us to interest rate risk or risks inherent in customer related derivatives. We use other derivative financial instruments to help manage other economic risks, such as liquidity and credit risk, including exposures that arise from business activities that result in the receipt or payment of future known and uncertain cash amounts, the value of which are determined by interest rates. Our derivative financial instruments are used to manage differences in the amount, timing, and duration of our known or expected cash receipts principally related to our fixed-rate loan assets. We also have derivatives that result from a service we provide to certain qualifying customers approved through our credit process, and therefore, are not used to manage interest rate risk in our assets or liabilities. Hedging interest rate risk is a complex process, requiring sophisticated models and routine monitoring, and is not a perfect science. As a result of interest rate fluctuations, hedged assets and liabilities will appreciate or depreciate in market value. The effect of this unrealized appreciation or depreciation will generally be offset by income or loss on the derivative instruments that are linked to the hedged assets and liabilities. By engaging in derivative transactions, we are exposed to credit and market risk. If the counterparty fails to perform, credit risk exists to the extent of the fair value gain in the derivative. Market risk exists to the extent that interest rates change in ways that are significantly different from what we expected when we entered into the derivative transaction. The existence of credit and market risk associated with our derivative instruments could adversely affect our net interest income and, therefore, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects.

We may be adversely affected by the soundness of other financial institutions.

Our ability to engage in routine funding transactions could be adversely affected by the actions and commercial soundness of other financial institutions. Financial services companies are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, counterparty, and other relationships. We have exposure to different industries and counterparties, and through transactions with counterparties in the financial services industry, including broker/dealers, commercial banks, investment banks, and other financial intermediaries. In addition, we participate in loans originated by other financial institutions (including shared national credits) in which other lenders serve as the lead bank. Further, our private banking channel relies on relationships with a number of other financial institutions for referrals. As a result, declines in the financial condition of, or even rumors or questions about, one or more financial institutions, financial service companies or the financial services industry generally, may lead to market-wide liquidity, asset quality or other problems and could lead to losses or defaults by us or by other institutions. These problems, losses or defaults could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects.

We rely on third parties to provide key components of our business infrastructure, and a failure of these parties to perform for any reason could disrupt our operations.

Third parties provide key components of our business infrastructure such as data processing, internet connections, network access, core application processing, statement production and account analysis. Our business depends on the successful and uninterrupted functioning of our information technology and telecommunications systems and third-party servicers. The failure of these systems, or the termination of a third-party software license or service agreement on which any of these systems is based, could interrupt our operations. Because our information technology and telecommunications systems interface with and depend on third-party systems, we could experience service denials if demand for such services exceeds capacity or such third-party systems fail or experience interruptions. Replacing vendors or addressing other issues with our third-party service providers could entail significant delay and expense. If we are unable to efficiently replace ineffective service providers, or if we experience a significant, sustained or repeated, system failure or service denial, it could compromise our ability to operate effectively, damage our reputation, result in a loss of customer business, and subject us to additional regulatory scrutiny and possible financial liability, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects.

We utilize the information systems of third parties to monitor the value of and control marketable securities that collateralize our loans, and a failure of those systems or third parties could adversely affect our ability to assess and manage the risk in our loan portfolio.

A significant portion of our loan portfolio is secured by marketable securities that are held by third-party custodians or other financial services or wealth management firms. We utilize the systems of these third parties to provide information to us so that we can quickly and accurately monitor changes in value of the securities that serve as collateral. We also rely on these parties to provide control over marketable securities for purposes of perfecting our security interests and retaining the collateral in the applicable accounts. While we have been careful in selecting the third-parties with which we do business, we do not control their actions, their systems or the information that they provide to us. Any problems caused by these third parties, including as a result of their failure to provide services or information to us for any reason, or their performing services poorly or providing us with incorrect information, could adversely affect our ability

31

Table of Contents

to deliver products and services to our customers or could adversely affect our ability to manage, appropriately assess and react to risk in our loan portfolio, which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects.

We could be subject to losses, regulatory action or reputational harm due to fraudulent and negligent acts on the part of loan applicants, our borrowers, our employees and vendors.

In deciding whether to extend credit or enter into other transactions with clients and counterparties, we may rely on information furnished by or on behalf of clients and counterparties, including financial statements, property appraisals, title information, employment and income documentation, account information and other financial information. We may also rely on representations of clients and counterparties as to the accuracy and completeness of such information and, with respect to financial statements, on reports of independent auditors. Any such misrepresentation or incorrect or incomplete information may not be detected prior to funding a loan or during our ongoing monitoring of outstanding loans. In addition, one or more of our employees or vendors could cause a significant operational breakdown or failure, either as a result of human error or where an individual purposefully sabotages or fraudulently manipulates our loan documentation, operations or systems. Any of these developments could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects.

Our growth and expansion strategy may involve strategic investments or acquisitions, and we may not be able to overcome risks associated with such transactions.

We closed our Chartwell acquisition in March 2014. Additionally, although we plan to continue to grow our business organically, we may seek opportunities to invest in or acquire investment management businesses that we believe would complement our existing business model. Our Chartwell acquisition and any potential future investment or acquisition activities could be material to our business and involve a number of risks, including the following:

incurring time and expense associated with identifying and evaluating potential investments or acquisitions and negotiating potential transactions, resulting in our attention being diverted from the operation of our existing business;

the lack of history among our management team in working together on acquisitions and related integration activities;

the time, expense and difficulty of integrating the operations and personnel of the combined businesses;

an inability to realize expected synergies or returns on investment;

potential disruption of our ongoing banking business; and

a loss of key employees or key customers following an investment or acquisition.

We may not be successful in overcoming these risks or any other problems encountered in connection with pending or potential investments or acquisitions. Our inability to overcome these risks could have an adverse effect on our ability to implement our business strategy and enhance shareholder value, which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects.

The value of our goodwill and other intangible assets may decline in the future.

In connection with our Chartwell acquisition, we recognized intangible assets including customer relationship intangible assets and goodwill in our consolidated statement of financial condition. We may not realize the value of these assets. Management performs an annual review of the carrying values of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets and periodic reviews of the carrying values of all other assets to determine whether events and circumstances indicate that an impairment in value may have occurred. A variety of factors could cause the carrying value of an asset to become impaired. Should a review indicate impairment, a write-down of the carrying value of the asset would occur, resulting in a non-cash charge which would adversely affect our results of operations for the period.

Unauthorized access, cyber-crime and other threats to data security may require significant resources, harm our reputation, and adversely affect our business.

We necessarily collect, use and hold personal and financial information concerning individuals and businesses with which we have a relationship. Threats to data security, including unauthorized access, and cyber-attacks, rapidly emerge and change, exposing us to additional costs for protection or remediation and competing time constraints to secure our data in accordance with customer expectations and statutory and regulatory privacy and other requirements. It is difficult or impossible to defend against every risk being posed by changing technologies, as well as criminal intent on committing cyber-crime. Increasing sophistication of cyber-criminals and terrorists

32

Table of Contents

make keeping up with new threats difficult and could result in a breach. Controls employed by our information technology department and our other employees and vendors could prove inadequate. We could also experience a breach due to intentional or negligent conduct on the part of employees or other internal sources, software bugs or other technical malfunctions, or other causes. As a result of any of these threats, our customer accounts may become vulnerable to account takeover schemes or cyber-fraud. Our systems and those of our third-party vendors may also become vulnerable to damage or disruption due to circumstances beyond our or their control, such as from catastrophic events, power anomalies or outages, natural disasters, network failures, and viruses and malware.

A breach of our security that results in unauthorized access to our data could expose us to a disruption or challenges relating to our daily operations as well as to data loss, litigation, damages, fines and penalties, significant increases in compliance costs, and reputational damage, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and future prospects.

We may take filing positions or follow tax strategies that may be subject to challenge.

The amount of income taxes that we are required to pay on our earnings is based on federal and state legislation and regulations. We provide for current and deferred taxes in our financial statements based on our results of operations, business activity, legal structure and interpretation of tax statutes. We may take filing positions or follow tax strategies that are subject to audit and may be subject to challenge. Our net income may be reduced if a federal, state or local authority assessed charges for taxes that have not been provided for in our consolidated financial statements. Taxing authorities could change applicable tax laws, challenge filing positions or assess taxes and interest charges. If taxing authorities take any of these actions, our business, results of operations, financial condition, could be adversely affected, perhaps materially.

The market in which we operate is susceptible to storms and other natural disasters and adverse weather which could result in a disruption of our operations and increases in loan losses.

A significant portion of our business is generated from markets that have been, and may continue to be, damaged by major storms and other natural disasters and adverse weather. Natural disasters can disrupt our operations, cause widespread property damage, and severely depress the local economies in which we operate. If the economies in our primary markets experience an overall decline as a result of a natural disaster, adverse weather, or other disaster, demand for loans and our other products and services could be reduced. In addition, the rates of delinquencies, foreclosures, bankruptcies and losses on loan portfolios may increase substantially, as uninsured property losses or sustained job interruption or loss may materially impair the ability of borrowers to repay their loans. Moreover, the value of real estate or other collateral that secures the loans could be materially and adversely affected by a disaster. A disaster could, therefore, result in decreased revenue and loan losses that have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects.

Our operations and clients are concentrated in large metropolitan areas in the United States, which could be the target of terrorist attacks.

A significant portion of our operations and our clients, as well as the properties securing our loans outstanding are located in large metropolitan areas in the United States. These areas have been and may continue to be the target of terrorist attacks. A successful, major terrorist attack in one of our primary markets could severely disrupt our operations and the ability of our clients to do business with us, and cause losses to loans secured by properties in these areas. Such an attack could therefore have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and future prospects.

We are subject to environmental liability risk associated with our lending activities.

In the course of our business, we may purchase real estate, or we may foreclose on and take title to real estate. As a result, we could be subject to environmental liabilities with respect to these properties. We may be held liable to a governmental entity or to third parties for property damage, personal injury, investigation and clean-up costs incurred by these parties in connection with environmental contamination or may be required to investigate or clean up hazardous or toxic substances or chemical releases at a property. The costs associated with investigation or remediation activities could be substantial. In addition, if we are the owner or former owner of a contaminated site, we may be subject to common law claims by third parties based on damages and costs resulting from environmental contamination emanating from the property. Any significant environmental liabilities could cause a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects.

Risks Relating to the Regulation

We operate in a highly regulated environment, which could have a material and adverse impact on our operations and activities, financial condition, results of operations, growth plans and future prospects.

Banking is highly regulated under federal and state law. We are subject to extensive regulation and supervision that governs almost all

33

Table of Contents

aspects of our operations. As a registered bank holding company, we are subject to supervision, regulation and examination by the Federal Reserve. As a commercial bank chartered under the laws of Pennsylvania, TriState Capital Bank is subject to supervision, regulation and examination by the Pennsylvania Department of Banking and Securities and the FDIC. Our investment management business is subject to extensive regulation in the United States. Chartwell and Chartwell TSC are subject to Federal securities laws, principally the Securities Act of 1933, the Investment Company Act, the Advisers Act, state laws regarding securities fraud and regulations promulgated by various regulatory authorities, including the SEC, FINRA, applicable state laws and stock exchanges. Our investment management business also may be subject to regulation by the CFTC and NFA. The investment management business also is affected by the regulations governing banks and other financial institutions.

The primary goals of the bank regulatory scheme are to maintain a safe and sound banking system and to facilitate the conduct of sound monetary policy. This system is intended primarily for the protection of the FDIC's Deposit Insurance Fund and bank depositors, rather than our shareholders and creditors. The banking agencies have broad enforcement power over bank holding companies and banks, including the authority, among other things, to enjoin “unsafe or unsound” practices, require affirmative action to correct any violation or practice, issue administrative orders that can be judicially enforced, direct increases in capital, direct the sale of subsidiaries or other assets, limit dividends and distributions, restrict growth, assess civil monetary penalties, remove officers and directors, and, with respect to banks, terminate our charter, terminate our deposit insurance or place the Bank into conservatorship or receivership. In general, these enforcement actions may be initiated for violations of laws and regulations or unsafe or unsound practices.

The securities industry, including the investment management segment of it, has experienced increased scrutiny from a variety of regulators, including the SEC, FINRA and state attorneys general. Penalties and fines sought by regulatory authorities have increased substantially over the last several years. We may be adversely affected by changes in the interpretation or enforcement of existing laws and rules by these governmental authorities and self-regulatory organizations.

Each of the regulatory bodies with jurisdiction over us has regulatory powers dealing with many aspects of financial services, including, but not limited to, the authority to fine us and to grant, cancel, restrict or otherwise impose conditions on the right to carry on particular businesses. We also may be adversely affected as a result of new or revised legislation or regulations imposed by the SEC, other U.S. governmental regulatory authorities, FINRA or other self-regulatory organizations that supervise the banks and financial markets.

Compliance with the myriad laws and regulations applicable to our organization can be difficult and costly. In addition, these laws, regulations and policies are subject to continual review by governmental authorities, and changes to these laws, regulations and policies, including changes in interpretation or implementation of these laws, regulations and policies, could affect us in substantial and unpredictable ways and often impose additional compliance costs. Further, any new laws, rules and regulations, such as the Dodd- Frank Act, could make compliance more difficult or expensive. All of these laws and regulations, and the supervisory framework applicable to our industry, could have a material adverse impact on our operations and activities, financial condition, results of operations, growth plans and future prospects. In addition, substantial legal liability or significant regulatory action against us could have adverse financial effects on us or cause reputational harm to us, which could harm our business prospects.

Federal and state bank regulators periodically examine our business and we may be required to remediate adverse examination findings.

The Federal Reserve, the FDIC and the Pennsylvania Department of Banking and Securities periodically examine our business, including our compliance with laws and regulations. If, as a result of an examination, a bank regulatory agency were to determine that our financial condition, capital resources, asset quality, earnings prospects, management, liquidity or other aspects of any of our operations had become unsatisfactory, or that we were in violation of any law or regulation, it may take a number of different remedial actions as it deems appropriate. These actions include the power to enjoin “unsafe or unsound” practices, to require affirmative action to correct any conditions resulting from any violation or practice, to issue an administrative order that can be judicially enforced, to direct an increase in our capital, to restrict our growth, to assess civil monetary penalties against our officers or directors, to remove officers and directors and, if it is concluded that such conditions cannot be corrected or there is an imminent risk of loss to depositors, to terminate TriState Capital Bank's charter or deposit insurance and place the Bank into receivership or conservatorship. Any regulatory action against us could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and future prospects.

The Bank's FDIC deposit insurance premiums and assessments may increase.

The deposits of TriState Capital Bank are insured by the FDIC up to legal limits and, accordingly, subject it to the payment of FDIC deposit insurance assessments. The Bank's regular assessments are determined by its risk category, which is based on a combination of its financial ratios and supervisory ratings, which, among other things, generally demonstrates its regulatory capital levels and level of supervisory concern. High levels of bank failures since 2007 and increases in the statutory deposit insurance limits have increased costs to the FDIC in resolving bank failures and have put significant pressure on the Deposit Insurance Fund. In order to maintain a strong funding position and restore the reserve ratios of the Deposit Insurance Fund, the FDIC increased deposit insurance assessment rates and charged a special assessment to all FDIC-insured financial institutions. Further increases in assessment rates or special assessments

34

Table of Contents

may occur in the future, especially if there are significant additional financial institution failures. Any material decline in our examination ratings could also increase our deposit insurance premiums. Any future special assessments, increases in assessment rates or required prepayments in FDIC insurance premiums could reduce our profitability or limit our ability to pursue certain business opportunities, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects.

New regulatory capital rules.

In June 2012, the federal banking agencies announced proposed rulemaking for the purpose of strengthening the regulatory capital requirements of all banking organizations in the United States. The proposal is designed to implement the requirements of the agreements reached by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision. The proposed regulatory capital standards, commonly known as Basel III, were adopted in July 2013. The Basel III proposals begin phasing in on January 1, 2015.

Basel III creates a new regulatory capital standard based on tier 1 common equity and increases the minimum leverage and risk-based capital ratios applicable to all banking organizations. Basel III also changes how a number of the regulatory capital components are calculated. We expect that we and TriState Capital Bank will meet all minimum capital requirements when effective and that we and TriState Capital Bank would also meet all capital requirements as if fully phased in without material adverse effects on our business. However, the capital rules may continue to evolve over time and future changes may have a material adverse effect on our business.

Newly Proposed Liquidity Requirements.

Historically, the regulation and monitoring of bank holding company and bank liquidity has been addressed as a supervisory matter, without required formulaic measures. The Basel III liquidity framework requires bank holding companies and banks to measure their liquidity against specific liquidity tests that, although similar in some respects to liquidity measures historically applied by banks and regulators for management or supervisory purposes, going forward will be required by regulation. One test, referred to as the liquidity coverage ratio (“LCR”), is designed to ensure that a banking entity maintains an adequate level of unencumbered high-quality liquid assets equal to the entity’s expected net cash outflow for a 30-day time horizon under a liquidity stress scenario. The other test, referred to as the net stable funding ratio, is designed to promote more medium- and long-term funding of the assets and activities of banking entities over a one-year time horizon. These requirements will likely encourage banking entities to increase their holdings of U.S. Treasury securities and other sovereign debt as a component of assets and may increase the use of long-term debt as a funding source. The liquidity rules released by applicable regulators do not apply to us because we are below $50 billion in assets and because we are not internationally active. However, it is possible that the federal banking agencies could apply an LCR requirement directly to banks such as our bank in the future, or that the FDIC could apply an LCR requirement to us as a supervisory matter.

We are subject to numerous laws designed to protect consumers, including the Community Reinvestment Act and fair lending laws, and failure to comply with these laws could lead to a wide variety of sanctions.

The Community Reinvestment Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Housing Act and other fair lending laws and regulations impose nondiscriminatory lending requirements on financial institutions. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, the Department of Justice and other federal agencies are responsible for enforcing these laws and regulations. A successful regulatory challenge to an institution's performance under the Community Reinvestment Act or fair lending laws and regulations could result in a wide variety of sanctions, including damages and civil money penalties, injunctive relief, restrictions on mergers and acquisitions activity, restrictions on expansion, and restrictions on entering new business lines. Private parties may also have the ability to challenge an institution's performance under fair lending laws in private class action litigation. Such actions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects.

We face a risk of noncompliance and enforcement action with the Bank Secrecy Act and other anti-money laundering statutes and regulations.

The Bank Secrecy Act, the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001, and other laws and regulations require financial institutions, among other duties, to institute and maintain an effective anti-money laundering program and file suspicious activity and currency transaction reports when appropriate. In addition to other bank regulatory agencies, the federal Financial Crimes Enforcement Network of the Department of the Treasury is authorized to impose significant civil money penalties for violations of those requirements and has recently engaged in coordinated enforcement efforts with the state and federal banking regulators, as well as the U.S. Department of Justice, Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, Drug Enforcement Administration, and Internal Revenue Service. We are also subject to increased scrutiny of compliance with the rules enforced by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the Department of the Treasury regarding, among other things, the prohibition of transacting business with, and the need to freeze assets of, certain persons and organizations identified as a threat to the national security, foreign policy or economy of the United States. If our policies, procedures and systems are deemed deficient, we would be subject to liability, including fines and regulatory actions, which may include restrictions on our ability to pay dividends and the necessity to obtain regulatory approvals to proceed with certain aspects of our business plan, including any acquisition plans. Failure to maintain and implement adequate programs to combat money laundering and terrorist financing could also have serious

35

Table of Contents

reputational consequences for us. Any of these results could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects.

Risks Relating to an Investment in our Common Stock

Shares of our common stock are not an insured deposit.

Shares of our common stock are not bank deposits and are not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency. An investment in our common stock has risks, and you may lose your entire investment.

An active, liquid market for our common stock may not be sustained.

Our common stock is listed on Nasdaq, but we may be unable to meet continued listing standards. In addition, an active, liquid trading market for our common stock may not be sustained. A public trading market having the desired characteristics of depth, liquidity and orderliness depends upon the presence in the marketplace and independent decisions of willing buyers and sellers of our common stock, over which we have no control. Without an active, liquid trading market for our common stock, shareholders may not be able to sell their shares at the volume, prices and times desired. Moreover, the lack of an established market could materially and adversely affect the value of our common stock.

Future sales of our common stock may adversely affect our stock price.

The market price of our common stock may be adversely affected by the sale of a significant quantity of our outstanding common stock (including any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock), or the perception that such a sale could occur. These sales, or the possibility that these sales may occur, also might make it more difficult for us to raise additional capital by selling equity securities in the future at a time and price that we deem appropriate.

The market price of our common stock may be subject to substantial fluctuations, which may make it difficult for you to sell your shares at the volume, prices and times desired.

The market price of our common stock may be highly volatile, which may make it difficult to resell shares of our common stock at the volume, prices and times desired. There are many factors that may impact the market price and trading volume of our common stock, including, without limitation:

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our operating results, financial condition or asset quality;

changes in economic or business conditions;

the effects of, and changes in, trade, monetary and fiscal policies, including the interest rate policies of the Federal Reserve;

publication of research reports about us, our competitors, or the financial services industry generally, or changes in, or failure to meet, securities analysts' estimates of our financial and operating performance, or lack of research reports by industry analysts or ceasing of coverage;

operating and stock price performance of companies that investors deemed comparable to us;

additional or anticipated sales of our common stock or other securities by us or our existing shareholders;

additions or departures of key personnel;

perceptions in the marketplace regarding our competitors and/or us;

significant acquisitions or business combinations, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments by or involving our competitors or us;

other economic, competitive, governmental, regulatory and technological factors affecting our operations, pricing, products and services; and

other news, announcements or disclosures (whether by us or others) related to us, our competitors, our core market or the financial services industry.


36

Table of Contents

The stock market and, in particular, the market for financial institution stocks have experienced substantial fluctuations in recent years, which in many cases have been unrelated to the operating performance and prospects of particular companies. In addition, significant fluctuations in the trading volume in our common stock may cause significant price variations to occur. Increased market volatility may materially and adversely affect the market price of our common stock, which could make it difficult to sell your shares at the volume, prices and times desired.

The market price of our common stock could decline significantly due to actual or anticipated issuances or sales of our common stock in the future.

Actual or anticipated issuances or sales of substantial amounts of our common stock could cause the market price of our common stock to decline significantly and make it more difficult for us to sell equity or equity-related securities in the future at a time and on terms that we deem appropriate. The issuance of any shares of our common stock in the future also would, and equity-related securities could, dilute the percentage ownership interest held by shareholders prior to such issuance. We may issue additional equity securities, or debt securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for equity securities, from time to time to raise additional capital, support growth or to make acquisitions. Further, we expect to issue stock options or other stock awards to retain and motivate our employees, executives and directors. These issuances of securities could dilute the voting and economic interests of our existing shareholders.

Securities analysts may not initiate or continue coverage on our common stock.

The trading market for our common stock depends in part on the research and reports that securities analysts publish about us and our business. We do not have any control over these securities analysts, and they may not cover our common stock. If securities analysts do not cover our common stock, the lack of research coverage may adversely affect its market price. To the extent that we are covered by securities analysts, and our common stock is the subject of an unfavorable report, the price of our common stock may decline. If one or more of these analysts cease to cover us or fail to publish regular reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which could cause the price or trading volume of our common stock to decline.

Our current management and board of directors have significant control over our business.

Our directors and executive officers beneficially own a material portion of our outstanding common stock. Consequently, our directors and executive officers, acting together, may be able to significantly affect the outcome of the election of directors and the potential outcome of other matters submitted to a vote of our shareholders, such as mergers, the sale of substantially all of our assets and other extraordinary corporate matters. The interests of these insiders could conflict with the interest of our shareholders, including you.

The rights of holders of our common stock will be subordinate to the rights of holders of any debt securities that we may issue and may be subordinate to the rights of holders of any class of preferred stock that we may issue in the future.

Our board of directors has the authority to issue debt securities or an aggregate of up to 150,000 shares of preferred stock on the terms it determines without shareholder approval. Any debt or shares of preferred stock that we may issue in the future could be senior to our common stock. Because our decision to issue debt or equity securities or incur other borrowings in the future will depend on market conditions and other factors beyond our control, the amount, timing, nature or success of our future capital raising efforts is uncertain. Thus, holders of our common stock bear the risk that our future issuances of debt or equity securities or our incurrence of other borrowings will negatively affect the market price of our common stock.

Fulfilling our public company financial reporting and other regulatory obligations is expensive and time consuming, and it may strain our resources.

As a public company, we are subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, and are required to implement specific corporate governance practices and adhere to a variety of reporting requirements under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the related rules and regulations of the SEC as well as Nasdaq Stock Market Rules. In particular, we are required to file with the SEC annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and financial condition. Compliance with these requirements places significant demands on our legal, accounting and finance staff and on our accounting, financial and information systems and has increased our legal and accounting compliance costs as well as our compensation expense because we have and may to continue to hire additional accounting, finance, legal and internal audit staff to comply with these reporting requirements. These expenses may further increase in the future. As a public company we also may need to enhance our investor relations, marketing and corporate communications functions. These additional efforts may strain our resources and divert management's attention from other business concerns, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects.


37

Table of Contents

We are an “emerging growth company,” and the reduced regulatory and reporting requirements applicable to emerging growth companies may make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act ("JOBS Act"). For as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company we may to take advantage of reduced regulatory and reporting requirements that are otherwise generally applicable to public companies. These include, without limitation, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced financial reporting requirements, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation, and exemptions from the requirements of holding non-binding advisory votes on executive compensation and golden parachute payments. We have generally elected to take advantage of these reduced requirements. The JOBS Act also permits an “emerging growth company” such as us to take advantage of an extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies. However, we have irrevocably “opted out” of this provision, and we will comply with new or revised accounting standards to the same extent that compliance is required for non-emerging growth companies.

We may take advantage of these provisions for up to five years, unless we earlier cease to be an emerging growth company, which would occur if our annual gross revenues exceed $1.0 billion, if we issue more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt in a three year period, or if the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeds $700.0 million as of any June 30 before that time, in which case we would no longer be an emerging growth company as of the following December 31. Investors may find our common stock less attractive to the extent that we rely on the exemptions, which may result in a less active trading market and increased volatility in our stock price.

We do not intend to, and would face regulatory restrictions on our ability to, pay dividends in the foreseeable future.

We have not paid any dividends on our common stock since inception, and we do not intend to pay dividends for the foreseeable future. Instead, we anticipate that all of our future earnings will be used for working capital, to support our operations and to finance the growth and development of our business. In addition, we are subject to certain restrictions on the payment of cash dividends as a result of banking laws, regulations and policies. Finally, because TriState Capital Bank is our most significant asset, our ability to pay dividends to our shareholders depends in large part on our receipt of dividends from the Bank, which is also subject to restrictions on dividends as a result of banking laws, regulations and policies.

Our corporate governance documents, and certain corporate and banking laws applicable to us, could make a takeover more difficult.

Certain provisions of our amended and restated articles of incorporation, our bylaws, as amended, and corporate and federal banking laws, could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire control of our organization or conduct a proxy contest, even if those events were perceived by many of our shareholders as beneficial to their interests. These provisions, and the corporate and banking laws and regulations applicable to us:

empower our board of directors, without shareholder approval, to issue our preferred stock, the terms of which, including voting power, are set by our board of directors;

divide our board of directors into four classes serving staggered four-year terms;

eliminate cumulative voting in elections of directors;

require the request of holders of at least 10% of the outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote at a meeting to call a special shareholders' meeting;

require at least 60 days' advance notice of nominations for the election of directors and the presentation of shareholder proposals at meetings of shareholders; and

require prior regulatory application and approval of any transaction involving control of our organization.

These provisions may discourage potential acquisition proposals and could delay or prevent a change in control, including under circumstances in which our shareholders might otherwise receive a premium over the market price of our shares.

There are substantial regulatory limitations on changes of control of bank holding companies.

With certain limited exceptions, federal regulations prohibit a person or company or a group of persons deemed to be “acting in concert” from, directly or indirectly, acquiring more than 10% (5% if the acquirer is a bank holding company) of any class of our voting stock or obtaining the ability to control in any manner the election of a majority of our directors or otherwise direct the management or policies of our company without prior notice or application to and the approval of the Federal Reserve. Accordingly, prospective investors need

38

Table of Contents

to be aware of and comply with these requirements, if applicable, in connection with any purchase of shares of our common stock. These provisions effectively inhibit certain mergers or other business combinations, which, in turn, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

Our main office consists of leased office space located at One Oxford Centre, Suite 2700, 301 Grant Street, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. We also lease office space for each of our four representative offices in the metropolitan areas of Philadelphia, Pennsylvania; Cleveland, Ohio; Princeton, New Jersey; and New York, New York and we lease office space for Chartwell Investment Partners, Inc. in Berwyn, Pennsylvania. The leases for our facilities have terms expiring at dates ranging from 2015 to 2022, although certain of the leases contain options to extend beyond these dates. We believe that our current facilities are adequate for our current level of operations.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

From time to time the Company is a party to various litigation matters incidental to the conduct of its business. During the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company was not a party to any legal proceedings the resolution of which management believes would have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, future prospects, financial condition, liquidity, results of operation, cash flows or capital levels.

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.


39

Table of Contents

PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Our common stock is traded on The Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “TSC”. On February 16, 2015, there were approximately 127 holders of record of our common stock, listed with our registered agent.

No cash dividends have ever been paid by us on our common stock, and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Our principal source of funds to pay cash dividends on our common stock would be cash dividends from our Bank and Chartwell subsidiaries. The payment of dividends by our bank is subject to certain restrictions imposed by federal and state banking laws, regulations and authorities.

The following table presents the range of high and low bid prices reported on The Nasdaq Global Select Market for each of the quarters of 2014 and 2013 since the Company's initial public offering on May 9, 2013.
 
Market Price Range
 
High
 
Low
2014
 
 
 
Fourth Quarter
$
10.80

 
$
9.08

Third Quarter
$
14.27

 
$
9.05

Second Quarter
$
14.54

 
$
12.89

First Quarter
$
14.25

 
$
11.66

 
 
 
 
2013
 
 
 
Fourth Quarter
$
13.49

 
$
11.35

Third Quarter
$
14.16

 
$
11.39

Second Quarter (from May 9, 2013)
$
14.50

 
$
12.10


Stock Performance Graph

The following graph sets forth the cumulative total stockholder return for the Company’s common stock beginning on May 9, 2013, the date of the Company’s initial public offering, through December 31, 2014, compared to an overall stock market index (Russell 2000 Index) and the Company’s peer group index (Nasdaq Bank Index). The Russell 2000 Index and Nasdaq Bank Index are based on total returns assuming reinvestment of dividends. The graph assumes an investment of $100 on May 9, 2013. The performance graph represents past performance and should not be considered to be an indication of future performance.

40

Table of Contents


Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

The table below sets forth information regarding the Company’s purchases of its common stock during its fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2014:
 
Total Number
of  Shares
Purchased
 
Weighted
Average
Price Paid
per Share
Total Number of
Shares  Purchased
as Part of Publicly
Announced Plans
or Programs*
Maximum Number  (or
Approximate Dollar
Value) of Shares that
May Yet Be Purchased
Under the Plans  or
Programs*
October 1, 2014 - October 31, 2014
47,722

 
$
9.73

47,722

 
November 1, 2014 - November 30, 2014
380,436

 
9.88

380,436

 
December 1, 2014 - December 31, 2014
250,733

 
10.06

250,733

 
Total
678,891

 
$
9.94

678,891

321,109

*
On October 22, 2014, the Company announced that its Board of Directors had approved a share repurchase program of up to $10 million, authorizing TriState Capital Holdings, Inc. to repurchase up to 1,000,000 shares of its common stock from time to time on the open market or in privately negotiated transactions. The program will expire on December 31, 2015.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

None.


41

Table of Contents

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

You should read the selected financial data set forth below in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this Form 10-K. We have derived the selected statements of income data for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, and the selected balance sheet data as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Form 10-K. We have derived the selected statements of income data for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the selected balance sheet data as of December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, from our audited consolidated financial statements not included in this Form 10-K. The performance, asset quality and capital ratios are unaudited and derived from the audited financial statements as of and for the years presented. Average balances have been computed using daily averages. Our historical results may not be indicative of our results for any future period.
 
As of and for the Years Ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)
2014
2013
2012
2011
2010
Period-end balance sheet data:
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
105,710

$
146,558

$
200,080

$
235,464

$
203,169

Total investment securities
206,163

227,844

191,187

163,392

143,837

Total loans
2,400,052

1,860,775

1,641,628

1,406,995

1,283,745

Allowance for loan losses
(20,273
)
(18,996
)
(17,874
)
(16,350
)
(17,111
)
Total loans, net of allowance for loan losses
2,379,779

1,841,779

1,623,754

1,390,645

1,266,634

Goodwill and other intangibles, net
52,374





Other assets
102,831

74,328

58,108

43,949

46,112

Total assets
$
2,846,857

$
2,290,509

$
2,073,129

$
1,833,450

$
1,659,752

 
 
 
 
 
 
Total deposits
$
2,336,953

$
1,961,705

$
1,823,379

$
1,637,126

$
1,470,600

Borrowings
165,000

20,000

20,000



Other liabilities
39,514

14,859

12,026

11,872

13,592

Total liabilities
2,541,467

1,996,564

1,855,405

1,648,998

1,484,192

Preferred stock - Series A and B (CPP)



23,708

23,444

Preferred stock - Series C (convertible)


46,011



Common shareholders' equity
305,390

293,945

171,713

160,744

152,116

Total shareholders' equity
305,390

293,945

217,724

184,452

175,560

Total liabilities and shareholders' equity
$
2,846,857

$
2,290,509

$
2,073,129

$
1,833,450

$
1,659,752

 
 
 
 
 
 
Income statement data:
 
 
 
 
 
Interest income
$
77,913

$
72,851

$
71,034

$
65,367

$
64,688

Interest expense
12,251

11,067

13,674

17,986

20,652

Net interest income
65,662

61,784

57,360

47,381

44,036

Provision for loan losses
10,159

8,187

8,185

5,339

5,251

Net interest income after provision for loan losses
55,503

53,597

49,175

42,042

38,785

Non-interest income:
 
 
 
 
 
Investment management fees
25,062





Net gain on the sale of investment securities available-for-sale
1,428

797

1,114

1,323


Other non-interest income
5,231

5,001

5,085

2,585

2,461

Total non-interest income
31,721

5,798

6,199

3,908

2,461

Non-interest expense:
 
 
 
 
 
Intangible amortization expense
1,299





Earnout expense related to Chartwell acquisition
1,614





Other non-interest expense
61,414

40,815

37,865

33,994

33,592

Non-interest expense
64,327

40,815

37,865

33,994

33,592

Income before tax
22,897

18,580

17,509

11,956

7,654

Income tax expense (benefit)
6,969

5,713

6,837

4,738

(7,574
)
Net income
$
15,928

$
12,867

$
10,672

$
7,218

$
15,228

Preferred stock dividends and discount amortization on Series A and B


1,525

1,518

1,818

Net income available to common shareholders
$
15,928

$
12,867

$
9,147

$
5,700

$
13,410


42

Table of Contents

 
As of and for the Years Ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands, except per share)
2014
2013
2012
2011
2010
Per share and share data:
 
 
 
 
 
Earnings per share:
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
$
0.56

$
0.49

$
0.47

$
0.33

$
0.83

Diluted
$
0.55

$
0.48

$
0.47

$
0.33

$
0.83

Book value per common share
$
10.88

$
10.25

$
9.84

$
9.21

$
8.77

Book value per share with preferred converted to common (1)
$
10.88

$
10.25

$
9.75

$
9.21

$
8.77

Tangible book value per share with preferred converted to common (1)
$
9.02

$
10.25

$
9.75

$
9.21

$
8.77

Common shares outstanding, at end of period
28,060,888

28,690,279

17,444,730

17,444,730

17,353,480

Common shares outstanding with preferred converted to common, at end of period (1)
28,060,888

28,690,279

22,322,779

17,444,730

17,353,480

Average common shares outstanding
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
28,628,631

24,589,811

17,394,491

17,380,185

16,113,440

Diluted
29,017,906

26,743,023

19,358,624

17,401,404

16,113,440

 
 
 
 
 
 
Performance ratios:
 
 
 
 
 
Return on average assets
0.61
%
0.59
%
0.55
%
0.41
%
0.91
%
Return on average equity
5.25
%
4.84
%
5.24
%
3.97
%
9.68
%
Net interest margin (2)
2.62
%
2.92
%
3.00
%
2.72
%
2.66
%
Bank efficiency ratio (1)
60.79
%
61.11
%
60.64
%
68.03
%
72.25
%
Bank efficiency ratio, as adjusted (1)
60.73
%
59.84
%
60.64
%
68.03
%
72.25
%
Efficiency ratio (1)
67.04
%
61.11
%
60.64
%
68.03
%
72.25
%
Efficiency ratio, as adjusted (1)
63.96
%
59.84
%
60.64
%
68.03
%
72.25
%
Non-interest expense to average assets
2.44
%
1.88
%
1.94
%
1.92
%
2.01
%
Pre-tax, pre-provision net revenue per average employee (1)
$
188

$
209

$
222

$
162

$
138

 
 
 
 
 
 
Asset quality:
 
 
 
 
 
Non-performing loans
$
30,232

$
20,293

$
22,483

$
16,428

$
15,222

Non-performing assets
$
31,602

$
21,706

$
22,773

$
16,428

$
15,222

Other real estate owned
$
1,370

$
1,413

$
290

$

$

Non-performing assets to total assets
1.11
%
0.95
%
1.10
%
0.90
%
0.92
%
Allowance for loan losses to total loans
0.84
%
1.02
%
1.09
%
1.16
%
1.33
%
Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans
67.06
%
93.61
%
79.50
%
99.53
%
112.41
%
Net charge-offs (recoveries)
$
8,882

$
7,065

$
6,661

$
6,100

$
3,904

Net charge-offs (recoveries) to average total loans
0.41
%
0.41
%
0.43
%
0.46
%
0.31
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenue:
 
 
 
 
 
Total revenue (1)
$
95,955

$
66,785

$
62,445

$
49,966

$
46,497

Pre-tax, pre-provision net revenue (1)
$
31,628

$
25,970

$
24,580

$
15,972

$
12,905

 
 
 
 
 
 
Capital ratios:
 
 
 
 
 
Average equity to average assets
11.53
%
12.23
%
10.44
%
10.27
%
9.43
%
Tangible equity to tangible assets (1)
9.05
%
12.83
%
10.50
%
10.06
%
10.58
%
Tier 1 leverage ratio
9.21
%
13.12
%
10.35
%
10.18
%
9.85
%
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio
9.24
%
13.45
%
10.95
%
10.63
%
11.48
%
Total risk-based capital ratio
11.02
%
14.34
%
11.88
%
11.60
%
12.59
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets under management
$
7,714,000

$

$

$

$

 
 
 
 
 
 
(1) 
These measures are not measures recognized under GAAP and are therefore considered to be non-GAAP financial measures. See “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for a reconciliation of these measures to their most directly comparable GAAP measures.
(2) 
Net interest margin is calculated on a fully taxable equivalent basis.


43

Table of Contents

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

The information set forth above contains certain financial information determined by methods other than in accordance with GAAP. These non-GAAP financial measures are “tangible equity,” “tangible equity to tangible assets,” “common shares outstanding with preferred converted to common,” “book value per share with preferred converted to common,” “tangible book value per share with preferred converted to common,” “total revenue,” “pre-tax, pre-provision net revenue,” and “efficiency ratio.” Although we believe these non-GAAP financial measures provide a greater understanding of our business, these measures are not necessarily comparable to similar measures that may be presented by other companies.

“Tangible equity” is defined as shareholders' equity reduced by intangible assets, including goodwill, if any. We believe this measure is important to management and investors to better understand and assess changes from period to period in shareholders' equity exclusive of changes in intangible assets. Goodwill, an intangible asset that is recorded in a business purchase combination, has the effect of increasing both equity and assets, while not increasing our tangible equity or tangible assets.

“Tangible equity to tangible assets” is defined as the ratio of shareholders' equity reduced by intangible assets, divided by total assets reduced by intangible assets. We believe this measure is important to many investors who are interested in relative changes from period to period in equity and total assets, each exclusive of changes in intangible assets.

“Common shares outstanding with preferred converted to common” is defined as shares of our common stock issued and outstanding, inclusive of our issued and outstanding Series C preferred stock. We believe this measure is important to many investors who are interested in changes from period to period in our shares of common stock issued and outstanding giving effect to the conversion of shares of our Series C preferred stock which were convertible at the option of the holder and were converted to common stock immediately prior to the closing of the initial public offering, which closed on May 14, 2013. Convertible shares of preferred stock had the effect of not impacting shares of common stock issued and outstanding until they were converted, at which point they added to the number of shares of common stock issued and outstanding.

“Book value per share with preferred converted to common” is defined as book value, divided by shares of common stock issued and outstanding with preferred stock converted to common stock. We believe this measure is important to many investors who are interested in changes from period to period in book value per share inclusive of shares of preferred stock that could be converted to shares of common stock. Prior to conversion, convertible shares of preferred stock had the effect of not impacting book value per common share, but reduced our book value per share with preferred converted to common.

“Tangible book value per share with preferred converted to common” is defined as book value, excluding the impact of goodwill, if any, divided by common shares outstanding with preferred converted to common. We believe this measure is important to many investors who are interested in changes from period to period in book value per share exclusive of changes in intangible assets and inclusive of shares of preferred stock that could be converted to shares of common stock. Goodwill is an intangible asset that is recorded in a business purchase combination. Prior to conversion, convertible shares of preferred stock had the effect of not impacting tangible book value per common share, but reduced our tangible book value per share with preferred converted to common.

“Total revenue” is defined as net interest income and non-interest income, excluding gains and losses on the sale of investment securities available-for-sale. We believe adjustments made to our operating revenue allow management and investors to better assess our operating revenue by removing the volatility that is associated with certain other items that are unrelated to our core business.

“Pre-tax, pre-provision net revenue” is defined as net income, without giving effect to loan loss provision and income taxes, and excluding gains and losses on the sale of investment securities available-for-sale. We believe this measure is important because it allows management and investors to better assess our performance in relation to our core operating revenue, excluding the volatility that is associated with provision for loan losses or other items that are unrelated to our core business.

“Efficiency ratio” is defined as non-interest expense divided by our total revenue. “Efficiency ratio, as adjusted” is defined as non-interest expense, excluding non-recurring expenses associated with the Chartwell acquisition and intangible amortization expense, where applicable, divided by our total revenue. We believe this measure, particularly at the Bank, allows management and investors to better assess our operating expenses in relation to our core operating revenue by removing the volatility that is associated with certain one-time items and other discrete items that are unrelated to our core business.


44

Table of Contents

 
December 31,
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
2014
2013
2012
2011
2010
Tangible equity to tangible assets:
 
 
 
 
 
Total shareholders' equity
$
305,390

$
293,945

$
217,724

$
184,452

$
175,560

Less: intangible assets
52,374





Tangible equity
$
253,016

$
293,945

$
217,724

$
184,452

$
175,560

Total assets
$
2,846,857

$
2,290,509

$
2,073,129

$
1,833,450

$
1,659,752

Less: intangible assets
52,374





Tangible assets
$
2,794,483

$
2,290,509

$
2,073,129

$
1,833,450

$
1,659,752

Tangible equity to tangible assets
9.05
%
12.83
%
10.50
%
10.06
%
10.58
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
Book value per share with preferred converted to common:
 
 
 
 
 
Common shareholders' equity
$
305,390

$
293,945

$
171,713

$
160,744

$
152,116

Preferred stock (convertible)


46,011



Total common shareholders' equity and preferred stock to Series C
$
305,390

$
293,945

$
217,724

$
160,744

$
152,116

Preferred shares outstanding


48,780.488



Conversion factor


100



Preferred shares converted to common shares outstanding


4,878,049



Common shares outstanding
28,060,888

28,690,279

17,444,730

17,444,730

17,353,480

Common shares with preferred shares converted to common
28,060,888

28,690,279

22,322,779

17,444,730

17,353,480

Book value per share with preferred converted to common
$
10.88

$
10.25

$
9.75

$
9.21

$
8.77

 
 
 
 
 
 
Tangible book value per share with preferred converted to common:
 
 
 
 
 
Total common shareholders' equity and preferred stock to Series C
$
305,390

$
293,945

$
217,724

$
160,744

$
152,116

Less: effects of intangible assets
52,374





Tangible common equity
$
253,016

$
293,945

$
217,724

$
160,744

$
152,116

Common shares with preferred shares converted to common
28,060,888

28,690,279

22,322,779

17,444,730

17,353,480

Tangible book value per share with preferred converted to common
$
9.02

$
10.25

$
9.75

$
9.21

$
8.77


 
Years Ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)
2014
2013
2012
2011
2010
Pre-tax, pre-provision net revenue:
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest income
$
65,662

$
61,784

$
57,360

$
47,381

$
44,036

Total non-interest income
31,721

5,798

6,199

3,908

2,461

Less: net gain on the sale of investment securities available-for-sale
1,428

797

1,114

1,323


Total revenue
95,955

66,785

62,445

49,966

46,497

Less: total non-interest expense
64,327

40,815

37,865

33,994

33,592

Pre-tax, pre-provision net revenue
$
31,628

$
25,970

$
24,580

$
15,972

$
12,905

 
 
 
 
 
 
Efficiency ratio:
 
 
 
 
 
Total non-interest expense (numerator)
$
64,327

$
40,815

$
37,865

$
33,994

$
33,592

Total revenue (denominator)
$
95,955

$
66,785

$
62,445

$
49,966

$
46,497

Efficiency ratio
67.04
%
61.11
%
60.64
%
68.03
%
72.25
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
Efficiency ratio, as adjusted:
 
 
 
 
 
Less: non-recurring expenses
$
1,659

$
854

$

$

$

Less: intangible amortization expense
1,299





Total non-interest expense, as adjusted (numerator)
$
61,369

$
39,961

$
37,865

$
33,994

$
33,592

Total revenue (denominator)
$
95,955

$
66,785

$
62,445

$
49,966

$
46,497

Efficiency ratio, as adjusted
63.96
%
59.84
%
60.64
%
68.03
%
72.25
%

45

Table of Contents


BANK SEGMENT
 
Years Ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)
2014
2013
2012
2011
2010
Bank pre-tax, pre-provision net revenue:
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest income
$
65,662

$
61,784

$
57,360

$
47,381

$
44,036

Total non-interest income
6,621

5,798

6,199

3,908

2,461

Less: net gain on the sale of investment securities available-for-sale
1,428

797

1,114

1,323


Total revenue
70,855

66,785

62,445

49,966

46,497

Less: total non-interest expense
43,076

40,815

37,865

33,994

33,592

Pre-tax, pre-provision net revenue
$
27,779

$
25,970

$
24,580

$
15,972

$
12,905

 
 
 
 
 
 
Bank efficiency ratio:
 
 
 
 
 
Total non-interest expense (numerator)
$
43,076

$
40,815

$
37,865

$
33,994

$
33,592

Total revenue (denominator)
$
70,855

$
66,785

$
62,445

$
49,966

$
46,497

Efficiency ratio
60.79
%
61.11
%
60.64
%
68.03
%
72.25
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
Bank efficiency ratio, as adjusted:
 
 
 
 
 
Less: non-recurring expenses
$
45

$
854

$

$

$

Total non-interest expense, as adjusted (numerator)
$
43,031

$
39,961

$
37,865

$
33,994

$
33,592

Total revenue (denominator)
$
70,855

$
66,785

$
62,445

$
49,966

$
46,497

Efficiency ratio, as adjusted
60.73
%
59.84
%
60.64
%
68.03
%
72.25
%


46

Table of Contents

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

This section presents management's perspective on our financial condition and results of operations and highlights material changes to the financial condition and results of operations as of and for the year ended December 31, 2014. The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes contained herein.

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This report contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of section 27A of the Securities Act and section 21E of the Exchange Act. These forward-looking statements reflect our current views with respect to, among other things, future events and our financial performance. These statements are often, but not always, made through the use of words or phrases such as “may,” “should,” “could,” “predict,” “potential,” “believe,” “will likely result,” “expect,” “continue,” “will,” “anticipate,” “seek,” “estimate,” “intend,” “plan,” “projection,” “would” and “outlook,” or the negative version of those words or other comparable of a future or forward-looking nature. These forward-looking statements are not historical facts, and are based on current expectations, estimates and projections about our industry, management's beliefs and certain assumptions made by management, many of which, by their nature, are inherently uncertain and beyond our control. Accordingly, we caution you that any such forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and are subject to risks, assumptions and uncertainties that are difficult to predict. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in these forward-looking statements are reasonable as of the date made, actual results may prove to be materially different from the results expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements.

There are or will be important factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those indicated in these forward-looking statements, including, but not limited to, the following:

Deterioration of our asset quality;
Our ability to prudently manage our growth and execute our strategy;
Changes in the value of collateral securing our loans;
Business and economic conditions generally and in the financial services industry, nationally and within our local market area;
Changes in management personnel;
Our ability to maintain important deposit customer relationships, our reputation and otherwise avoid liquidity risks;
Our ability to provide investment management performance competitive with our peers and benchmarks;
Operational risks associated with our business;
Volatility and direction of market interest rates;
Increased competition in the financial services industry, particularly from regional and national institutions;
Changes in the laws, rules, regulations, interpretations or policies relating to financial institutions, accounting, tax, trade, monetary and fiscal matters;
Further government intervention in the U.S. financial system;
Natural disasters and adverse weather, acts of terrorism, an outbreak of hostilities or other international or domestic calamities, and other matters beyond our control; and
Other factors that are discussed in the section entitled “Risk Factors,” in Part I - Item 1A.

The foregoing factors should not be construed as exhaustive and should be read together with the other cautionary statements included in this document. If one or more events related to these or other risks or uncertainties materialize, or if our underlying assumptions prove to be incorrect, actual results may differ materially from what we anticipate. Accordingly, you should not place undue reliance on any such forward-looking statements. Any forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date on which it is made, and we do not undertake any obligation to publicly update or review any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise. New factors emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict which will arise. In addition, we cannot assess the impact of each factor on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements.


47

Table of Contents

General

We are a bank holding company that now operates through two reporting segments: Bank and Investment Management. The Bank segment generates most of its revenue from interest on loans and investments, loan-related fees and deposit-related fees. Its primary source of funding for loans is deposits. Its largest expenses are interest on these deposits and salaries and related employee benefits. The Investment Management segment originated through the acquisition of substantially all of the assets of Chartwell Investment Partners, LP which was consummated on March 5, 2014, and the recent formation of Chartwell TSC Securities Corp., which is applying to be registered as a broker/dealer with the SEC and FINRA. The Investment Management segment generates most of its revenue from investment management fees earned on assets under management and its largest expenses are salaries and related employee benefits.

The following discussion and analysis presents our financial condition and results of operations on a consolidated basis, except where significant segment disclosures are necessary to better explain the operations of each segment and related variances. In particular, the discussion and analysis of non-interest income and non-interest expense is reported by segment.

We measure our performance primarily through our total revenue; earnings per common share; pre-tax, pre-provision net revenue; ratio of allowance for loan losses to total loans; assets under management; return on average assets; return on average equity; the efficiency ratio of the Bank segment; and net interest margin, among other metrics, while maintaining appropriate regulatory leverage and risk-based capital ratios.

Executive Overview

TriState Capital Holdings, Inc. ("we", "us", "our" or the "Company") is a bank holding company headquartered in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. The Company has three wholly owned subsidiaries: TriState Capital Bank ("the Bank"), a Pennsylvania chartered bank; Chartwell Investment Partners, Inc. ("Chartwell"), a registered investment advisor; and Chartwell TSC Securities Corp. ("CTSC Securities"), which is applying to be registered as a broker/dealer with the SEC and FINRA. Through our bank subsidiary, we serve middle-market businesses in our primary markets throughout the states of Pennsylvania, Ohio, New Jersey and New York. We also serve high-net-worth individuals on a national basis through our private banking channel. We market and distribute our products and services through a scalable branchless banking model, which creates significant operating leverage throughout our business as we continue to grow. Through our investment management subsidiary, we provide investment management services to institutional, sub-advisory, managed account and private clients on a national basis. Our broker/dealer subsidiary, once registered, will provide additional distribution and marketing efforts for Chartwell's proprietary investment products.

2014 Compared to 2013 Operating Performance

For the year ended December 31, 2014, our net income was $15.9 million compared to $12.9 million for the same period in 2013, an increase of $3.1 million, or 23.8%, primarily due to the results of our newly established investment management segment and growth of our loan portfolio. Specifically the change resulted from (1) a $3.9 million, or 6.3%, increase in our net interest income due largely to our continued loan growth; (2) an increase in provision for loan losses of $2.0 million; (3) an increase of $25.9 million in non-interest income largely related to investment management fees, higher net gain on the sale of investment securities available-for-sale, and higher bank owned life insurance income partially offset by unrealized losses on swaps; (4) an increase of $23.5 million in our non-interest expense largely related to the addition of Chartwell, including an incremental contingent earnout accrual related to the acquisition due to Chartwell's growth in profitability exceeding our estimates, and overall annual cost increases; and (5) a $1.3 million increase in income taxes. Net income, excluding the fourth quarter earnout expense related to the Chartwell acquisition of $1.6 million, was $17.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014.

Our diluted EPS was $0.55 for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to $0.48 for the same period in 2013. The increase is a result of an increase of $3.1 million, or 23.8%, in our net income partially offset by the dilutive impact of the issuance and sale of 6,355,000 shares of our common stock in connection with our initial public offering. Diluted EPS, excluding the fourth quarter earnout expense related to the Chartwell acquisition of $1.6 million, was $0.59 for the year ended December 31, 2014.

Our return on average assets was 0.61% for the year ended December 31, 2014, as compared to 0.59% for the same period in 2013. Our return on average equity was 5.25%, for the year ended December 31, 2014, as compared to 4.84% for the same period in 2013. The increase in both ratios is the result of the higher net income for the year ended December 31, 2014, as discussed above.

For the year ended December 31, 2014, the Bank's efficiency ratio was 60.73% as compared to 59.84% for the same period in 2013, (adjusted for non-recurring acquisition costs), primarily as a result of higher compensation expense for the Bank offset partially by higher total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2014. Our non-interest expense to average assets for the year ended December 31, 2014, was 2.44%, compared to 1.88% for the same period in 2013. The increase is due to the addition of Chartwell operating expenses since the closing of the Chartwell acquisition in March 2014.


48

Table of Contents

For the year ended December 31, 2014, total revenue increased $29.2 million, or 43.7%, to $96.0 million from $66.8 million for the same period in 2013, largely driven by investment management fees. Pre-tax, pre-provision net revenue increased $5.7 million, or 21.8%, to $31.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, from $26.0 million for the same period in 2013, primarily resulting from growth of $29.2 million, or 43.7%, in total revenue, partially offset by an increase of $23.5 million, or 57.6%, in non-interest expense.

Our net interest margin was 2.62% for the year ended December 31, 2014, as compared to 2.92% for the same period in 2013. The most significant factor driving net interest margin compression has been our shift toward lower-risk assets, most notably the marketable-securities-backed private banking loan portfolio that the Bank has made its fastest growing channel. In addition, net interest margin was impacted by the interest expense from our June 2014 subordinated debt placement.

Total assets of $2.8 billion as of December 31, 2014, increased $556.3 million, or 24.3%, from December 31, 2013. Total loans grew by $539.3 million to $2.4 billion as of December 31, 2014, an increase of 29.0% from December 31, 2013, primarily as a result of growth in our commercial real estate and private banking loan portfolios. The private banking portfolio growth includes approximately $220 million in acquired loans. Total deposits increased $375.2 million, or 19.1%, to $2.3 billion as of December 31, 2014, from $2.0 billion, as of December 31, 2013.

Non-performing assets to total assets increased to 1.11% as of December 31, 2014, from 0.95% as of December 31, 2013, due to $26.9 million in additions to non-performing loans and $17.0 million in reductions to non-performing loans during the year. Net charge-offs to average loans for the year ended December 31, 2014, was 0.41%, as compared to 0.41% for the same period in 2013.

The allowance for loan losses to total loans decreased to 0.84% as of December 31, 2014, from 1.02% as of December 31, 2013, primarily as a result of the growing private banking portfolio of loans secured by marketable securities, which generally have a lower provision based on their risk level. The allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans decreased to 67.06% as of December 31, 2014, from 93.61% as of December 31, 2013. This change was primarily due to a decrease of $2.8 million in specific reserves on four loans that were paid off or paid down, as such loans had a higher average reserve percentage then the non-performing loans at December 31, 2014. The provision for loan losses was $10.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, as compared to $8.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013.

Our book value per common share increased $0.63, or 6.1%, to $10.88 as of December 31, 2014, from $10.25 as of December 31, 2013, as a result of our net income. Our tangible equity to tangible assets ratio decreased to 9.05% as of December 31, 2014, from 12.83% as of December 31, 2013, primarily the result of the goodwill and other intangible assets established as part of the Chartwell acquisition.

2013 Compared to 2012 Operating Performance

For the year ended December 31, 2013, our net income available to common shareholders was $12.9 million compared to $9.1 million for the same period in 2012, an increase of $3.7 million, or 40.7%, primarily due to the impact of (1) a $4.4 million, or 7.7%, increase in our net interest income due largely to our continued loan growth; (2) a decrease in income tax expense of $1.1 million due to income tax credits; and (3) the elimination of $1.5 million in dividends on our Series A and Series B preferred shares, partially offset by, (4) a $401,000, or 6.5% decrease in non-interest income; and (5) a $3.0 million, or 7.8%, increase in our non-interest expense. Excluding the impact of non-recurring acquisition related costs of $854,000 for Chartwell Investment Partners, the increase to our non-interest expense would have been $2.1 million or 5.5% from 2012.

Our diluted EPS was $0.48 for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $0.47 for the same period in 2012. The dilutive impact of our August 2012 issuance of $50.0 million in our Series C preferred stock (net proceeds of $46.0 million), coupled with the impact of the issuance and sale of 6,355,000 shares of our common stock in connection with our initial public offering (net proceeds of $66.0 million), were partially offset by an increase of $3.7 million, or 40.7%, in our net income available to common shareholders. In addition, the impact of the non-recurring acquisition expenses of $854,000 or $0.02 per diluted share were more than offset by a $0.03 per diluted share income tax reduction achieved through income tax credits earned in 2013.

Our return on average assets was 0.59% for the year ended December 31, 2013, as compared to 0.55% for the same period in 2012. Our return on average equity was 4.84%, for the year ended December 31, 2013, as compared to 5.24% for the same period in 2012. The resulting decrease was from the effect of additional equity stemming from the issuance of our Series C preferred stock and shares of our common stock in connection with our initial public offering, which we have not yet fully leveraged.

For the year ended December 31, 2013, our efficiency ratio was 61.11% as compared to 60.64% for the same period in 2012. Excluding the impact of the $854,000 of non-recurring acquisition costs, our efficiency ratio would have been 59.84% for 2013. The improved ratio is primarily a result of our total revenue growing faster than our non-interest expense. The increase in our total revenue was driven by growth in our loan and investment portfolios, as well as a decrease in the cost of funds for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to the same periods in 2012. Our non-interest expense to average assets for the year ended December 31, 2013, was 1.88%, compared to 1.94% for the same period in 2012.

49

Table of Contents


For the year ended December 31, 2013, total revenue increased $4.3 million, or 7.0%, to $66.8 million from $62.4 million for the same period in 2012, driven by growth in net interest income from loan growth and decreased funding cost, partially offset by a decrease in our non-interest income. Pre-tax, pre-provision net revenue increased $1.4 million, or 5.7%, to $26.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, from $24.6 million for the same period in 2012, primarily resulting from growth of $4.3 million, or 7.0%, in total revenue, partially offset by an increase of $3.0 million, or 7.8%, in non-interest expense.

Our net interest margin was 2.92% for the year ended December 31, 2013, as compared to 3.00% for the same period in 2012. This decrease was primarily due to the impact of the continued low interest rate environment coupled with competition for quality commercial and private banking loans. Historically, we have mitigated the pressure on our net interest margin in part by managing the rates paid on our deposits and improving the mix of our deposit portfolio toward lower rate deposits. A continued low interest rate environment may limit our ability to reduce rates on our deposits faster than our loan yields decline, without sacrificing loan or deposit growth, deposit source composition or competitive positioning.

Total assets of $2.3 billion as of December 31, 2013, increased $217.4 million, or 10.5%, from December 31, 2012. Total loans grew by $219.1 million to $1.9 billion as of December 31, 2013, an increase of 13.3% from December 31, 2012, primarily as a result of growth in our commercial real estate and private banking loan portfolios. Total deposits increased $138.3 million, or 7.6%, to $2.0 billion as of December 31, 2013, from $1.8 billion, as of December 31, 2012.

Non-performing assets to total assets decreased to 0.95% as of December 31, 2013, from 1.10% as of December 31, 2012. Net charge-offs to average loans for the year ended December 31, 2013, was 0.41%, as compared to 0.43% for the same period in 2012.

The allowance for loan losses to total loans decreased to 1.02% as of December 31, 2013, from 1.09% as of December 31, 2012, primarily as a result of the overall increase in the loan portfolio of 13.3% driven largely by the lower risk private banking loan portfolio which has an overall high asset quality. The allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans increased to 93.61% as of December 31, 2013, from 79.50% as of December 31, 2012. The increase in this ratio is a result of the sale of one non-performing loan and an increase in specific reserves. The provision for loan losses remained unchanged at $8.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.

Our book value per common share, assuming preferred shares were converted to common shares, increased $0.50 or 5.1%, to $10.25 as of December 31, 2013, from $9.75 as of December 31, 2012. Our tangible equity to tangible assets ratio increased to 12.83% as of December 31, 2013, from 10.50% as of December 31, 2012. Both trends are primarily the result of the capital raised in connection with our initial public offering and growth in our retained earnings.


50

Table of Contents

Results of Operations

Net Interest Income

Net interest income represents the difference between the interest and fees earned on interest-earning assets and the interest paid on interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest income is affected by changes in the volume of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and changes in interest yields earned and rates paid. Maintaining consistent spreads between earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities is significant to our financial performance because net interest income comprised 68.4%, 92.5% and 91.9% of total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

The table below reflects an analysis of net interest income, on a fully taxable equivalent basis, for the periods indicated. The adjustment to convert certain income to a fully taxable equivalent basis consists of dividing tax exempt income by one minus the statutory federal income tax rate of 35.0%.
 
Years Ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)
2014
2013
2012
Interest income
$
77,913

$
72,851

$
71,034

Fully taxable equivalent adjustment
235

228

129

Interest income adjusted
78,148

73,079

71,163

Less: interest expense
12,251

11,067

13,674

Net interest income adjusted
$
65,897

$
62,012

$
57,489

 
 
 
 
Yield on earning assets
3.10
%
3.44
%
3.71
%
Cost of interest-bearing liabilities
0.57
%
0.62
%
0.89
%
Net interest spread
2.53
%
2.82
%
2.82
%
Net interest margin (1)
2.62
%
2.92
%
3.00
%
 
 
 
 
(1) 
Net interest margin is calculated on a fully taxable equivalent basis.


51

Table of Contents

The following table provides information regarding the average balances and yields earned on interest-earning assets and the average balances and rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012. Non-accrual loans are included in the calculation of the average loan balances, while interest collected on non-accrual loans is recorded as a reduction to principal. Where applicable, interest income and yield are reflected on a fully taxable equivalent basis, and have been adjusted based on the statutory federal income tax rate of 35.0%.

 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
(Dollars in thousands)
Average
Balance
Interest Income (1)/
Expense
Average
Yield/
Rate
 
Average
Balance
Interest Income (1)/
Expense
Average
Yield/
Rate
 
Average
Balance
Interest Income (1)/
Expense
Average
Yield/
Rate
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest-earning deposits
$
155,241

$
525

0.34
%
 
$
154,163

$
558

0.36
%
 
$
180,621

$
582

0.32
%
Federal funds sold
7,495

4

0.05
%
 
8,896

8

0.09
%
 
8,127

10

0.12
%
Investment securities available-for-sale
174,285

2,167

1.24
%
 
208,773

3,269

1.57
%
 
183,976

3,213

1.75
%
Investment securities held-to-maturity
33,989

1,173

3.45
%
 
14,026

527

3.76
%
 


%
Investment securities trading


%
 
3,060

71

2.32
%
 
2,951

52

1.76
%
Total loans
2,145,870

74,279

3.46
%
 
1,734,701

68,646

3.96
%
 
1,542,915

67,306

4.36
%
Total interest-earning assets
2,516,880

78,148

3.10
%
 
2,123,619

73,079

3.44
%
 
1,918,590

71,163

3.71
%
Other assets
114,936

 
 
 
50,230

 
 
 
33,557

 
 
Total assets
$
2,631,816

 
 
 
$
2,173,849

 
 
 
$
1,952,147

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest-bearing deposits:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest-bearing checking accounts
$
68,114

$
229

0.34
%
 
$
5,617

$
4

0.07
%
 
$
3,714

$
3

0.08
%
Money market deposit accounts
1,096,347

4,228

0.39
%
 
931,720

3,756

0.40
%
 
685,030

4,062

0.59
%
Time deposits (excluding CDARS®)
469,120

3,984

0.85
%
 
469,925

4,602

0.98
%
 
470,219

5,995

1.27
%
CDARS® time deposits
411,393

2,170

0.53
%
 
366,663

2,619

0.71
%
 
377,571

3,591

0.95
%
Borrowings:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FHLB borrowings
98,370

373

0.38
%
 
20,000

86

0.43
%
 
5,451

23

0.42
%
Subordinated notes payable
20,041

1,267

6.32
%
 


%
 


%
Total interest-bearing liabilities
2,163,385

12,251

0.57
%
 
1,793,925

11,067

0.62
%
 
1,541,985

13,674

0.89
%
Noninterest-bearing deposits
133,733

 
 
 
95,462

 
 
 
191,352

 
 
Other liabilities
31,288

 
 
 
18,501

 
 
 
15,038

 
 
Shareholders' equity
303,410

 
 
 
265,961

 
 
 
203,772

 
 
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity
$
2,631,816

 
 
 
$
2,173,849

 
 
 
$
1,952,147

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest income (1)
 
$
65,897

 
 
 
$
62,012

 
 
 
$
57,489

 
Net interest spread
 
 
2.53
%
 
 
 
2.82
%
 
 
 
2.82
%
Net interest margin (1)
 
 
2.62
%
 
 
 
2.92
%
 
 
 
3.00
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1)
Net interest income and net interest margin are calculated on a fully taxable equivalent basis.

Net Interest Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2014 and 2013. Net interest income, calculated on a fully taxable equivalent basis, increased $3.9 million or 6.3%, to $65.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, from $62.0 million for the same period in 2013. The increase in net interest income for the year ended December 31, 2014, was primarily attributable to a $393.3 million, or 18.5%,

52

Table of Contents

increase in average interest-earning assets, partially offset by a decrease in net interest margin of 30 basis points to 2.62%. The increase in net interest income reflects an increase of $5.1 million, or 6.9%, in interest income, coupled with an increase of $1.2 million, or 10.7%, in interest expense.

The increase in interest income was primarily the result of an increase in average total loans of $411.2 million, or 23.7%, which is our highest yielding earning asset and the Bank's core business, as well as an increase of $20.0 million in average investment securities held-to-maturity, partially offset by a decrease of $34.5 million in average investment securities available-for-sale, a decrease of 50 basis points in yield on our loans. The most significant factor of the declining yield on our loan portfolio has been our shift toward lower-risk assets, most notably the marketable-securities-backed private banking loan portfolio that the Bank has made its fastest growing channel. The overall yield on interest-earning assets declined 34 basis points to 3.10% for the year ended December 31, 2014, as compared to 3.44% for the same period in 2013, primarily as a result of the lower yield on loans, driven largely by the increase in our private banking portfolio.

Interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities of $12.3 million, for the year ended December 31, 2014, increased $1.2 million, or 10.7%, from the same period in 2013 as a result of an increase of $369.5 million or 20.6% in average interest-bearing liabilities for the year ended December 31, 2014, partially offset by a decrease of five basis points in the average rate paid on our average interest-bearing liabilities compared to the same period in 2013. The decrease in average rate paid was reflective of decreases in rates paid in the three largest interest-bearing deposit categories, partially offset by the issuance of subordinated debt, as well as a shift in our deposit mix. The increase in average interest-bearing liabilities was driven primarily by an increase of $164.6 million, or 17.7%, in average money market deposit accounts and an increase of $78.4 million in average FHLB borrowings, an increase of $62.5 million in interest-bearing checking accounts and an increase in average CDARS® time deposits of $44.7 million, or 12.2%.

We expect to continue to experience pressure on the yield on our earning assets due to: our focus on variable rate loans, the growing portion of our total loans secured by marketable securities, maintaining strong asset quality, and market competition. The opportunities to further reduce rates paid on our deposits may be more limited in the current low interest rate environment. Given our current balance sheet profile, we believe we are positioned to benefit from an increase in interest rates because approximately 82.8% of our total loans as of December 31, 2014, which are our principal source of revenue, are floating-rate loans. To the extent interest rates increase, yields on our loans will increase at varying speeds, since approximately 12.4% of our floating-rate loans had interest rate floors at December 31, 2014.

Net Interest Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2013 and 2012. Net interest income, calculated on a fully taxable equivalent basis, increased $4.5 million or 7.9%, to $62.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, from $57.5 million for the same period in 2012. The increase in net interest income for the year ended December 31, 2013, was primarily attributable to a $205.0 million, or 10.7%, increase in average interest-earning assets, partially offset by a decrease in net interest margin of eight basis points to 2.92%. The increase in net interest income reflects an increase of $1.9 million, or 2.7%, in interest income, coupled with a decrease of $2.6 million, or 19.1%, in interest expense.

The increase in interest income was primarily the result of an increase in average total loans of $191.8 million, or 12.4%, which is our highest yielding earning asset and the Bank's core business, as well as an increase of $24.8 million, or 13.5%, in average investment securities available-for-sale, partially offset by a decrease of 40 basis points in yield on our loans. The declining yield on our loan portfolio was reflective of the low interest rate environment, coupled with market pressure from competition for higher quality loans. The overall yield on interest-earning assets declined 27 basis points to 3.44% for the year ended December 31, 2013, as compared to 3.71% for the same period in 2012, primarily as a result of the shift in the composition of our earning assets from lower yielding interest-earning deposits to higher yielding loans and investment securities.

Interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities of $11.1 million, for the year ended December 31, 2013, decreased $2.6 million or 19.1% from the same period in 2012 as a result of a decrease of 27 basis points in the average rate paid on our average interest-bearing liabilities compared to the same period in 2012, partially offset by an increase of $251.9 million or 16.3% in average interest-bearing liabilities for the year ended December 31, 2013. The decrease in average rate paid was reflective of decreases in rates paid across all interest-bearing deposit categories, as well as a shift in our deposit mix. The increase in average interest-bearing liabilities was driven primarily by an increase of $246.7 million, or 36.0%, in average money market deposit accounts and an increase of $14.5 million in average borrowings, partially offset by a decline in average CDARS® time deposits of $10.9 million, or 2.9%.

The following tables analyze the dollar amount of change in interest income and interest expense with respect to the primary components of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. The tables show the amount of the change in interest income or interest expense caused by either changes in outstanding balances or changes in interest rates for the periods indicated. The effect of a change in balances is measured by applying the average rate during the first period to the balance (“volume”) change between the two periods. The effect of changes in rate is measured by applying the change in rate between the two periods to the average volume during the first period.


53

Table of Contents

 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2014 over 2013
(Dollars in thousands)
Yield/Rate
 
Volume
 
Change(1)
Increase (decrease) in:
 
 
 
 
 
Interest income:
 
 
 
 
 
Interest-earning deposits
$
(37
)
 
$
4

 
$
(33
)
Federal funds sold
(3
)
 
(1
)
 
(4
)
Investment securities available-for-sale
(611
)
 
(491
)
 
(1,102
)
Investment securities held-to-maturity
(46
)
 
692

 
646

Investment securities trading

 
(71
)
 
(71
)
Total loans
(9,304
)
 
14,937

 
5,633

Total increase (decrease) in interest income
(10,001
)
 
15,070

 
5,069

Interest expense:
 
 
 
 
 
Interest-bearing deposits:
 
 
 
 
 
Interest-bearing checking accounts
56

 
169

 
225

Money market deposit accounts
(169
)
 
641

 
472

Time deposits (excluding CDARS®)
(610
)
 
(8
)
 
(618
)
CDARS® time deposits
(742
)
 
293

 
(449
)
Borrowings:
 
 
 
 
 
FHLB borrowings
(11
)
 
298

 
287

Subordinated notes payable

 
1,267

 
1,267

Total increase (decrease) in interest expense
(1,476
)
 
2,660

 
1,184

Total increase (decrease) in net interest income
$
(8,525
)
 
$
12,410

 
$
3,885

(1)
The change in interest income and expense due to change in composition and applicable yields and rates has been allocated to volume and rate changes in proportion to the relationship of the absolute dollar amounts of the change in each.

 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2013 over 2012
(Dollars in thousands)
Yield/Rate
 
Volume
 
Change(1)
Increase (decrease) in:
 
 
 
 
 
Interest income:
 
 
 
 
 
Interest-earning deposits
$
68

 
$
(92
)
 
$
(24
)
Federal funds sold
(3
)
 
1

 
(2
)
Investment securities available-for-sale
(346
)
 
402

 
56

Investment securities held-to-maturity

 
527

 
527

Investment securities trading
17

 
2

 
19

Total loans
(6,460
)
 
7,800

 
1,340

Total increase (decrease) in interest income
(6,724
)
 
8,640

 
1,916

Interest expense:
 
 
 
 
 
Interest-bearing deposits:
 
 
 
 
 
Interest-bearing checking accounts

 
1

 
1

Money market deposit accounts
(1,512
)
 
1,206

 
(306
)
Time deposits (excluding CDARS®)
(1,389
)
 
(4
)
 
(1,393
)
CDARS® time deposits
(870
)
 
(102
)
 
(972
)
Borrowings:
 
 
 
 
 
FHLB borrowings
1

 
62

 
63

Total increase (decrease) in interest expense
(3,770
)
 
1,163

 
(2,607
)
Total increase (decrease) in net interest income
$
(2,954
)
 
$
7,477

 
$
4,523

(1)
The change in interest income and expense due to change in composition and applicable yields and rates has been allocated to volume and rate changes in proportion to the relationship of the absolute dollar amounts of the change in each.


54

Table of Contents

Provision for Loan Losses

The provision for loan losses represents our determination of the amount necessary to be charged against the current period's earnings to maintain the allowance for loan losses at a level that is considered adequate in relation to the estimated losses inherent in the loan portfolio. For additional information regarding our allowance for loan losses, see “Allowance for Loan Losses.”

Provision for Loan Losses for the Years Ended December 31, 2014 and 2013. We recorded a $10.2 million and an $8.2 million provision for loan losses for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The provision for the year ended December 31, 2014, was comprised of (a) the impact of $9.5 million in charge-offs related to six non-performing commercial and industrial loans; (b) a net increase of $245,000 in additional specific reserves on non-performing commercial and industrial loans; and (c) a $1.4 million increase in commercial and industrial general reserves largely driven by the impact of charge-offs and loans that were downgraded during the year; partially offset by (d) recoveries of $545,000 on three commercial and industrial loans; and (e) a decrease of $349,000 in the general reserve of the commercial real estate portfolio due to improved credit quality. There were no charge-offs for the commercial real estate and private banking portfolios for the year ended December 31, 2014. The provision for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2013, was largely driven by the impact of charge-offs totaling $7.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, on three commercial and industrial loans, one commercial real estate loan and one private banking loan.

Provision for Loan Losses for the Years Ended December 31, 2013 and 2012. We recorded an $8.2 million provision for loan losses for each of the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012. The provision for loan losses was largely driven by the impact of charge-offs of individual credits totaling $7.5 million and $6.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. These charge-offs represent three commercial and industrial loans, one commercial real estate loan and one private banking loan for the year ended December 31, 2013 and two commercial and industrial loans, three commercial real estate loans and one private banking loan for the year ended December 31, 2012. The low charge-offs for the private banking portfolio for the year ended December 31, 2013, are a result of the overall high asset quality of this portfolio which is largely comprised of loans backed by cash and marketable securities.

Non-Interest Income

Non-interest income is an important component of our revenue and it is comprised primarily of investment management fees for Chartwell and for the Bank certain fees generated from loan and deposit relationships with our customers, coupled with income generated from swap transactions entered into as a direct result of transactions with our customers. In addition, from time to time as opportunities arise, we sell portions of our investment securities available-for-sale portfolio. Gains or losses experienced on these sales are less predictable than many of the other components of our non-interest income because the amount of realized gains or losses is impacted by a number of factors, including the nature of the security sold, the purpose of the sale, the interest rate environment and other market conditions.

The following table presents the components of our non-interest income for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013:
 
Years Ended 
 December 31,
 
2014 Change from 2013
(Dollars in thousands)
2014
2013
 
Amount
Percent
Investment management fees
$
25,062

$

 
$
25,062

 %
Service charges
604

482

 
122

25.3
 %
Net gain on the sale of investment securities available-for-sale
1,428

797

 
631

79.2
 %
Swap fees
1,178

1,056

 
122

11.6
 %
Commitment and other fees
2,045

2,060

 
(15
)
(0.7
)%
Unrealized gain (loss) on swaps
(420
)
210

 
(630
)
(300.0
)%
Bank owned life insurance income
1,441

996

 
445

44.7
 %
Other income (1)
383

197

 
186

94.4
 %
Total non-interest income
$
31,721

$
5,798

 
$
25,923

447.1
 %
(1)
Other income includes such items as FHLB stock dividends, trading income, gain on the sale of loans and other general operating income.

Non-Interest Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2014 and 2013. Our non-interest income was $31.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, an increase of $25.9 million, or 447.1%, from $5.8 million for the same period in 2013, primarily related to increases in investment management fees, net gain on the sale of investment securities available-for-sale and bank owned life insurance income partially offset by increases in unrealized loss on swaps. The Investment Management segment only impacted investment management fees in the current period and all other components of non-interest income are comparable between periods for the Bank segment.


55

Table of Contents

Investment Management Segment:

Investment management fees were $25.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, which represents 10 months of revenue for Chartwell, based on assets under management of $7.7 billion as of December 31, 2014.

Bank Segment:

Service charges were $122,000 higher for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to 2013, due to increase in the number of customers and customer volumes.

Net gain on the sale of investment securities available-for-sale was $631,000 higher for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to 2013.

Swap fees were $122,000 more for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to 2013, driven by fluctuations in customer demand for long-term interest rate protection. The level and frequency of income associated with swap transactions can vary materially from period to period, based on customers' expectations of market conditions.

Unrealized gain (loss) on swaps was $630,000 lower for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to 2013, driven by fluctuations in interest rates.

Bank owned life insurance was $445,000 higher for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to 2013, as a result of an increase in our investment in this product.

Other income was $186,000 more for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to 2013, primarily due to $153,000 higher dividends from our FHLB stock as a result of an increase in our investment related to increased FHLB borrowings and $87,000 higher gain on the sale of loans, offset by $120,000 lower trading income on our trading investment securities.

The following table presents the components of our non-interest income for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012:
 
Years Ended 
 December 31,
 
2013 Change from 2012
(Dollars in thousands)
2013
2012
 
Amount
Percent
Service charges
$
482

$
433

 
$
49

11.3
 %
Net gain on the sale of investment securities available-for-sale
797

1,114

 
(317
)
(28.5
)%
Swap fees
1,056

903

 
153

16.9
 %
Commitment and other fees
2,060

2,716

 
(656
)
(24.2
)%
Unrealized gain (loss) on swaps
210

(15
)
 
225

1,500.0
 %
Bank owned life insurance income
996

512

 
484

94.5
 %
Other income (1)
197

536

 
(339
)
(63.2
)%
Total non-interest income
$
5,798

$
6,199

 
$
(401
)
(6.5
)%
(1)
Other income includes such items as FHLB stock dividends, trading income, gain on the sale of loans and other general operating income.

Non-Interest Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2013 and 2012. Our non-interest income was $5.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, a decrease of $401,000, or 6.5%, from $6.2 million for the same period in 2012, primarily related to decreases in net gain on the sale of investment securities available-for-sale and commitment and other fees, partially offset by increases in swap fees and other income.

Bank Segment:

Net gain on the sale of investment securities available-for-sale was $317,000 less for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to 2012.

Swap fees were $153,000 higher for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to 2012, driven by fluctuations in customer demand for long-term interest rate protection. The level and frequency of income associated with swap transactions can vary materially from period to period, based on customers' expectations for market conditions.


56

Table of Contents

Commitment and other fees were $656,000 lower for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to 2012, driven by fluctuations in fees related to loans and loan commitments.

Unrealized gain (loss) on swaps was $225,000 higher for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to 2012, driven by fluctuations in interest rates.

Bank owned life insurance was $484,000 higher for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to 2012, as a result of an increase in our investment in this product.

Other income was $339,000 less for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to 2012, primarily due to $388,000 lower trading income on our trading investment securities.

Non-Interest Expense

Our non-interest expense represents the operating cost of maintaining and growing our business. The largest portion of non-interest expense is compensation and employee benefits, which include employee payroll expense as well as the cost of incentive compensation, benefit plans, health insurance and payroll taxes, all of which are impacted by the growth in our employee base, coupled with increases in the level of compensation and benefits of our existing employees.

The following table presents the components of our non-interest expense by operating segment for the year ended December 31, 2014 and for the Bank segment (which was our only segment) for the year ended December 31, 2013:
 
Year Ended December 31, 2014
 
Year ended December 31,
 
Bank Segment
 
 
Investment
 
 
 
2014 Change from 2013
(Dollars in thousands)
Bank
Management
Consolidated
 
2013
 
Amount
Percent
Compensation and employee benefits
$
25,807

$
15,241

$
41,048

 
$
24,556

 
$
1,251

5.1
 %
Premises and occupancy costs
3,312

619

3,931

 
3,190

 
122

3.8
 %
Professional fees
3,137

294

3,431

 
4,098

 
(961
)
(23.5
)%
FDIC insurance expense
1,928


1,928

 
1,463

 
465

31.8
 %
General bank insurance expense
1,001

164

1,165

 
840

 
161

19.2
 %
State capital shares tax
1,043


1,043

 
1,124

 
(81
)
(7.2
)%
Travel and entertainment expense
1,829

575

2,404

 
1,551

 
278

17.9
 %
Data processing expense
922


922

 
793

 
129

16.3
 %
Charitable contributions
1,102

49

1,151

 
855

 
247

28.9
 %
Intangible amortization expense

1,299

1,299

 

 

 %
Earnout expense related to Chartwell acquisition

1,614

1,614

 

 

 %
Other operating expenses (1)
2,995

1,396

4,391

 
2,345

 
650

27.7
 %
Total non-interest expense
$
43,076

$
21,251

$
64,327

 
$
40,815

 
$
2,261

5.5
 %
Full-time equivalent employees (2)
133

49

182

 
129

 
4

3.1
 %
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1) 
Other operating expenses include such items as investor relations, investment management fees, telephone, marketing, loan-related expenses, employee-related expenses and other general operating expenses.
(2) 
Full-time equivalent employees shown are as of the end of the period presented.

Non-Interest Expense for the Years Ended December 31, 2014 and 2013. Our non-interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2014, increased $23.5 million, or 57.6%, as compared to the same period in 2013, of which $2.3 million relates to the increase in expenses of the Bank segment and $21.3 million relates to the Investment Management segment. The changes in each segment's expenses are described below.

Bank Segment:

Compensation and employee benefits for the year ended December 31, 2014, increased by $1.3 million from 2013 primarily due to an increase in the number of full-time equivalent employees and the overall increased wage and benefits costs of our existing employees offset by lower incentive compensation costs.


57

Table of Contents

Professional fees for the year ended December 31, 2014, decreased $961,000 from 2013, largely due to non-recurring costs associated with the Chartwell acquisition in 2013.

FDIC insurance expense increased $465,000 for the year ended December 31, 2014, from 2013, due to overall increases in average deposit and asset levels at the Bank.

General bank insurance for the year ended December 31, 2014, increased $161,000 from 2013, due to higher insurance premiums subsequent to becoming a publicly traded entity and expanded coverage.

Travel and entertainment expenses for the year ended December 31, 2014, increased by $278,000 from 2013, due to an increase in the number of relationship managers and increased client outreach and origination activity, including travel related costs for marketing Chartwell products to bank intermediary partners.

Charitable contributions increased $247,000 for the year ended December 31, 2014, from 2013, due to increased levels of participation in community programs.

Other operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2014, increased by $650,000 from 2013, primarily as a result of an increase of $165,000 in investor relations costs related to being a public company, $253,000 higher company meeting expenses due to timing of such meetings as compared to the prior year, $92,000 higher marketing expenses and $68,000 higher provision expense for increased unfunded commitments.

Investment Management Segment:

The investment management segment commenced activity on March 5, 2014. Therefore the expenses shown in the table above represents the first 10 months of expenses for Chartwell.

The $1.6 million earnout expense related to a one-time charge which was accrued and expensed in the fourth quarter of 2014 based upon the 2014 results for Chartwell. For additional information, refer to Note 2, Business Combinations, to our consolidated financial statements.

The following table presents the components of our non-interest expense for the Bank segment (which was our only segment) for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012:
 
Years Ended 
 December 31,
 
2013 Change from 2012
(Dollars in thousands)
2013
2012
 
Amount
Percent
Compensation and employee benefits
$
24,556

$
24,106

 
$
450

1.9
 %
Premises and occupancy costs
3,190

2,826

 
364

12.9
 %
Professional fees
4,098

3,025

 
1,073

35.5
 %
FDIC insurance expense
1,463

1,397

 
66

4.7
 %
General bank insurance expense
840

480

 
360

75.0
 %
State capital shares tax
1,124

806

 
318

39.5
 %
Travel and entertainment expense
1,551

1,231

 
320

26.0
 %
Data processing expense
793

843

 
(50
)
(5.9
)%
Charitable contributions
855

856

 
(1
)
(0.1
)%
Other operating expenses (1)
2,345

2,295

 
50

2.2
 %
Total non-interest expense
$
40,815

$
37,865

 
$
2,950

7.8
 %
Full-time equivalent employees (2)
129

119

 
10

8.4
 %
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1)
Other operating expenses include such items as investor relations, telephone, marketing, loan-related expenses, employee-related expenses and other general operating expenses.
(2)
Full-time equivalent employees shown are as of the end of the period presented.

Non-Interest Expense for the Years Ended December 31, 2013 and 2012. Our non-interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2013, increased $3.0 million, or 7.8%, as compared to the same period in 2012. The changes in expenses are described below.

58

Table of Contents


Bank Segment:

Compensation and employee benefits for the year ended December 31, 2013, increased by $450,000 from 2012 primarily due to an increase in the number of full-time equivalent employees and the overall increased wage and benefits costs of our existing employees offset by lower incentive compensation costs.

Premises and occupancy costs for the year ended December 31, 2013, increased by $364,000 from 2012, primarily as a result of the establishment of our new representative office in New York and higher depreciation expense.

Professional fees expense for the year ended December 31, 2013, increased $671,000 from 2012, largely due to non-recurring costs associated with the Chartwell acquisition, increased compliance obligation and compliance and reporting requirements associated with being a public reporting company.

General bank insurance for the year ended December 31, 2013, increased $360,000 from 2012, due to higher insurance premiums subsequent to becoming a publicly traded entity.

State capital shares tax was $318,000 higher for the year ended December 31, 2013, due to an overall increase in the equity of the Bank.

Travel and entertainment expenses for the year ended December 31, 2013, increased by $320,000 from 2012, due to an increase in the number of relationship managers and increased client outreach and origination activity.

Income Taxes

We utilize the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the tax effects of differences between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities with regard to a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. We evaluate whether it is more likely than not that we will be able to realize the benefit of identified deferred tax assets.

Income Taxes for the Years Ended December 31, 2014 and 2013. For the year ended December 31, 2014, we recognized income tax expense of $7.0 million, or 30.4% of income before tax, as compared to income tax expense of $5.7 million, or 30.7% of income before tax, for the same period in 2013. Our effective tax rates for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, were impacted by higher tax exempt interest income, increased levels of bank owned life insurance premiums and investment tax credits earned. In addition, the year ended December 31, 2014, included higher income tax related to the Investment Management segment.

Income Taxes for the Years Ended December 31, 2013 and 2012. For the year ended December 31, 2013, we recognized income tax expense of $5.7 million, or 30.7% of income before tax, as compared to income tax expense of $6.8 million, or 39.0% of income before tax, for the same period in 2012. Our effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2012, was elevated by the limitation of deductible compensation expense under section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Service. Conversely, our effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2013, was impacted by higher tax exempt interest income, increased levels of bank owned life insurance premiums and investment tax credits earned.

Financial Condition

Our total assets as of December 31, 2014, totaled $2.8 billion which was an increase of $556.3 million, or 24.3%, from December 31, 2013, was primarily due to growth in our loan portfolio. Our loan portfolio increased $539.3 million, or 29.0%, to $2.4 billion, as of December 31, 2014, from $1.9 billion, as of December 31, 2013. Total investment securities decreased $21.7 million, or 9.5%, to $206.2 million, as of December 31, 2014, from $227.8 million, as of December 31, 2013. Cash and cash equivalents decreased $40.8 million, to $105.7 million, as of December 31, 2014, from $146.6 million, as of December 31, 2013. Our total deposits increased $375.2 million, or 19.1%, to $2.3 billion as of December 31, 2014. Our shareholders' equity increased $11.4 million to $305.4 million as of December 31, 2014, compared to $293.9 million as of December 31, 2013. This increase was primarily the result of $15.9 million in net income and an increase of $1.1 million in other comprehensive income (loss), which represents the decrease in the unrealized loss on our investment portfolio, partially offset by the purchase of $6.7 million in treasury shares.

Our total assets as of December 31, 2013, totaled $2.3 billion which was an increase of $217.4 million, or 10.5%, from December 31, 2012, due to growth in our earning assets, which was driven primarily by growth in our loan portfolio and investments securities, was partially offset by a decrease in cash and cash equivalents as we funded our growth partially with excess cash. Our loan portfolio increased

59



$219.1 million, or 13.3%, to $1.9 billion, as of December 31, 2013, from $1.6 billion, as of December 31, 2012. Total investment securities increased $36.7 million, or 19.2%, to $227.8 million, as of December 31, 2013, from $191.2 million, as of December 31, 2012. Cash and cash equivalents decreased $53.5 million, to $146.6 million, as of December 31, 2013, from $200.1 million, as of December 31, 2012. Our total deposits increased $138.3 million, or 7.6%, to $2.0 billion as of December 31, 2013. Our shareholders' equity increased $76.2 million to $293.9 million as of December 31, 2013, compared to $217.7 million as of December 31, 2012. This increase was primarily the result of net proceeds from the issuance of common stock of $66.0 million, coupled with $12.9 million in net income, partially offset by a decrease of $3.4 million in other comprehensive income (loss), which represents the increase in the unrealized loss on our investment portfolio.

Loans

The Bank's primary source of income is interest on loans. Our loan portfolio consists primarily of loans to our private banking clients, commercial and industrial loans, and real estate loans secured by commercial real estate properties. Our loan portfolio represents the highest yielding component of our earning asset base.

The following table presents the composition of our loan portfolio, by channel, as of the dates indicated:
 
December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)
2014
2013
2012
2011
2010
Private banking channel loans
$
989,302

$
569,346

$
435,882

$
285,521

$
237,516

Middle-market banking channel loans:
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and industrial
677,493

739,041

752,047

643,942

560,061

Commercial real estate
733,257

552,388

453,699

477,532

486,168

Total middle-market banking channel loan
1,410,750

1,291,429

1,205,746

1,121,474

1,046,229

Total loans
$
2,400,052

$
1,860,775

$
1,641,628

$
1,406,995

$
1,283,745


Total loans. Total loans increased by $539.3 million, or 29.0%, to $2.4 billion as of December 31, 2014, as compared to December 31, 2013. Our growth for the year ended December 31, 2014, was comprised of an increase in private banking loans of $420.0 million, or 73.8%, a decrease in commercial and industrial loans of $61.5 million, or 8.3%, and an increase in commercial real estate loans of $180.9 million, or 32.7%.

Total loans increased by $219.1 million, or 13.3%, to $1.9 billion as of December 31, 2013, as compared to December 31, 2012. Our growth for the year ended December 31, 2013, was comprised of an increase in private banking loans of $133.5 million, or 30.6%, a decrease in commercial and industrial loans of $13.0 million, or 1.7%, and an increase in commercial real estate loans of $98.7 million, or 21.8%.

Primary Loan Categories by Channel

Private Banking Channel Loans. Our private banking loans include personal and commercial loans sourced through our private banking channel, which operates on a national basis. These loans consist primarily of loans made to high-net-worth individuals and/or trusts and businesses that may be secured by cash, marketable securities, residential property or other financial assets. The primary source of repayment for these loans is the income and assets of the borrower. We also have a limited number of unsecured loans and lines of credit in our private banking channel loan portfolio.

As of December 31, 2014, private banking channel loans were approximately $989.3 million, or 41.2% of total loans, of which $803.5 million, or 81.2%, were secured by cash and marketable securities. This compared to the level, as of December 31, 2013, of $569.3 million, or 30.6% of total loans, of which $349.8 million, or 61.4%, were secured by cash and marketable securities. The growth in loans secured by cash and marketable securities is expected to increase as a result of our strategy to focus on this portion of our private banking business as we believe these loans tend to have a lower risk profile.

Loans sourced through our private banking channel also include loans for commercial and business purposes, a majority of which are secured by cash and marketable securities. The table below includes all loans made through our private banking channel, by collateral type, as of the dates indicated.

60

Table of Contents

 
December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)
2014
2013
2012
Private banking channel loans:
 
 
 
Secured by real estate
$
161,568

$
186,297

$
156,650

Secured by cash and marketable securities
803,453

349,766

237,117

Other
24,281

33,283

42,115

Total private banking channel loans
$
989,302

$
569,346

$
435,882


Middle-Market Banking: Commercial and Industrial Loans. Our commercial and industrial loan portfolio primarily includes loans made to service companies or manufacturers generally for the purpose of production, operating capacity, accounts receivable, inventory, equipment financing, acquisitions and recapitalizations. Cash flow from the borrower's operations is the primary source of repayment for these loans.

As of December 31, 2014, our commercial and industrial loans comprised $677.5 million, or 28.2% of total loans, compared to $739.0 million, or 39.7% of total loans, as of December 31, 2013.

Middle-Market Banking: Commercial Real Estate Loans. Our commercial real estate loan portfolio includes loans secured by commercial purpose real estate, including both owner occupied properties and investment properties for various purposes including office, retail, industrial, multifamily and hospitality. Also included are commercial construction loans to finance the construction or renovation of structures as well as to finance the acquisition and development of raw land for various purposes. The cash flow from income producing properties or the sale of property from construction and development loans are the primary sources of repayment for these loans.

Commercial real estate loans as of December 31, 2014, totaled $733.3 million, or 30.6% of total loans, as compared to $552.4 million, or 29.7%, as of December 31, 2013. As of December 31, 2014, $512.5 million of total commercial real estate loans had a floating rate and $220.8 million had a fixed rate, as compared to $363.3 million and $189.1 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2013.

Loan Maturities and Interest Rate Sensitivity

The following table presents the contractual maturity ranges and the amount of such loans with fixed and adjustable rates in each maturity range as of the date indicated.
 
December 31, 2014
(Dollars in thousands)
One Year
or Less
One to
Five Years
Greater Than
Five Years
Total
Loan maturity:
 
 
 
 
Commercial and industrial
$
122,987

$
526,648

$
27,858

$
677,493

Commercial real estate
119,853

426,908

186,496

733,257

Private banking
793,869

128,315

67,118

989,302

Total loans
$
1,036,709

$
1,081,871

$
281,472

$
2,400,052

 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate sensitivity:
 
 
 
 
Fixed interest rates
$
62,083

$
230,161

$
120,188

$
412,432

Floating or adjustable interest rates
974,626

851,710

161,284

1,987,620

Total loans
$
1,036,709

$
1,081,871

$
281,472

$
2,400,052


Large Credit Relationships

We originate and maintain large credit relationships with numerous customers in the ordinary course of our business. We have established an informal limit on loans that is significantly lower than our legal lending limit of approximately $43.7 million as of December 31, 2014. Our present informal lending limit is $10.0 million based upon our total credit exposure to any one borrowing relationship. However, exceptions to this limit may be made in the case of particularly strong credits and strong collateral support. As of December 31, 2014, our average commercial loan size was approximately $3.3 million and average private banking loan size was $574,000.


61

Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the aggregate committed and outstanding balances of our larger credit relationships as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013.
 
December 31, 2014
 
December 31, 2013
(Dollars in thousands)
Number of Relationships
Commitment
(based on availability)
Outstanding Balance
 
Number of Relationships
Commitment
(based on availability)
Outstanding Balance
Large credit relationships:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
>$20 million to $30 million
1

$
21,000

$
21,000

 

$

$

>$15 million to $20 million
5

$
86,780

$
63,069

 
2

$
35,400

$
26,025

>$10 million to $15 million
31

$
389,378

$
298,820

 
22

$
267,506

$
206,422


Approximately $181.2 million and $47.0 million of commitments to large credit relationships were fully secured by cash and marketable securities as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.

Loan Pricing

We generally extend variable-rate loans on which the interest rate fluctuations are based upon a predetermined indicator, such as the LIBOR or United States prime rate. Our use of variable-rate loans is designed to mitigate our interest rate risk to the extent that the rates that we charge on our variable-rate loans will rise or fall in tandem with rates that we must pay to acquire deposits and vice versa. As of December 31, 2014, approximately 82.8% of our loans had variable rates of which approximately 12.4% also contained a minimum interest rate, or floor, which helps to preserve our interest rate spread.

Interest Reserve Loans

As of December 31, 2014, loans with interest reserves totaled $73.9 million, which represented 3.1% of total loans, as compared to $21.7 million, or 1.2%, as of December 31, 2013, due to the 32.7% growth in the commercial real estate portfolio. Certain loans reserve a portion of the proceeds to be used to pay interest due on the loan. These loans with interest reserves are common for construction and land development loans. The use of interest reserves is based on the feasibility of the project, the creditworthiness of the borrower and guarantors, and the loan to value coverage of the collateral. The interest reserve may be used by the borrower, when certain financial conditions are met, to draw loan funds to pay interest charges on the outstanding balance of the loan. When drawn, the interest is capitalized and added to the loan balance, subject to conditions specified during the initial underwriting and at the time the credit is approved. We have effective and ongoing procedures and controls for monitoring compliance with loan covenants for advancing funds and determining default conditions. In addition, most of our construction lending is performed within our geographic footprint and our lenders are familiar with trends in the local real estate market.

Allowance for Loan Losses

Our allowance for loan losses represents our estimate of probable loan losses inherent in the loan portfolio at a specific point in time. This estimate includes losses associated with specifically identified loans, as well as estimated probable credit losses inherent in the remainder of the loan portfolio. Additions are made to the allowance through both periodic provisions charged to income and recoveries of losses previously incurred. Reductions to the allowance occur as loans are charged off or when the credit history of any of the three loan portfolios improves. Management evaluates the adequacy of the allowance at least quarterly. This evaluation is subjective and requires material estimates that may change over time.

The components of the allowance for loan losses represent estimates based upon ASC Topic 450, Contingencies, and ASC Topic 310, Receivables. ASC Topic 450 applies to homogeneous loan pools such as consumer installment, residential mortgages and consumer lines of credit, as well as commercial loans that are not individually evaluated for impairment under ASC Topic 310. ASC Topic 310 is applied to commercial and consumer loans that are individually evaluated for impairment.

Under ASC Topic 310, a loan is impaired when, based upon current information and events, it is probable that the loan will not be repaid according to its original contractual terms, including both principal and interest or if a loan is designated as a troubled debt restructuring ("TDR"). Management performs individual assessments of impaired loans to determine the existence of loss exposure and, where applicable, based upon the fair value of the collateral less estimated selling costs where a loan is collateral dependent.

In estimating probable loan loss under ASC Topic 450 we consider numerous factors, including historical charge-off rates and subsequent recoveries. We also consider, but are not limited to, qualitative factors that influence our credit quality, such as delinquency and non-performing loan trends, changes in loan underwriting guidelines and credit policies, as well as the results of internal loan reviews. Finally, we consider the impact of changes in current local and regional economic conditions in the markets that we serve. Assessment of relevant

62

Table of Contents

economic factors indicates that some of our primary markets historically tend to lag the national economy, with local economies in those primary markets also improving or weakening, as the case may be, but at a more measured rate than the national trends.

We base the computation of the allowance for loan losses under ASC Topic 450 on two factors: the primary factor and the secondary factor. The primary factor is based on the inherent risk identified within each of the Company's three loan portfolios based on the historical loss experience of each loan portfolio and the loss emergence period. Management has developed a methodology that is applied to each of our three primary loan portfolios, consisting of commercial and industrial, commercial real estate and private banking loans. As the loan loss history, mix, and risk rating of each loan portfolio change, the primary factor adjusts accordingly. The allowance for loan losses related to the primary factor is based on our estimates as to probable losses for each loan portfolio. The secondary factor is intended to capture risks related to events and circumstances that may impact the performance of the loan portfolio. Although this factor is more subjective in nature, the methodology focuses on internal and external trends in pre-specified categories (risk factors) and applies a quantitative percentage which drives the secondary factor. We have identified nine risk factors and each risk factor is assigned a reserve level, based on judgment as to the probable impact on each loan portfolio, and is monitored on a quarterly basis. As the trend in each risk factor changes, a corresponding change occurs in the reserve associated with each respective risk factor, such that the secondary factor remains current to changes in each loan portfolio. Potential problem loans are identified and monitored through frequent, formal review processes. Updates are presented to our board of directors as to the status of loan quality at least quarterly.

Loan participations follow the same underwriting and risk rating criteria and are individually risk-rated under the same process as loans we directly originated. Our ongoing credit review of participation loans also follows the same process we use for loans we originate directly. Management does not rely solely on information from the lead bank when considering the appropriate level of allowance for loan losses to be recorded on any of our participation loans.

The following table summarizes the allowance for loan losses, as of the dates indicated:
 
December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)
2014
2013
2012
2011
2010
General reserves
$
14,690

$
13,524

$
13,440

$
13,820

$
14,906

Specific reserves
5,583

5,472

4,434

2,530

2,205

Total allowance for loan losses
$
20,273

$
18,996

$
17,874

$
16,350

$
17,111

Allowance for loan losses to total loans
0.84
%
1.02
%
1.09
%
1.16
%
1.33
%

As of December 31, 2014, we had specific reserves totaling $5.6 million, related to six commercial and industrial loans and one private banking loan, with an aggregated total outstanding balance of $25.1 million. All of these loans were on non-accrual status as of December 31, 2014.

As of December 31, 2013, we had specific reserves totaling $5.5 million related to five commercial and industrial loans and one private banking loan, with an aggregated total outstanding balance of $16.0 million. All of these loans were on non-accrual status as of December 31, 2013.

The following tables summarize allowance for loan losses by loan category and percentage of loans, as of the dates indicated:
 
December 31, 2014
 
December 31, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
(Dollars in thousands)
Reserve
Percent of
Reserve
Percent of
Loans
 
Reserve
Percent of
Reserve
Percent of
Loans
 
Reserve
Percent of
Reserve
Percent of
Loans
Commercial and industrial
$
13,501

66.6
%
28.2
%
 
$
11,881

62.5
%
39.7
%
 
$
9,950

55.7
%
45.8
%
Commercial real estate
4,755

23.5
%
30.6
%
 
5,104

26.9
%
29.7
%
 
5,120

28.6
%
27.6
%
Private banking
2,017

9.9
%
41.2
%
 
2,011

10.6
%
30.6
%
 
2,804

15.7
%
26.6
%
Total allowance for loan losses
$
20,273

100.0
%
100.0
%
 
$
18,996

100.0
%
100.0
%
 
$
17,874

100.0
%
100.0
%


63

Table of Contents

 
December 31, 2011
 
December 31, 2010
(Dollars in thousands)
Reserve
Percent of
Reserve
Percent of
Loans
 
Reserve
Percent of
Reserve
Percent of
Loans
Commercial and industrial
$
8,568

52.4
%
45.8
%
 
$
7,777

45.4
%
43.6
%
Commercial real estate
6,439

39.4
%
33.9
%
 
8,189

47.9
%
37.9
%
Private banking
1,343

8.2
%
20.3
%
 
1,145

6.7
%
18.5
%
Total allowance for loan losses
$
16,350

100.0
%
100.0
%
 
$
17,111

100.0
%
100.0
%

Allowance for Loan Losses as of December 31, 2014 and 2013. Our allowance for loan losses increased to $20.3 million, or 0.84% of total loans, as of December 31, 2014, as compared to $19.0 million, or 1.02% of total loans, as of December 31, 2013. The increase in the total reserve was primarily attributable to the increases in general and specific reserves for the commercial and industrial loan portfolio and an increase in the general reserve for the private banking loan portfolio, offset by a decrease in the general reserve for the commercial real estate loan portfolio and a decrease in the specific reserve for the private banking loan portfolio.

Our allowance for loan losses related to commercial and industrial loans increased $1.6 million, to $13.5 million as of December 31, 2014, as compared to $11.9 million as of December 31, 2013. This increase was primarily attributable to an increase in the general reserve of $1.4 million related to the impact of charge-offs for the year ended December 31, 2014, and loans that were downgraded during the year, coupled with an increase of $3.0 million in specific reserves on four loans offset by a decrease of $2.8 million in specific reserves on four loans that were paid off or paid down. Our allowance for loan losses related to commercial real estate loans decreased $349,000, to $4.8 million as of December 31, 2014, as compared to $5.1 million as of December 31, 2013. This decrease to the commercial real estate general reserve was primarily attributable to the overall improved credit history of this portfolio partially offset by growth in this loan portfolio. Our allowance for loan losses related to private banking loans increased $6,000, to $2.0 million as of December 31, 2014, as compared to December 31, 2013, due to an increase in general reserves related to loan growth in this portfolio offset by a decrease in a specific reserve on a loan that was paid down.

Allowance for Loan Losses as of December 31, 2013 and 2012. Our allowance for loan losses increased to $19.0 million, or 1.02% of total loans, as of December 31, 2013, as compared to $17.9 million, or 1.09% of total loans, as of December 31, 2012. The increase in the total reserve was primarily attributable to an increase in specific reserves related to two commercial and industrial loans offset by a decrease in specific reserves related to the sale of one commercial real estate loan and continued strong credit results in the private banking loan portfolio.

Our allowance for loan losses related to commercial and industrial loans increased $1.9 million, to $11.9 million as of December 31, 2013, as compared to $10.0 million as of December 31, 2012. This increase was primarily attributable to an increase in related specific reserves on two loans. Our allowance for loan losses related to commercial real estate loans decreased $16,000, to $5.1 million as of December 31, 2013, as compared to December 31, 2012. This decrease was primarily attributable the decrease in specific reserves related to the sale of one commercial real estate loan offset by the growth in this loan portfolio. Our allowance for loan losses related to private banking loans decreased $793,000, to $2.0 million as of December 31, 2013, as compared to $2.8 million at December 31, 2012, as there were low charge-offs during the year ended December, 31, 2013, due to the overall high asset quality of this portfolio which are largely secured by cash and marketable securities.

Net Charge-Offs

Our charge-off policy for commercial and private banking loans requires that loans and other obligations that are not collectible be promptly charged off in the month the loss becomes probable, regardless of the delinquency status of the loan. We recognize a partial charge-off when we have determined that the value of the collateral is less than the remaining ledger balance at the time of the evaluation. A loan or obligation is not required to be charged off, regardless of delinquency status, if (1) we have determined there exists sufficient collateral to protect the remaining loan balance and (2) there exists a strategy to liquidate the collateral. We may also consider a number of other factors to determine when a charge-off is appropriate, including:

The status of a bankruptcy proceeding;
The value of collateral and probability of successful liquidation; and
The status of adverse proceedings or litigation that may result in collection.


64

Table of Contents

The following table provides an analysis of the allowance for loan losses and net charge-offs for the years indicated:
 
Years Ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)
2014
2013
2012
2011
2010
Beginning balance
$
18,996

$
17,874

$
16,350

$
17,111

$
15,764

Charge-offs:
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and industrial
(9,521
)
(5,508
)
(3,000
)
(1,886
)

Commercial real estate

(1,936
)
(2,868
)
(4,888
)
(5,670
)
Private banking

(13
)
(999
)


Total charge-offs
(9,521
)
(7,457
)
(6,867
)
(6,774
)
(5,670
)
Recoveries:
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and industrial
545

114

206

556

1,766

Commercial real estate

278


118


Private banking
94





Total recoveries
639

392

206

674

1,766

Net charge-offs
(8,882
)
(7,065
)
(6,661
)
(6,100
)
(3,904
)
Provision for loan losses
10,159

8,187

8,185

5,339

5,251

Ending balance
$
20,273

$
18,996

$
17,874

$
16,350

$
17,111

 
 
 
 
 
 
Net loan charge-offs to average total loans
0.41
%
0.41
%
0.43
%
0.46
%
0.31
%
Provision for loan losses to average total loans
0.47
%
0.47
%
0.53
%
0.40
%
0.42
%
Allowance for loan losses to net loan charge-offs
228.25
%
268.87
%
268.34
%
268.03
%
438.29
%
Provision for loan losses to net loan charge-offs
114.38
%
115.88
%
122.88
%
87.52
%
134.50
%

Net Charge-Offs for the Year Ended December 31, 2014. Our net loan charge-offs of $8.9 million, or 0.41% of average loans, for the year ended December 31, 2014, were comprised of charge-offs of $9.5 million on six commercial and industrial loans, partially offset by recoveries of $545,000 on three commercial and industrial loans and $94,000 on one private banking loan.

Net Charge-Offs for the Year Ended December 31, 2013. Our net loan charge-offs of $7.1 million, or 0.41% of average loans, for the year ended December 31, 2013, were comprised of charge-offs of $5.5 million on three commercial and industrial loans, $1.9 million on one commercial real estate loan, and $13,000 on one private banking loan, partially offset by recoveries of $114,000 on three commercial and industrial loans and $278,000 on three commercial real estate loans.

Net Charge-Offs for the Year Ended December 31, 2012. Our net loan charge-offs totaled $6.7 million, or 0.43% of average loans, for the year ended December 31, 2012, were comprised of charge-offs of $3.0 million on two commercial and industrial loans, $2.9 million on three commercial real estate loans, and $1.0 million on one private banking loan, partially offset by a recovery of $206,000 on one commercial and industrial loan.

For additional information on the changes in the allowance for loan losses by category for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, refer to Note 5, Allowance for Loan Losses, to our consolidated financial statements.

Non-Performing Assets

Non-performing assets consist of non-performing loans and other real estate owned ("OREO"). Non-performing loans consist of loans that are on non-accrual status. OREO is real property acquired through foreclosure on the collateral underlying defaulted loans and including in-substance foreclosures. We initially record OREO at the lower of the related original loan balance or fair value, less estimated costs to sell the assets. We account for TDRs in accordance with ASC 310, Receivables.

Our policy is to place loans in all categories on non-accrual status when collection of interest or principal is doubtful, or when interest or principal payments are 90 days or more past due. There were no loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing interest as of December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, and there was no interest income recognized on these loans for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, while these loans were on non-accrual. As of December 31, 2014, non-performing loans were $30.2 million, or 1.26% of total loans, compared to $20.3 million, or 1.09% of total loans, and $22.5 million, or 1.37% of total loans, as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. We had specific reserves of $5.6 million, $5.5 million and $4.4 million as of December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively on these non-performing loans. The net loan balance of our non-performing loans was 51.3%, 41.5% and 56.0% of the original loan balance after payments, charge-offs and specific reserves as of December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

65

Table of Contents


For additional information on our non-performing loans for December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, refer to Note 5, Allowance for Loan Losses, to our consolidated financial statements.

Once the determination is made that a foreclosure is necessary, the loan is reclassified as “in-substance foreclosure” until a sale date and title to the property is finalized. Once we own the property, it is maintained, marketed, rented and sold to repay the original loan. Historically, foreclosure trends in our loan portfolio have been low due to the seasoning of our portfolio. Any loans that are modified or extended are reviewed for potential classification as a TDR loan. For borrowers that are experiencing financial difficulty, we complete a process that outlines the terms of the modification, the reasons for the proposed modification and documents the current status of the borrower.

We had non-performing assets of $31.6 million, or 1.11% of total assets, as of December 31, 2014, as compared to $21.7 million, or 0.95% of total assets, as of December 31, 2013. The increase in non-performing assets was the result of $26.9 million in additions to non-performing assets and $17.0 million in reductions to non-performing assets in 2014. This increase was considered within the assessment of the determination of the allowance for loan losses. As of December 31, 2014, we had two OREO properties totaling $1.4 million, and no loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing interest.

We had non-performing assets of $21.7 million, or 0.95% of total assets, as of December 31, 2013, as compared to $22.8 million, or 1.10% of total assets, as of December 31, 2012. The decrease in non-performing assets was the result of $5.7 million in additions to non-performing assets and $6.8 million in reductions to non-performing assets in 2013. This decrease was considered within the assessment of the determination of the allowance for loan losses. As of December 31, 2013, we had two OREO properties which totaled $1.4 million, and no loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing interest.

The following table summarizes our non-performing assets as of the dates indicated:
 
December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)
2014
2013
2012
2011
2010
Non-performing loans:
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and industrial
$
24,665

$
15,676

$
14,732

$
2,215

$

Commercial real estate
3,498

3,498

6,804

13,900

15,222

Private banking
2,069

1,119

947

313


Total non-performing loans
$
30,232

$
20,293

$
22,483

$
16,428

$
15,222

Other real estate owned
1,370

1,413

290



Total non-performing assets
$
31,602

$
21,706

$
22,773

$
16,428

$
15,222

 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-performing troubled debt restructured loans (1)
$
14,107

$
13,021

$
4,210

$
12,335

$
7,864

Performing troubled debt restructured loans
$
528

$
527

$
253

$
680

$

Non-performing loans to total loans
1.26
%
1.09
%
1.37
%
1.17
%
1.19
%
Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans
67.06
%
93.61
%
79.50
%
99.53
%
112.41
%
Non-performing assets to total assets
1.11
%
0.95
%
1.10
%
0.90
%
0.92
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1) 
Included in total non-performing loans.

Potential Problem Loans

Potential problem loans are those loans that are not categorized as non-performing loans, but where current information indicates that the borrower may not be able to comply with repayment terms. Among other factors, we monitor past due status as an indicator of credit deterioration and potential problem loans. A loan is considered past due when the contractual principal or interest due in accordance with the terms of the loan agreement remains unpaid after the due date of the scheduled payment. To the extent that loans become past due, we assess the potential for loss on such loans as we would with other problem loans and consider the effect of any potential loss in determining any provision for probable loan losses. We also assess alternatives to maximize collection of any past due loans, including, without limitation, restructuring loan terms, requiring additional loan guarantee(s) or collateral or other planned action.

For additional information on the age analysis of past due loans segregated by class of loan for December 31, 2014 and 2013, refer to Note 5, Allowance for Loan Losses, to our consolidated financial statements.

On a monthly basis, we monitor various credit quality indicators for our loan portfolio, including delinquency, non-performing status, changes in risk ratings, changes in the underlying performance of the borrowers and other relevant factors.

66

Table of Contents


We also monitor the loan portfolio through an internal risk rating system on a periodic basis. Loan risk ratings are assigned based upon the creditworthiness of the borrower. Loan risk ratings are reviewed on an ongoing basis according to internal policies. Loans within the pass rating are viewed to have a lower risk of loss than loans that are risk rated as special mention, substandard and doubtful, which are viewed to have an increasing risk of loss. Our internal risk ratings are consistent with regulatory guidance.

For additional information on the definitions of our internal risk rating and the recorded investment in loans by credit quality indicator for December 31, 2014 and 2013, refer to Note 5, Allowance for Loan Losses, to our consolidated financial statements.

Investment Securities

We utilize investment activities to enhance net interest income while supporting interest rate risk management and liquidity management. Our securities portfolio consists of available-for-sale securities, held-to-maturity securities and, from time to time, securities held for trading purposes. Securities purchased with the intent to sell under trading activity are recorded at fair value and changes to fair value are recognized in the consolidated statement of income. Securities categorized as available-for-sale are recorded at fair value and changes in the fair value of these securities are recognized as a component of total shareholders' equity, within accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of deferred taxes. Securities categorized as held-to-maturity are debt securities that the Company intends to hold until maturity and are reported at amortized cost.

On a quarterly basis, we determine the fair market value of our investment securities based on information provided by multiple external sources. In addition, on a quarterly basis, we conduct an internal evaluation of changes in the fair market value of our investment securities to gain a level of comfort with the market value information received from the external sources.

Securities, like loans, are subject to interest rate and credit risk. In addition, by their nature, securities classified as available-for-sale or trading are also subject to fair value risks that could negatively affect the level of liquidity available to us, as well as shareholders' equity. As of March 31, 2014, the Bank has engaged Chartwell to provide securities portfolio advisory services, subject to the investment parameters set forth in our investment policy.

As of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, we reported securities in available-for-sale and held-to-maturity categories. In general, fair value is based upon quoted market prices of identical assets, when available. Where sufficient data is not available to produce a fair valuation, fair value is based on broker quotes for similar assets. Quarterly, we validate the prices received from these third parties by comparing them to prices provided by a different independent pricing service. We have also reviewed the detailed valuation methodologies provided to us by our pricing services. Broker quotes may be adjusted to ensure that financial instruments are recorded at fair value. Adjustments may include unobservable parameters, among other things.

We perform a quarterly review of our investment securities to identify those that may indicate other-than-temporary impairment ("OTTI"). Our policy for OTTI is based upon a number of factors, including but not limited to, the length of time and extent to which the estimated fair value has been less than cost, the financial condition of the underlying issuer, the ability of the issuer to meet contractual obligations, the likelihood of the investment security's ability to recover any decline in its estimated fair value and whether we intend to sell the investment security or if it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell the investment security prior to its recovery. If the financial markets experience deterioration, charges to income could occur in future periods.

Our available-for-sale securities portfolio consists primarily of U.S. government agency obligations, mortgage-backed securities, corporate bonds and single-issuer trust preferred securities, all with varying contractual maturities, and certain equity securities. Our held-to-maturity portfolio consists of certain municipal bonds, corporate bonds and agency obligations while our trading portfolio, when active, consists of U.S. Treasury Notes, also with varying contractual maturities. However, these maturities do not necessarily represent the expected life of the securities as the securities may be called or paid down without penalty prior to their stated maturities. The effective duration of our securities portfolio as of December 31, 2014, was approximately 1.8, where duration is defined as the approximate percentage change in price for a 100 basis point change in rates. No investment in any of these securities exceeds any applicable limitation imposed by law or regulation. Our Asset/Liability Management Committee (“ALCO”) reviews the investment portfolio on an ongoing basis to ensure that the investments conform to our investment policy.

Available-for-Sale Investment Securities. We held $166.6 million in investment securities available-for-sale as of December 31, 2014, a decrease of $36.0 million, or 17.8%, from December 31, 2013. This decrease was attributable to the sale of certain medium-term, fixed-rate corporate bonds offset partially by purchases of certain floating-rate corporate bonds; short-term, AAA rated, commercial mortgage-backed securities; medium-term, callable agency debentures; and certain equity securities during the year ended December 31, 2014. The combined effect of this activity effectively reduced the duration of the investment securities portfolio.


67

Table of Contents

On a fair value basis, 74.6% of our available-for-sale investment securities as of December 31, 2014, were floating-rate securities for which yields increase or decrease based on changes in market interest rates. As of December 31, 2013, floating-rate securities comprised 53.2% of our available-for-sale investment securities.

On a fair value basis, 59.1% of our available-for-sale investment securities as of December 31, 2014, were agency securities, which tend to have a lower risk profile, while the remainder of the portfolio was comprised of certain corporate bonds, single-issuer trust preferred securities, non-agency commercial mortgage-backed securities, and certain equity securities. As of December 31, 2013, agency securities comprised 60.7% of our available-for-sale investment securities.

Held-to-Maturity Investment Securities. We held $39.6 million and $25.3 million in investment securities held-to-maturity as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively. The balance of held-to-maturity securities as of December 31, 2014, was comprised of fixed-rate municipal bonds, fixed-rate corporate bonds and fixed-rate callable agency debentures. As part of our asset and liability management strategy, we determined that we have the intent and ability to hold these bonds until maturity, and these securities were reported at amortized cost, as of December 31, 2014.

Trading Investment Securities. We held no investment securities trading as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013. From time to time, we may identify opportunities in the marketplace to generate supplemental income from trading activity, principally based on the volatility of U.S. Treasury Notes with maturities up to ten years. The level and frequency of income generated from these transactions can vary materially based upon market conditions.

The following tables summarize the amortized cost and fair value of investment securities available-for-sale and held-to-maturity, as of the dates indicated:
 
December 31, 2014
(Dollars in thousands)
Amortized
Cost
Gross Unrealized
Appreciation
Gross Unrealized
Depreciation
Estimated
Fair Value
Investment securities available-for-sale:
 
 
 
 
Corporate bonds
$
31,833

$
3

$
168

$
31,668

Trust preferred securities
17,446


645

16,801

Non-agency mortgage-backed securities
11,617


32

11,585

Agency collateralized mortgage obligations
56,984

127

248

56,863

Agency mortgage-backed securities
32,564

502

186

32,880

Agency debentures
8,678

59


8,737

Equity securities
8,110


72

8,038

Total investment securities available-for-sale
167,232

691

1,351

166,572

Investment securities held-to-maturity:
 
 
 
 
Corporate bonds
14,452

335


14,787

Agency debentures
5,000

1


5,001

Municipal bonds
20,139

201

15

20,325

Total investment securities held-to-maturity
39,591

537

15

40,113

Total
$
206,823

$
1,228

$
1,366

$
206,685



68

Table of Contents

 
December 31, 2013
(Dollars in thousands)
Amortized
Cost
Gross Unrealized
Appreciation
Gross Unrealized
Depreciation
Estimated
Fair Value
Investment securities available-for-sale:
 
 
 
 
Corporate bonds
$
56,630

$
241

$
483

$
56,388

Trust preferred securities
17,316


1,692

15,624

Non-agency mortgage-backed securities
7,740

16

62

7,694

Agency collateralized mortgage obligations
81,635

703

387

81,951

Agency mortgage-backed securities
36,948

300

937

36,311

Agency debentures
4,638


25

4,613

Total investment securities available-for-sale
204,907

1,260

3,586

202,581

Investment securities held-to-maturity:
 
 
 
 
Corporate bonds
5,000

120


5,120

Municipal bonds
20,263


926

19,337

Total investment securities held-to-maturity
25,263

120

926

24,457

Total
$
230,170

$
1,380

$
4,512

$
227,038


 
December 31, 2012
(Dollars in thousands)
Amortized
Cost
Gross Unrealized
Appreciation
Gross Unrealized
Depreciation
Estimated
Fair Value
Investment securities available-for-sale:
 
 
 
 
Corporate bonds
$
54,206

$
417

$
720

$
53,903

Municipal bonds
19,858

286

26

20,118

Non-agency mortgage-backed securities
7,748

574


8,322

Agency collateralized mortgage obligations
54,432

1,436


55,868

Agency mortgage-backed securities
52,342

634


52,976

Total investment securities available-for-sale
$
188,586

$
3,347

$
746

$
191,187


The change in the fair values of our municipal bonds and fixed-rate agency mortgage-backed securities are primarily the result of interest rate fluctuations. To assess for impairment on its municipal bonds, corporate bonds, trust preferred securities and non-agency mortgage-backed securities and certain equity securities, management evaluates the underlying issuer's financial performance and related credit rating information through a review of publicly available financial statements. This review did not identify any issues related to the ultimate repayment of principal and interest on these securities. In addition, the Company has the ability and intent to hold the securities in an unrealized loss position until recovery of their amortized cost. Based on this, the Company considers all of the unrealized losses to be temporary impairment losses.

The following table sets forth the fair value, maturities and approximated weighted average yield, calculated on a fully taxable equivalent basis, based on estimated annual income divided by the average amortized cost of our available-for-sale and held-to-maturity debt securities portfolios as of December 31, 2014. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

69

Table of Contents

 
December 31, 2014
 
Less Than
One Year
 
One to
Five Years
 
Five to
10 Years
 
Greater Than
10 Years
 
Total
(Dollars in thousands)
Amount
Yield
 
Amount
Yield
 
Amount
Yield
 
Amount
Yield
 
Amount
Yield
Investment securities available-for-sale:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate bonds
$

%
 
$
31,668

1.15
%
 
$

%
 
$

%
 
$
31,668

1.15
%
Trust preferred securities

%
 

%
 

%
 
16,801

2.05
%
 
16,801

2.05
%
Non-agency mortgage-backed securities

%
 

%
 

%
 
11,585

0.85
%
 
11,585

0.85
%
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations

%
 

%
 
1,846

0.66
%
 
55,017

0.59
%
 
56,863

0.59
%
Agency mortgage-backed securities

%
 

%
 

%
 
32,880

1.54
%
 
32,880

1.54
%
Agency debentures

%
 
3,999

1.35
%
 
4,738

1.78
%
 

%
 
8,737

1.58
%
Total investment securities available-for-sale

 
 
35,667

 
 
6,584

 
 
116,283

 
 
158,534

 
Weighted average yield
 
%
 
 
1.17
%
 
 
1.46
%
 
 
1.10
%
 
 
1.13
%
Investment securities held-to-maturity:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate bonds

%
 
5,292

6.38
%
 
9,495

5.34
%
 

%
 
14,787

5.70
%
Agency debentures

%
 

%
 
5,001

2.95
%
 

%
 
5,001

2.95
%
Municipal bonds

%
 
3,218

1.95
%
 
11,165

2.55
%
 
5,942

3.00
%
 
20,325

2.59
%
Total investment securities held-to-maturity

 
 
8,510

 
 
25,661

 
 
5,942

 
 
40,113

 
Weighted average yield
 
%
 
 
4.64
%
 
 
3.66
%
 
 
3.00
%
 
 
3.77
%
Total debt securities
$

 
 
$
44,177

 
 
$
32,245

 
 
$
122,225

 
 
$
198,647

 
Weighted average yield
 
%
 
 
1.82
%
 
 
3.21
%
 
 
1.19
%
 
 
1.66
%

The table above excludes equity securities because they have an indefinite maturity. For additional information regarding our investment securities portfolios, refer to Note 3, Investment Securities, to our consolidated financial statements.

Deposits

Deposits are our primary source of funds to support our earning assets, and we source deposits through multiple channels. We have focused on creating and growing diversified, stable, and low all-in cost deposit channels without operating through a traditional branch network. These sources primarily include deposits from high-net-worth individuals, family offices, trust companies, wealth management firms, middle-market businesses and their executives, and other financial institutions. We compete for deposits by offering a range of products and services to our customers, at competitive rates. We believe that our deposit base is stable, diversified and provides a low all-in cost. We further believe we have the ability to attract new deposits that will contribute funding our projected loan growth.

As of December 31, 2014, we consider more than 80.0% of our total deposits to be relationship-based deposits. Some of our relationship-based deposits, including reciprocal time deposits placed through Promontory's CDARS® service and demand deposits placed through Promontory's ICS® service, have been classified for regulatory purposes as brokered deposits.


70

Table of Contents

The table below depicts average balances of our deposit portfolio broken out by major deposit category, for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012.
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
(Dollars in thousands)
Average Amount
Average Rate Paid
 
Average Amount
Average Rate Paid
 
Average Amount
Average Rate Paid
Interest-bearing checking accounts
$
68,114

0.34
%
 
$
5,617

0.07
%
 
$
3,714

0.08
%
Money market deposit accounts
1,096,347

0.39
%
 
931,720

0.40
%
 
685,030

0.59
%
Time deposits (excluding CDARS®)
469,120

0.85
%
 
469,925

0.98
%
 
470,219

1.27
%
CDARS® time deposits
411,393

0.53
%
 
366,663

0.71
%
 
377,571

0.95
%
Total average interest-bearing deposits
2,044,974

0.52
%
 
1,773,925

0.62
%
 
1,536,534

0.89
%
Noninterest-bearing deposits
133,733


 
95,462


 
191,352


Total average deposits
$
2,178,707

0.49
%
 
$
1,869,387

0.59
%
 
$
1,727,886

0.79
%

Average Deposits for the Years Ended December 31, 2014 and 2013. For the year ended December 31, 2014, our average total deposits were $2.2 billion, representing an increase of $309.3 million, or 16.5%, from the same period in 2013. The deposit growth was primarily driven by increases in money market deposit accounts, interest-bearing checking accounts, CDARS® time deposits and noninterest-bearing deposits. Our average cost of interest-bearing deposits of 0.52%, for the year ended December 31, 2014, decreased from 0.62%, for the same period in 2013, as a result of lower rates paid on deposits across the three largest deposit categories. Additionally, our mix of average interest-bearing deposits improved as a result of a higher level of lower cost deposits, as average money market deposits increased to 53.6% of total average interest-bearing deposits, for the year ended December 31, 2014, from 52.5% for the same period in 2013. Average time deposits and average CDARS® time deposits decreased to 22.9% and 20.1%, respectively, of total average interest-bearing deposits for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to 26.5% and 20.7%, respectively, for the same period in 2013. The increase in our deposit mix comprised of lower rate deposits is the result of management's strategy to focus on growth of lower cost deposits while maintaining stability in our deposit base. The increase of $38.3 million or 40.1% in average noninterest-bearing deposits, from $95.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, to $133.7 million, for the same period in 2014, which drove the average cost of deposits down to 0.49% for the year ended December 31, 2014, from 0.59% for the year ended December 31, 2013.

Average Deposits for the Years Ended December 31, 2013 and 2012. For the year ended December 31, 2013, our average total deposits were $1.9 billion, representing an increase of $141.5 million, or 8.2%, from the same period in 2012. The deposit growth was primarily driven by an increase in money market deposit accounts partially offset by decreases in CDARS® time deposits and noninterest-bearing deposits. Our average cost of interest-bearing deposits of 0.62%, for the year ended December 31, 2013, decreased from 0.89%, for the same period in 2012, as a result of lower rates paid on deposits across all categories. Additionally, our mix of average interest-bearing deposits improved as a result of a higher level of lower cost deposits, as average money market deposits increased to 52.5% of total average interest-bearing deposits, for the year ended December 31, 2013, from 44.6% for the same period in 2012. Average time deposits and average CDARS® time deposits decreased to 26.5% and 20.7%, respectively, of total average interest-bearing deposits for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to 30.6% and 24.6%, respectively, for the same period in 2012. The increase in our deposit mix comprised of lower rate deposits is the result of management's strategy to focus on growth of lower cost deposits while maintaining stability in our deposit base. The decrease of $95.9 million or 50.1% in average noninterest-bearing deposits, from $191.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, to $95.5 million, for the same period in 2013, is primarily the result of the December 31, 2012, expiration of the unlimited insurance coverage for noninterest-bearing transaction accounts that was provided under the Dodd-Frank Act. In connection with the expiration of this program, a majority of our deposits that had benefited from the additional insurance were moved into the Promontory ICS® reciprocal program, which continued to provide these customers with unlimited insurance.


71

Table of Contents

Certificates of Deposits and Other Time Deposits

Maturities of certificates of deposits and other time deposits of $100,000 or more outstanding are summarized below, as of the date indicated.
 
December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)
2014
Months to maturity:
 
Three months or less
$
287,115

Over three to six months
181,658

Over six to 12 months
191,460

Over 12 months
104,312

Total
$
764,545


Borrowings

Deposits are the primary source of funds for our lending and investment activities, as well as general business purposes. As an alternative source of liquidity, we may obtain advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh ("FHLB"), sell investment securities subject to our obligation to repurchase them, purchase Federal funds or engage in overnight borrowings from the FHLB or our correspondent banks.

The following table presents certain information with respect to our borrowings, as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013.
 
December 31, 2014
 
December 31, 2013
(Dollars in thousands)
Amount
Rate
Maximum
Balance
at Any
Month End
Average
Balance During Year
Original
Term
 
Amount
Rate
Maximum
Balance
at Any
Month End
Average
Balance During Year
Original
Term
Short-term FHLB borrowings
$
30,000

0.27%
$
60,000

$
11,959

1-9 days
 
$

—%
$

$


Long-term FHLB borrowings:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Issued 9/25/2012

0.42%
20,000

14,630

 2 years
 
20,000

0.42%
20,000

20,000

 2 years
Issued 4/7/2014
25,000

0.34%
25,000

18,425

12 months
 

—%



Issued 4/7/2014
25,000

0.38%
25,000

18,425

14 months
 

—%



Issued 4/7/2014
25,000

0.44%
25,000

18,425

17 months
 

—%



Issued 5/5/2014
25,000

0.33%
25,000

16,506

9 months
 

—%



Subordinated notes payable
35,000

5.75%
35,000

20,041

5 years
 

—%



Total borrowings
$
165,000

1.49%
$
215,000

$
118,411

 
 
$
20,000

0.42%
$
20,000

$
20,000

 

In June 2014, we completed a private placement of subordinated notes payable, raising $35.0 million. The subordinated notes have a term of 5 years at a fixed-rate of 5.75%. The proceeds qualify as Tier 2 capital for the holding company, under federal regulatory capital rules. The proceeds will help fund continued growth and ensure that the Company and its Bank subsidiary maintain their adequate and well capitalized positions, respectively, and may be used to invest in the Bank and Chartwell, and for other general corporate purposes.

Liquidity

We evaluate liquidity both at the holding company level and at the Bank level. As of December 31, 2014, the Bank and Chartwell subsidiaries represent our only material assets. Our primary sources of funds at the parent company level are cash on hand, dividends paid to us from the Bank and Chartwell subsidiaries and the net proceeds from the issuance of our debt or equity securities. As of December 31, 2014, our primary liquidity needs at the parent company level were the estimated earnout consideration related to the Chartwell acquisition of $17.2 million to be paid in 2015, of which up to 60 percent of the earnout may be paid in common stock of the Company at its option, and the semi-annual interest payments on the subordinated notes payable. All other liquidity needs were minimal and related solely to reimbursing the Bank for management, accounting and financial reporting services provided by bank personnel. For the year ended December 31, 2014, the only material parent company obligation was approximately $45.0 million related to the

72

Table of Contents

Chartwell acquisition. For the year ended December 31, 2013, there were no material parent company obligations. We believe that our cash on hand at the parent company level, which was $19.2 million, as of December 31, 2014, coupled with the dividend paying capacity of the Bank and Chartwell, were adequate to fund any foreseeable parent company obligations as of December 31, 2014.

Our goal in liquidity management at the Bank level is to satisfy the cash flow requirements of depositors and borrowers, as well as our operating cash needs. These requirements include the payment of deposits on demand at their contractual maturity, the repayment of borrowings as they mature, the payment of our ordinary business obligations, the ability to fund new and existing loans and other funding commitments, and the ability to take advantage of new business opportunities. Our ALCO has established an asset/liability management policy designed to achieve and maintain earnings performance consistent with long-term goals while maintaining acceptable levels of interest rate risk, “well capitalized” regulatory status and adequate levels of liquidity. The ALCO has also established a contingency funding plan to address liquidity crisis conditions. The ALCO is designated as the body responsible for monitoring and implementation of these policies. The ALCO, which includes members of executive management, reviews liquidity on a frequent basis and approves significant changes in strategies that affect balance sheet or cash flow positions.

Our principal sources of asset liquidity are cash and cash due from banks, interest-earning deposits with banks, federal funds sold, unpledged securities available-for-sale, loan repayments (scheduled and unscheduled payments) and earnings. Liability liquidity sources include a stable deposit base, the ability to renew maturing certificates of deposit, borrowing availability at the FHLB of Pittsburgh, unsecured lines with other financial institutions, access to the brokered deposit market including CDARS®, and the ability to raise debt and equity. Customer deposits are an important source of liquidity which depends on the confidence of those customers in us, supported by our capital position and the protection provided by FDIC insurance.

We measure and monitor liquidity on an ongoing basis, which allows us to more effectively understand and react to trends in our balance sheet. In addition, the ALCO uses a variety of methods to monitor our liquidity position, including a liquidity gap, which measures potential sources and uses of funds over future periods. Policy guidelines have been established for a variety of liquidity-related performance metrics, such as net loans to deposits, brokered funding composition, cash to total loans and duration of time deposits, among others, all of which are utilized in measuring and managing our liquidity position. The ALCO also performs contingency funding and capital stress analyses at least semi-annually to determine our ability to meet potential liquidity and capital needs under various stress scenarios.

We believe that our liquidity position continues to be strong as evidenced by our ability to generate strong growth in deposits. As a result, we are minimally reliant on borrowings as evidenced by our ratio of total deposits to total assets of 82.1%, 85.6% and 88.0% as of December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. As of December 31, 2014, we had available liquidity of $599.8 million, or 21.1% of total assets. These sources were comprised of liquid assets (cash and cash equivalents, and investment securities available-for-sale or trading and not pledged under the FHLB borrowing capacity), totaling $235.6 million, or 8.3% of total assets, coupled with secondary sources of liquidity (the ability to borrow from the FHLB and correspondent bank lines) totaling $364.2 million, or 12.8% of total assets. Available cash excludes pledged accounts for derivative and letter of credit transactions and the reserve balance requirement at the Federal Reserve.

The following table shows our available liquidity, by source, as of the dates indicated:
 
December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)
2014
2013
2012
Available cash
$
77,215

$
136,540

$
165,036

Unpledged investment securities available-for-sale
158,361

175,294

153,138

Net borrowing capacity
364,205

389,575

225,123

Total liquidity
$
599,781

$
701,409

$
543,297


For the year ended December 31, 2014, we generated $28.3 million in cash from operating activities, compared to $32.6 million for the same period in 2013. This decrease was primarily the result of a cash refund for an overpayment of FDIC insurance during the year ended December 31, 2013, offset partially by increased cash generated from net income for the year ended December 31, 2014.

Investing activities resulted in a net cash outflow of $581.9 million, for the year ended December 31, 2014, as compared to a net cash outflow of $290.5 million for the same period in 2013. The outflows for the year ended December 31, 2014, were primarily due to the Chartwell acquisition net of cash totaling $42.9 million, the purchase of $219.5 million in loans, net loan growth of $348.1 million and $52.8 million for the purchase of investment securities available-for-sale, partially offset by proceeds from the sale of investment securities available-for-sale totaling $69.6 million and principal repayments and maturities of investments securities available-for-sale of $31.2 million. The outflows for the year ended December 31, 2013, included $188.0 million in net loan growth, the purchase of $41.1 million in loans and the purchase of investment securities available-for-sale of $155.0 million partially offset by proceeds from the sale of

73

Table of Contents

investment securities available-for-sale totaling $68.2 million and principal repayments and maturities of investments securities available-for-sale of $48.3 million.

Financing activities resulted in a net inflow of $512.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to a net inflow of $204.4 million for the same period in 2013, primarily as a result of FHLB advances of $110.0 million, net proceeds from subordinated notes payable of $34.0 million, and the net growth in deposits of $375.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to net growth of $138.3 million in deposits and the net proceeds from the issuance of common stock of $66.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013.

We continue to evaluate the potential impact on liquidity management by regulatory proposals, including those being established under the Dodd-Frank Act, as government regulators continue the final rule-making process.

Capital Resources

The access to, and cost of, funding for new business initiatives, the ability to engage in expanded business activities, the ability to pay dividends, the level of deposit insurance costs and the level and nature of regulatory oversight depend, in part, on our capital position.

The assessment of capital adequacy depends on a number of factors, including asset quality, liquidity, earnings performance, changing competitive conditions and economic forces. We seek to maintain a strong capital base to support our growth and expansion activities, to provide stability to current operations and to promote public confidence.

Shareholders' Equity. Shareholders' equity increased to $305.4 million as of December 31, 2014, compared to $293.9 million as of December 31, 2013. The $11.4 million increase during the year ended December 31, 2014, was attributable to net income of $15.9 million, the impact of $896,000 in stock-based compensation and $250,000 stock options exercised, an increase of $1.1 million in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), partially offset by the repurchase of $6.7 million in treasury stock.

Shareholders' equity increased to $293.9 million as of December 31, 2013, compared to $217.7 million as of December 31, 2012. The $76.2 million increase during the year ended December 31, 2013, was attributable to net income of $12.9 million, common stock proceeds of $66.0 million, the impact of $654,000 in stock-based compensation and $125,000 stock options exercised, partially offset by a decrease of $3.4 million in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).

Regulatory Capital. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, TriState Capital Holdings, Inc. and TriState Capital Bank were in compliance with all applicable regulatory capital requirements, and TriState Capital Bank was categorized as “well capitalized” for purposes of the FDIC's prompt corrective action regulations. As we employ our capital and continue to grow our operations, our regulatory capital levels may decrease depending on our level of earnings. However, we expect to monitor and control our growth in order to remain categorized as “well capitalized” under the applicable regulatory guidelines and in compliance with all regulatory capital standards applicable to us.

During the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company contributed $27.0 million of capital to the Bank subsidiary. There was no capital contributed to the Bank subsidiary during the year ended December 31, 2013.

The following tables present the actual capital amounts and regulatory capital ratios for the Company and the Bank as of the dates indicated:
 
December 31, 2014
 
Actual
 
For Capital Adequacy Purposes
 
To be Well Capitalized Under Prompt Corrective Action Provisions
(Dollars in thousands)
Amount
Ratio
 
Amount
Ratio
 
Amount
Ratio
Total risk-based capital ratio
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Company
$
302,217

11.02
%
 
$
219,458

8.00
%
 
 N/A

N/A

Bank
$
291,388

10.69
%
 
$
218,013

8.00
%
 
$
272,516

10.00
%
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Company
$
253,389

9.24
%
 
$
109,729

4.00
%
 
 N/A

N/A

Bank
$
270,560

9.93
%
 
$
109,007

4.00
%
 
$
163,510

6.00
%
Tier 1 leverage ratio
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Company
$
253,389

9.21
%
 
$
110,088

4.00
%
 
 N/A

N/A

Bank
$
270,560

9.88
%
 
$
109,498

4.00
%
 
$
136,872

5.00
%

74

Table of Contents


 
December 31, 2013
 
Actual
 
For Capital Adequacy Purposes
 
To be Well Capitalized Under Prompt Corrective Action Provisions
(Dollars in thousands)
Amount
Ratio
 
Amount
Ratio
 
Amount
Ratio
Total risk-based capital ratio
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Company
$
314,899

14.34
%
 
$
175,700

8.00
%
 
 N/A

N/A

Bank
$
248,019

11.29
%
 
$
175,700

8.00
%
 
$
219,625

10.00
%
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Company
$
295,438

13.45
%
 
$
87,850

4.00
%
 
 N/A

N/A

Bank
$
228,558

10.41
%
 
$
87,850

4.00
%
 
$
131,775

6.00
%
Tier 1 leverage ratio
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Company
$
295,438

13.12
%
 
$
180,138

8.00
%
 
 N/A

N/A

Bank
$
228,558

10.15
%
 
$
180,140

8.00
%
 
$
180,140

8.00
%

 
December 31, 2012
 
Actual
 
For Capital Adequacy Purposes
 
To be Well Capitalized Under Prompt Corrective Action Provisions
(Dollars in thousands)
Amount
Ratio
 
Amount
Ratio
 
Amount
Ratio
Total risk-based capital ratio
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Company
$
234,370

11.88
%
 
$
157,875

8.00
%
 
 N/A

N/A

Bank
$
233,723

11.84
%
 
$
157,875

8.00
%
 
$
197,344

10.00
%
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Company
$
216,053

10.95
%
 
$
78,937

4.00
%
 
 N/A

N/A

Bank
$
215,406

10.92
%
 
$
78,937

4.00
%
 
$
118,406

6.00
%
Tier 1 leverage ratio
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Company
$
216,053

10.35
%
 
$
167,070

8.00
%
 
 N/A

N/A

Bank
$
215,406

10.31
%
 
$
167,070

8.00
%
 
$
167,070

8.00
%

In December 2010, the Basel Committee released a final framework for a strengthened set of capital requirements, known as Basel III. In July 2013, final rules implementing the Basel III capital accord were adopted by the federal banking agencies. When phased in, Basel III will replace the existing regulatory capital rules for the Company and the Bank, which began phasing in on January 1, 2015. The Basel III final rules required new minimum capital ratio standards, established a new common equity to total risk-weighted assets ratio, subjected banking organizations to certain limitations on capital distributions and discretionary bonus payments and established a new standardized approach for risk weightings. Based on our calculations, we expect that TriState Capital Holdings, Inc. and TriState Capital Bank will meet all minimum capital requirements when effective and that we and the Bank would continue to meet all capital requirements as fully phased in without material adverse effects on our business.


75

Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

The following table presents significant fixed and determinable contractual obligations of principal, interest and expenses that may require future cash payments as of the date indicated.
 
December 31, 2014
(Dollars in thousands)
One Year
or Less
One to
Three Years
Three to
Five Years
Greater Than
Five Years
Total
Deposits without a stated maturity
$
1,498,206

$

$

$

$
1,498,206

Certificates and other time deposits
722,752

115,995



838,747

Borrowings
130,000


35,000


165,000

Interest payments on time deposits and borrowings
4,764

4,318

4,025


13,107

Operating leases
2,097

3,524

3,123

2,427

11,171

Earnout liability related to Chartwell acquisition (1)
17,236




17,236

Total contractual obligations
$
2,375,055

$
123,837

$
42,148

$
2,427

$
2,543,467

(1) 
Up to 60 percent of the earnout may be paid in common stock of the Company at its option.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

In the normal course of business, we enter into various transactions that are not included in our consolidated balance sheets in accordance with GAAP. These transactions include commitments to extend credit in the ordinary course of business to approved customers.

Generally, loan commitments have been granted on a temporary basis for working capital or commercial real estate financing requirements or may be reflective of loans in various stages of funding. These commitments are recorded on our financial statements as they are funded. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Loan commitments include unused commitments for open end lines secured by one to four family residential properties and commercial properties, commitments to fund loans secured by commercial real estate, construction loans, business lines of credit and other unused commitments.

Standby letters of credit are written conditional commitments issued by us to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. In the event the customer does not perform in accordance with the terms of the agreement with the third party, we would be required to fund the commitment. The maximum potential amount of future payments we could be required to make is represented by the contractual amount of the commitment. If the commitment is funded, we would be entitled to seek recovery from the customer.

We minimize our exposure to loss under loan commitments and standby letters of credit by subjecting them to credit approval and monitoring procedures. The effect on our revenues, expenses, cash flows and liquidity of the unused portions of these commitments cannot be reasonably predicted because while the borrower has the ability to draw upon these commitments at any time, these commitments often expire without being drawn upon. There is no guarantee that the lines of credit will be used. The following table is a summary of the total notional amount of unused loan commitments and standby letters of credit outstanding as of the date indicated.
 
December 31, 2014
(Dollars in thousands)
One Year
or Less
One to
Three Years
Three to
Five Years
Greater Than
Five Years
Total
Unused loan commitments (based on availability)
$
571,057

$
170,882

$
126,705

$
15,502

$
884,146

Standby letters of credit
26,554

28,017

34,587

107

89,265

Total off-balance sheet arrangements
$
597,611

$
198,899

$
161,292

$
15,609

$
973,411


Market Risk

Market risk refers to potential losses arising from changes in interest rates, foreign exchange rates, equity prices and commodity prices. Our primary component of market risk is interest rate volatility. Fluctuations in interest rates will ultimately impact the level of both income and expense recorded on most of our assets and liabilities, and the market value of all interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, other than those which have a short term to maturity. Because of the nature of our operations, we are not subject to foreign exchange or commodity price risk. From time to time we do hold market risk sensitive instruments for trading purposes. The summary information provided in this section should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes.


76

Table of Contents

Interest rate risk is comprised of re-pricing risk, basis risk, yield curve risk and option risk. Re-pricing risk arises from differences in the cash flow or re-pricing between asset and liability portfolios. Basis risk arises when asset and liability portfolios are related to different market rate indexes, which do not always change by the same amount or at the same time. Yield curve risk arises when asset and liability portfolios are related to different maturities on a given yield curve; when the yield curve changes shape, the risk position is altered. Option risk arises from embedded options within asset and liability products as certain borrowers have the option to prepay their loans when rates fall, while certain depositors can redeem their certificates when rates rise.

Our ALCO actively measures and manages interest rate risk. The ALCO is responsible for the formulation and implementation of strategies to improve balance sheet positioning and earnings, and reviewing our interest rate sensitivity position. This involves devising policy guidelines, risk measures and limits, and managing the amount of interest rate risk and its effect on net interest income and capital.

We utilize an asset/liability model to measure and manage interest rate risk. The specific measurement tools used by management on at least a quarterly basis include net interest income simulation, economic value of equity and gap analysis. All are static measures that do not incorporate assumptions regarding future business. All are also measures of interest rate sensitivity used to help us develop strategies for managing exposure to interest rate risk rather than projecting future earnings.

In our view, all three measures also have specific benefits and shortcomings. Net interest income (NII) simulation explicitly measures exposure to earnings from changes in market rates of interest but does not provide a long-term view. Economic value of equity (EVE) helps identify changes in optionality and price over a longer term horizon but its liquidation perspective does not convey the earnings-based measures that are typically the focus of managing and valuing a going concern. Gap analysis compares the difference between the amount of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities subject to re-pricing over a period of time but only captures a single rate environment. Reviewing these various measures collectively helps management obtain a comprehensive view of our interest risk rate profile.

The following NII simulation and EVE metrics were calculated using rate shocks which represent immediate rate changes that move all market rates by the same amount instantaneously. The variance percentages represent the change between the NII simulation and EVE calculated under the particular rate scenario versus the NII simulation and EVE calculated assuming market rates as of the dates indicated.
 
December 31, 2014
 
December 31, 2013
(Dollars in thousands)
Amount Change from
Base Case
Percent Change from
Base Case
ALCO
Guidelines
 
Amount Change from
Base Case
Percent Change from
Base Case
Net interest income:
 
 
 
 
 
 
+300
$
10,185

15.18
 %
-20.00%
 
$
10,667

16.70
 %
+200
$
6,529

9.73
 %
-15.00%
 
$
6,582

10.31
 %
+100
$
2,833

4.22
 %
-10.00%
 
$
2,813

4.40
 %
–100
$
2,986

4.45
 %
-10.00%
 
$
2,473

3.87
 %
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Economic value of equity:
 
 
 
 
 
 
+300
$
(19,523
)
(6.48
)%
+/-30.00%
 
$
(29,148
)
(9.40
)%
+200
$
(13,107
)
(4.35
)%
+/-20.00%
 
$
(20,260
)
(6.53
)%
+100
$
(6,926
)
(2.30
)%
+/-10.00%
 
$
(10,795
)
(3.48
)%
–100
$
4,766

1.58
 %
+/-10.00%
 
$
6,887

2.22
 %

Given the relatively low current interest rate environment, it is our strategy to continue to manage an asset sensitive interest rate risk position in our net interest income measure. Therefore, rising rates are expected to have a positive effect on net interest income versus net interest income if rates remain unchanged. The results of the EVE calculation, while demonstrating liability sensitivity, indicate a relatively low level of interest rate risk.


77

Table of Contents

The following gap analysis presents the amounts of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities that are subject to re-pricing within the periods indicated.
 
Interest Rate Sensitivity Period
 
December 31, 2014
(Dollars in thousands)
Less Than
90 Days
91 to 180
Days
181 to 365
Days
One to Three
Years
Three to Five
Years
Greater Than Five Years
Non-Sensitive
Total Balance
Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest-earning deposits
$
99,551

$

$

$

$

$

$

$
99,551

Federal funds sold
5,748







5,748

Total investment securities
121,072

11,210

11,788

17,310

19,822

25,056

(95
)
206,163

Total loans
1,957,202

27,446

59,075

194,758

127,990

4,281

29,300

2,400,052

Other assets






135,343

135,343

Total assets
$
2,183,573

$
38,656

$
70,863

$
212,068

$
147,812

$
29,337

$
164,548

$
2,846,857

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Transaction accounts
$
1,320,600

$

$

$

$

$

$
177,606

$
1,498,206

Certificates of deposit
307,584

201,488

213,680

115,995




838,747

Borrowings
55,000

50,000

25,000


35,000



165,000

Other liabilities






39,514

39,514

Total liabilities
1,683,184

251,488

238,680

115,995

35,000


217,120

2,541,467

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equity






305,390

305,390

Total liabilities and equity
$
1,683,184

$
251,488

$
238,680

$
115,995

$
35,000

$

$
522,510

$
2,846,857

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate sensitivity gap
$
500,389

$
(212,832
)
$
(167,817
)
$
96,073

$
112,812

$
29,337

$
(357,962
)
 
Cumulative interest rate sensitivity gap
$
500,389

$
287,557

$
119,740

$
215,813

$
328,625

$
357,962

 
 
Cumulative interest rate sensitive assets to rate sensitive liabilities
129.7
%
114.9
%
105.5
%
109.4
%
114.1
%
115.4
%
112.0
%
 
Cumulative gap to total assets
17.6
%
10.1
%
4.2
%
7.6
%
11.5
%
12.6
%
 
 

The cumulative twelve-month ratio of interest rate sensitive assets to interest rate sensitive liabilities decreased to 105.5% as of December 31, 2014, as compared to 104.3% as of December 31, 2013.

Various loans across our portfolio have floating-rate index floors. As of December 31, 2014, there was $123.6 million in loans with a maturity greater than one year and an index floor rate greater than the current index rate. Of this amount, $87.2 million have an index floor rate less than 100 basis points above the current index rate. These loans are allocated to the less than 90 days bucket in our gap analysis since we believe they would behave more like floating-rate loans given a 100 basis point upward shock in interest rates. The remaining $36.4 million have an index floor rate greater than 100 basis points above the current index rate. These loans are allocated to the one to three years bucket in our gap analysis since we believe they would behave more like fixed-rate loans given a 100 basis point upward shock in interest rates.

Additionally, in all of these analyses (NII, EVE and gap), we use what we believe is a conservative treatment of non-maturity, interest-bearing deposits. In our gap analysis, the allocation of non-maturity, interest-bearing deposits is fully reflected in the less than 90 days maturity category. The allocation of non-maturity, noninterest-bearing deposits is fully reflected in the non-sensitive category. In taking this approach, we provide ourselves with no benefit from a potential time-lag in the rate increase of our non-maturity, interest-bearing deposits.


78

Table of Contents

Impact of Inflation

Our financial statements and related data presented herein have been prepared in accordance with GAAP, which requires the measure of financial position and operating results in terms of historic dollars, without considering changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation.

Inflation generally increases the costs of funds and operating overhead, and to the extent loans and other assets bear variable rates, the yields on such assets. Unlike most industrial companies, virtually all of the assets and liabilities of a financial institution are monetary in nature. As a result, interest rates generally have a more significant effect on the performance of a financial institution than the effects of general levels of inflation. In addition, inflation affects a financial institution’s cost of goods and services purchased, the cost of salaries and benefits, occupancy expense and similar items. Inflation and related increases in interest rates generally decrease the market value of investments and loans held and may adversely affect liquidity, earnings and shareholders’ equity.

Application of Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based on our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP and with general practices within the financial services industry. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of certain assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities and the reported amount of related revenues and expenses. Although our current estimates contemplate current conditions and how we expect them to change in the future, it is reasonably possible that actual conditions could be worse than anticipated in those estimates, which could materially affect the financial results of our operations and financial condition.

Our most significant accounting policies are presented in Part II, Item 8, Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, in this Report. These policies, along with the disclosures presented in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, provide information on how significant assets and liabilities are valued in the Consolidated Financial Statements and how those values are determined.

Certain accounting policies inherently are based to a greater extent on estimates, assumptions and judgments of management and, as such, have a greater possibility of producing results that could be materially different than originally reported. Management views critical accounting policies to be those which are highly dependent on subjective or complex judgments, estimates and assumptions and where changes in those estimates and assumptions could have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements. Management currently views the following accounting policies and estimates as critical accounting policies: investment securities, allowance for loan losses, goodwill and other intangible assets, income taxes, and fair value measurement.

Investment Securities. The Company’s investments are classified as either: (1) held-to-maturity – debt securities that the Company intends to hold until maturity and are reported at amortized cost; (2) trading securities – debt and certain equity securities bought and held principally for the purpose of selling them in the near term and reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses included in earnings; or (3) available-for-sale – debt and certain equity securities not classified as either held-to-maturity or trading securities and reported at fair value, with changes in fair value reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).

The cost of securities sold is determined on a specific identification basis. Amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts are recorded as interest income from investments over the life of the security utilizing the level yield method. We evaluate impaired investment securities quarterly to determine if impairments are temporary or other-than-temporary. For impaired debt securities, management first determines whether it intends to sell or if it is more-likely than not that it will be required to sell the impaired securities. This determination considers current and forecasted liquidity requirements, regulatory and capital requirements and securities portfolio management. If the Company intends to sell a security with a fair value below amortized cost or if it is more-likely than not that it will be required to sell such a security before recovery, an other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) charge is recorded through current period earnings for the full decline in fair value below amortized cost. For debt securities that the Company does not intend to sell or it is more likely than not that it will not be required to sell before recovery, an OTTI charge is recorded through current period earnings for the amount of the valuation decline below amortized cost that is attributable to credit losses. The remaining difference between the debt security’s fair value and amortized cost (that is, the decline in fair value not attributable to credit losses) is recognized in other comprehensive income (loss), in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income as well as the shareholders’ equity section of the consolidated statement of financial condition, on an after-tax basis.

Allowance for Loan Losses. The allowance for loan losses is established through provisions for loan losses that are charged to operations. Loans are charged against the allowance for loan losses when management believes that the principal is uncollectible. If, at a later time, amounts are recovered with respect to loans previously charged off, the recovered amount is credited to the allowance for loan losses.

The allowance is appropriate, in management's judgment, to cover probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio as of December 31, 2014 and 2013. Management’s judgment takes into consideration general economic conditions, diversification and seasoning of the loan

79

Table of Contents

portfolio, historic loss experience, identified credit problems, delinquency levels and adequacy of collateral. Although management believes it has used the best information available to it in making such determinations, and that the present allowance for loan losses is adequate, future adjustments to the allowance may be necessary, and net income may be adversely affected if circumstances differ substantially from the assumptions used in determining the level of the allowance. In addition, as an integral part of their periodic examination, certain regulatory agencies review the adequacy of the Bank’s allowance for loan losses and may direct the Bank to make additions to the allowance based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination.

The components of the allowance for loan losses represent estimates based upon Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 450, Contingencies, and ASC Topic 310, Receivables. ASC Topic 450 applies to homogeneous loan pools such as consumer installment, residential mortgages, consumer lines of credit and commercial loans that are not individually evaluated for impairment under ASC Topic 310. ASC Topic 310 is applied to commercial and consumer loans that are individually evaluated for impairment.

Under ASC Topic 310, a loan is impaired, based upon current information and events, in management's opinion, when it is probable that the loan will not be repaid according to its original contractual terms, including both principal and interest, or if a loan is designated as a TDR. Management performs individual assessments of impaired loans to determine the existence of loss exposure based upon future cash flows or where a loan is collateral dependent, based upon the fair value of the collateral less estimated selling costs.

In estimating probable loan loss under ASC Topic 450 management considers numerous factors, including historical charge-off rates and subsequent recoveries. Management also considers, but is not limited to, qualitative factors that influence our credit quality, such as delinquency and non-performing loan trends, changes in loan underwriting guidelines and credit policies, as well as the results of internal loan reviews. Finally, management considers the impact of changes in current local and regional economic conditions in the markets that we serve. Assessment of relevant economic factors indicates that some of the Company’s primary markets historically tend to lag the national economy, with local economies in our primary market areas also improving or weakening, as the case may be, but at a more measured rate than the national trends.

Management bases the computation of the allowance for loan losses under ASC Topic 450 on two factors: the primary factor and the secondary factor. The primary factor is based on the inherent risk identified by management within each of the Company's three loan portfolios based on the historical loss experience of each loan portfolio and the loss emergence period. Management has developed a methodology that is applied to each of the three primary loan portfolios, consisting of commercial and industrial, commercial real estate and private banking. As the loan loss history, mix, and risk ratings of each loan portfolio change, the primary factor adjusts accordingly. The allowance for loan losses related to the primary factor is based on our estimates as to probable losses for each loan portfolio. The secondary factor is intended to capture risks related to events and circumstances that management believes may impact the performance of the loan portfolio. Although this factor is more subjective in nature, the methodology focuses on internal and external trends in pre-specified categories (risk factors) and applies a quantitative percentage which drives the secondary factor. There are nine (9) risk factors and each risk factor is assigned a reserve level, based on management's judgment as to the probable impact of each risk factor on each loan portfolio. The impact of each risk factor is monitored on a quarterly basis. As the trend in any risk factor changes, a corresponding change occurs in the reserve associated with each respective risk factor, such that the secondary factor remains current to changes in each loan portfolio.

Loan participations follow the same underwriting and risk rating criteria, and are individually risk rated under the same process as loans directly originated by the Company. The ongoing credit review of participation loans follows the same process that is followed by loans originated directly by the Company. Additionally, management does not rely solely on information from the lead bank when considering the appropriate level of allowance for loan losses to be recorded on any individual participation loan.

The Company also maintains a reserve for losses on unfunded commitments. This reserve is reflected as a component of other liabilities and, in management’s judgment, is sufficient to cover probable losses inherent in the commitments. Management tracks the level and trends in unused commitments and takes into consideration the same factors as those considered for purposes of the allowance for loan losses on outstanding loans.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the net assets acquired. Other intangible assets represent purchased assets that lack physical substance but can be distinguished from goodwill because of contractual or other legal rights. Other intangible assets that have finite lives, such as trade name, client relationships and non-compete agreements are amortized over their estimated useful lives and subject to periodic impairment testing. Other intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives which range from four to twenty years. Goodwill and other intangible assets are subject to impairment testing at the reporting unit level, which is conducted at least annually.

Income Taxes. The Company utilizes the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the tax effects of differences between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities with regard to a

80

Table of Contents

change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Management assesses all available evidence to determine the amount of deferred tax assets that are more-likely-than-not to be realized. The available evidence used in connection with the assessments includes taxable income in prior periods, projected taxable income, potential tax planning strategies and projected reversals of deferred tax items. These assessments involve a degree of subjectivity and may undergo significant change. Changes to the evidence used in the assessments could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations in the period in which they occur. It is the Company’s policy to recognize interest and penalties, if any, related to unrecognized tax benefits, in income tax expense in the consolidated statement of income.

Fair Value Measurement. Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in a principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants as of the measurement date, using assumptions market participants would use when pricing an asset or liability. An orderly transaction assumes exposure to the market for a customary period for marketing activities prior to the measurement date and not a forced liquidation or distressed sale. Fair value measurement and disclosure guidance provides a three-level hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs of valuation techniques used to measure fair value into three broad categories:

Level 1 – Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2 – Observable inputs such as quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.
Level 3 – Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities. This includes certain pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies, and similar techniques that use significant unobservable inputs.

Fair value may be recorded for certain assets and liabilities every reporting period on a recurring basis or under certain circumstances, on a non-recurring basis.

Implications of and Elections under the JOBS Act. Pursuant to the JOBS Act, an emerging growth company can elect to opt in to any new or revised accounting standards that may be issued by the FASB or the SEC otherwise applicable to non-emerging growth companies. We have elected to opt in to such standards, which election is irrevocable.

We are taking advantage of other reduced regulatory and reporting requirements that are available to us so long as we qualify as an emerging growth company under the JOBS act including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation, and exemptions from the requirements of holding non-binding advisory votes on executive compensation and golden parachute payments.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements and Developments

Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, which is included in Part II, Item 8 of this Report, discusses new accounting pronouncements that we adopted and the expected impact of accounting pronouncements recently issued or proposed, but not yet required to be adopted.

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk are presented under the caption “Market Risk” in Part II, Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”


81

Table of Contents

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA


Consolidated Financial Statements:

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


82

Table of Contents


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders
TriState Capital Holdings, Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition of TriState Capital Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2014. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of TriState Capital Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2014, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.


/s/ KPMG LLP

Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania
February 23, 2015


83

Table of Contents

TRISTATE CAPITAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31,
2014
December 31,
2013
ASSETS
 
 
 
 
 
Cash
$
411

$
947

Interest-earning deposits with other institutions
99,551

139,799

Federal funds sold
5,748

5,812

Cash and cash equivalents
105,710

146,558

Investment securities available-for-sale, at fair value (cost: $167,232 and $204,907, respectively)
166,572

202,581

Investment securities held-to-maturity, at cost (fair value: $40,113 and $24,457, respectively)
39,591

25,263

Total investment securities
206,163

227,844

Loans held-for-investment
2,400,052

1,860,775

Allowance for loan losses
(20,273
)
(18,996
)
Loans receivable, net
2,379,779

1,841,779

Accrued interest receivable
6,279

6,180

Investment management fees receivable
6,818


Federal Home Loan Bank stock
5,730

2,336

Goodwill and other intangibles, net
52,374


Office properties and equipment, net
4,128

4,275

Bank owned life insurance
53,323

41,882

Deferred tax asset, net
11,874

10,595

Prepaid expenses and other assets
14,679

9,060

Total assets
$
2,846,857

$
2,290,509

 
 
 
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
 
 
 
 
 
Liabilities:
 
 
Deposits
$
2,336,953

$
1,961,705

Borrowings
165,000

20,000

Accrued interest payable on deposits and borrowings
1,735

521

Accrued earnout liability related to Chartwell acquisition
17,236


Other accrued expenses and other liabilities
20,543

14,338

Total liabilities
2,541,467

1,996,564

 
 
 
Shareholders’ Equity:
 
 
Preferred stock, no par value; Shares authorized - 150,000, Shares issued - none


Common stock, no par value; Shares authorized - 45,000,000;
Shares issued - 28,739,779 and 28,690,279, respectively;
Shares outstanding - 28,060,888 and 28,690,279, respectively
280,895

280,531

Additional paid-in capital
9,253

8,471

Retained earnings
22,615

6,687

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net
(627
)
(1,744
)
Treasury stock (678,891 and 0 shares, respectively)
(6,746
)

Total shareholders’ equity
305,390

293,945

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
$
2,846,857

$
2,290,509


See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


84

Table of Contents

TRISTATE CAPITAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
 
Years Ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
2014
2013
2012
 
 
 
 
Interest income:
 
 
 
Loans
$
74,237

$
68,602

$
67,268

Investments
3,147

3,683

3,174

Interest-earning deposits
529

566

592

Total interest income
77,913

72,851

71,034

Interest expense:
 
 
 
Deposits
10,611

10,981

13,651

Borrowings
1,640

86

23

Total interest expense
12,251

11,067

13,674

Net interest income
65,662

61,784

57,360

Provision for loan losses
10,159

8,187

8,185

Net interest income after provision for loan losses
55,503

53,597

49,175

Non-interest income:
 
 
 
Investment management fees
25,062



Service charges
604

482

433

Net gain on the sale of investment securities available-for-sale
1,428

797

1,114

Swap fees
1,178

1,056

903

Commitment and other fees
2,045

2,060

2,716

Unrealized gain (loss) on swaps
(420
)
210

(15
)
Bank owned life insurance income
1,441

996

512

Other income
383

197

536

Total non-interest income
31,721

5,798

6,199

Non-interest expense:
 
 
 
Compensation and employee benefits
41,048

24,556

24,106

Premises and occupancy costs
3,931

3,190

2,826

Professional fees
3,431

4,098

3,025

FDIC insurance expense
1,928

1,463

1,397

General bank insurance expense
1,165

840

480

State capital shares tax
1,043

1,124

806

Travel and entertainment expense
2,404

1,551

1,231

Data processing expense
922

793

843

Charitable contributions
1,151

855

856

Intangible amortization expense
1,299



Earnout expense related to Chartwell acquisition
1,614



Other operating expenses
4,391

2,345

2,295

Total non-interest expense
64,327

40,815

37,865

Income before tax
22,897

18,580

17,509

Income tax expense
6,969

5,713

6,837

Net income
$
15,928

$
12,867

$
10,672

Preferred stock dividends and discount amortization on Series A and B


1,525

Net income available to common shareholders
$
15,928

$
12,867

$
9,147

 
 
 
 
Earnings per common share:
 
 
 
Basic
$
0.56

$
0.49

$
0.47

Diluted
$
0.55

$
0.48

$
0.47


See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


85

Table of Contents

TRISTATE CAPITAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
 
Years Ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)
2014
2013
2012
 
 
 
 
Net income
$
15,928

$
12,867

$
10,672

 
 
 
 
Other comprehensive income (loss):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Increase (decrease) in unrealized holding gains (losses) net of tax of ($1,121), $1,616 and ($929), respectively
2,034

(2,903
)
1,649

 
 
 
 
Reclassification adjustment for gains included in net income, net of tax of $511, $285 and $398, respectively
(917
)
(512
)
(716
)
 
 
 
 
Other comprehensive income (loss)
1,117

(3,415
)
933

 
 
 
 
Total comprehensive income
$
17,045

$
9,452

$
11,605


See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


86

Table of Contents

TRISTATE CAPITAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(Dollars in thousands)
Preferred Stock
(Series A and B)
Preferred Stock
(Series C)
Common
Stock
Additional
Paid-in-Capital
Retained Earnings
(Accumulated Deficit)
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), net
Treasury Stock
Total Shareholders' Equity
Balance, December 31, 2011
$
23,708

$

$
168,351

$
6,982

$
(15,327
)
$
738

$

$
184,452

Net income




10,672



10,672

Other comprehensive income (loss)





933


933

Issuance of preferred stock (net of offering costs of $3,989)

46,011






46,011

Retirement of preferred stock
(24,150
)






(24,150
)
Preferred stock dividend




(1,083
)


(1,083
)
Amortization of discount on preferred stock, series A
592




(592
)



Accretion of premium on preferred stock, series B
(150
)



150




Stock-based compensation



889




889

Balance, December 31, 2012
$

$
46,011

$
168,351

$
7,871

$
(6,180
)
$
1,671

$

$
217,724

Net income




12,867



12,867

Other comprehensive income (loss)





(3,415
)

(3,415
)
Issuance of common stock (net of offering costs and discounts of $7,093)


65,990





65,990

Conversion of preferred stock to common stock

(46,011
)
46,011






Exercise of stock options


179

(54
)



125

Stock-based compensation



654




654

Balance, December 31, 2013
$

$

$
280,531

$
8,471

$
6,687

$
(1,744
)
$

$
293,945

Net income




15,928



15,928

Other comprehensive income (loss)





1,117


1,117

Exercise of stock options


364

(114
)



250

Purchase of treasury stock






(6,746
)
(6,746
)
Stock-based compensation



896




896

Balance, December 31, 2014
$

$

$
280,895

$
9,253

$
22,615

$
(627
)
$
(6,746
)
$
305,390


See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


87

Table of Contents

TRISTATE CAPITAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
Years Ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)
2014
2013
2012
Cash Flows from Operating Activities:
 
 
 
Net income
$
15,928

$
12,867

$
10,672

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
 
 
 
Depreciation and intangible amortization expense
2,506

1,058

878

Amortization of deferred financing costs
118



Provision for loan losses
10,159

8,187

8,185

Net decrease in prepaid FDIC insurance expense

7,843

1,284

Stock-based compensation expense
896

654

889

Net gain on the sale of investment securities available-for-sale
(1,428
)
(797
)
(1,114
)
Income from investment securities trading

(120
)
(507
)
Purchase of investment securities trading

(77,244
)
(108,957
)
Proceeds from the sale of investment securities trading

77,378

109,466

Net amortization of premiums and discounts
1,337

2,186

2,205

Increase in investment management fees receivable
(1,514
)


Increase in accrued interest receivable
(99
)
(840
)
(538
)
Increase (decrease) in accrued interest payable
1,214

(288
)
(541
)
Bank owned life insurance income
(1,441
)
(996
)
(512
)
Increase in accrued earnout related to Chartwell acquisition
1,614



Increase (decrease) in income taxes payable
(160
)
54

(966
)
Increase in prepaid income taxes
(2,514
)


Deferred tax benefit
(1,076
)
(1,853
)
(793
)
Increase (decrease) in accounts payable and other accrued expenses
2,149

6,167

(140
)
Other, net
659

(1,704
)
(1,214
)
Net cash provided by operating activities
28,348

32,552

18,297

Cash Flows from Investing Activities:
 
 
 
Purchase of investment securities available-for-sale
(52,799
)
(154,951
)
(68,190
)
Purchase of investment securities held-to-maturity
(24,454
)
(5,000
)

Proceeds from the sale of investment securities available-for-sale
69,555

68,230

19,748

Principal repayments and maturities of investment securities available-for-sale
31,198

48,345

21,018

Purchase of bank owned life insurance
(10,000
)
(20,000
)
(10,000
)
Net redemption (purchase) of Federal Home Loan Bank stock
(3,394
)
90

(846
)
Net increase in loans held-for-investment
(348,057
)
(187,991
)
(245,521
)
Purchase of loans held-for-investment
(219,547
)
(41,146
)

Proceeds from loan sales
19,445

2,925

4,228

Additions to office properties and equipment
(971
)
(1,017
)
(1,149
)
Acquisition, net of acquired cash
(42,912
)


Net cash used in investing activities
(581,936
)
(290,515
)
(280,712
)
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:
 
 
 
Net increase in deposit accounts
375,248

138,326

186,253

Net increase in Federal Home Loan Bank advances
110,000


20,000

Net proceeds from issuance of subordinated notes payable
33,988



Net proceeds from issuance of preferred stock


46,011

Net proceeds from issuance of common stock

65,990


Net proceeds from exercise of stock options
250

125


Purchase of treasury stock
(6,746
)


Retirement of preferred stock


(24,150
)
Dividends paid on preferred stock


(1,083
)
Net cash provided by financing activities
512,740

204,441

227,031

Net change in cash and cash equivalents during the period
(40,848
)
(53,522
)
(35,384
)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the period
146,558

200,080

235,464

Cash and cash equivalents at end of the period
$
105,710

$
146,558

$
200,080


88

Table of Contents

 
Years Ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)
2014
2013
2012
Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information:
 
 
 
Cash paid during the year for:
 
 
 
Interest
$
10,918

$
11,355

$
14,215

Income taxes
$
10,722

$
7,504

$
8,065

Acquisition of non-cash assets and liabilities:
 
 
 
Assets acquired
$
6,351

$

$

Liabilities assumed
$
1,647

$

$

Other non-cash activity:
 
 
 
Loan foreclosures and repossessions
$

$
1,122

$
949

Sale of other real estate owned financed by the Company
$

$

$
750

Contingent consideration
$
17,236

$

$

Transfer of investment securities available-for-sale to held-to-maturity
$

$
20,335

$

Conversion of preferred stock to common stock
$

$
46,011

$


See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


89

Table of Contents

TRISTATE CAPITAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
 
 
 
 
[1] SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

NATURE OF OPERATION
TriState Capital Holdings, Inc. ("we", "us", "our" or the “Company”) is a registered bank holding company pursuant to the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended. The Company has three wholly-owned subsidiaries: TriState Capital Bank (the “Bank”), a Pennsylvania-chartered state bank; Chartwell Investment Partners, Inc. ("Chartwell"), a registered investment advisor; and Chartwell TSC Securities Corp. ("CTSC Securities"), which is applying to be registered as a broker/dealer with the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") and Financial Industry Regulatory Authority ("FINRA"). Chartwell Investment Partners, Inc. was established through the acquisition of substantially all the assets of Chartwell Investment Partners, LP, which was effective March 5, 2014.

The Bank was established to serve the commercial banking and private banking needs of middle-market businesses and high-net-worth individuals. Chartwell provides investment management services to institutional, sub-advisory, and separately managed account clients. CTSC Securities was capitalized in May 2014, to be registered with a primary business of providing distribution and marketing efforts for the proprietary investment products provided by Chartwell, including shares of mutual funds advised and/or administered by Chartwell and private funds advised and/or administered by Chartwell.

Regulatory approval was received and the Bank commenced operations on January 22, 2007. The Company and the Bank are subject to regulatory examination by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”), the Pennsylvania Department of Banking and Securities, and the Federal Reserve. Chartwell is a registered investment advisor regulated by the SEC. CTSC Securities, once registered, will be a broker/dealer regulated by the SEC and FINRA.

The Bank conducts business through its main office located in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, as well as its four additional representative offices in Cleveland, Ohio; Philadelphia, Pennsylvania; Princeton, New Jersey; and New York, New York. Chartwell conducts business through its office located in Berwyn, Pennsylvania, and CTSC Securities will conduct business through its office located in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania.

On May 14, 2013, the Company completed the issuance and sale of 6,355,000 shares of its common stock, no par value, in its initial public offering of Common Stock, including 855,000 shares sold pursuant to the exercise in full by its underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares from the Company, at a price to the public of $11.50 per share. The shares were offered pursuant to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1. The Company received net proceeds of $66.0 million from the initial public offering, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and direct offering expenses.

USE OF ESTIMATES
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of certain assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of related revenue and expense during the reporting period. Although our current estimates contemplate current conditions and how we expect them to change in the future, it is reasonably possible that actual conditions could be worse than those anticipated in the estimates, which could materially affect the financial results of our operations and financial condition.

The material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant changes relate to the determination of the allowance for loan losses, evaluation of goodwill and other intangible assets for impairment, and deferred income taxes and its related recoverability, which are discussed later in this section.

CONSOLIDATION
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, the Bank, Chartwell (since the acquisition on March 5, 2014) and CTSC Securities (since its initial capitalization in May 2014), after elimination of inter-company accounts and transactions. The accounts of the Bank, in turn, include its wholly-owned subsidiary, Meadowood Asset Management, LLC, after elimination of inter-company accounts and transactions. In the opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring adjustments) and disclosures, considered necessary for the fair presentation of the accompanying consolidated financial statements, have been included.

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
For purposes of reporting cash flows, the Company has defined cash and cash equivalents as cash, interest-earning deposits with other institutions, federal funds sold, and short-term investments which have an original maturity of 90 days or less.


90

Table of Contents

INVESTMENT SECURITIES
The Company’s investments are classified as either: (1) held-to-maturity – debt securities that the Company intends to hold until maturity and are reported at amortized cost; (2) trading securities – debt and certain equity securities bought and held principally for the purpose of selling them in the near term and reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses included in earnings; or (3) available-for-sale – debt and certain equity securities not classified as either held-to-maturity or trading securities and reported at fair value, with changes in fair value reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).

The cost of securities sold is determined on a specific identification basis. Amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts are recorded as interest income from investments over the life of the security utilizing the level yield method. We evaluate impaired investment securities quarterly to determine if impairments are temporary or other-than-temporary. For impaired debt securities, management first determines whether it intends to sell or if it is more-likely than not that it will be required to sell the impaired securities. This determination considers current and forecasted liquidity requirements, regulatory and capital requirements and securities portfolio management. If the Company intends to sell a security with a fair value below amortized cost or if it is more-likely than not that it will be required to sell such a security before recovery, an other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) charge is recorded through current period earnings for the full decline in fair value below amortized cost. For debt securities that the Company does not intend to sell or it is more likely than not that it will not be required to sell before recovery, an OTTI charge is recorded through current period earnings for the amount of the valuation decline below amortized cost that is attributable to credit losses. The remaining difference between the debt security’s fair value and amortized cost (that is, the decline in fair value not attributable to credit losses) is recognized in other comprehensive income (loss), in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income as well as the shareholders’ equity section of the consolidated statement of financial condition, on an after-tax basis.

LOANS
Loans and leases are stated at unpaid principal balances, net of deferred loan fees and costs. Interest income on loans is accrued at the contractual rate on the principal amount outstanding and includes the amortization of deferred loan fees and costs. Deferred loan fees and costs are amortized to interest income over the life of the loan, taking into consideration scheduled payments and prepayments.

The Company considers a loan to be a Troubled Debt Restructuring (“TDR”) when there is a concession made to a financially troubled borrower without adequate consideration provided to the Company. Once a loan is deemed to be a TDR, the Company considers whether the loan should be placed in non-accrual status. In assessing accrual status, the Company considers the likelihood that repayment and performance according to modified terms will be achieved, as well as the borrower’s historical payment performance. A loan is designated and reported as TDR until such loan is either paid-off or sold, unless the restructuring agreement specifies an interest rate equal to or greater than the rate that would be accepted at the time of the restructuring for a new loan with comparable risk and it is fully expected that the remaining principal and interest will be collected according to the restructured agreement.

The recognition of interest income on a loan is discontinued when, in management's opinion, it is probable the borrower is unable to meet payments as they become due or when the loan becomes 90 days past due, whichever occurs first. All unpaid accrued interest on such loans is reversed. Such interest ultimately collected is applied to reduce principal if there is doubt about the collectability of principal. If a borrower brings a loan current for which accrued interest has been reversed, then the recognition of interest income on the loan is resumed, once the loan has been current for a period of six consecutive months or greater.

The Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk (commitments to extend credit) in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the commitment. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since some of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amount does not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Company evaluates each customer's credit worthiness on a case-by-case basis using the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance sheet instruments. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Company upon extension of a commitment, is based on management's credit evaluation of the borrower.

OTHER REAL ESTATE OWNED
Real estate, other than bank premises, is recorded at the lower of the related original loan balance or fair value less estimated selling costs at the time of acquisition. Fair value is determined based on an independent appraisal. Expenses related to holding the property are charged against earnings in the current period. Depreciation is not recorded on the other real estate owned (“OREO”) properties.

ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES
The allowance for loan losses is established through provisions for loan losses that are charged to operations. Loans are charged against the allowance for loan losses when management believes that the principal is uncollectible. If, at a later time, amounts are recovered with respect to loans previously charged off, the recovered amount is credited to the allowance for loan losses.


91

Table of Contents

The allowance is appropriate, in management's judgment, to cover probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio as of December 31, 2014 and 2013. Management’s judgment takes into consideration general economic conditions, diversification and seasoning of the loan portfolio, historic loss experience, identified credit problems, delinquency levels and adequacy of collateral. Although management believes it has used the best information available to it in making such determinations, and that the present allowance for loan losses is adequate, future adjustments to the allowance may be necessary, and net income may be adversely affected if circumstances differ substantially from the assumptions used in determining the level of the allowance. In addition, as an integral part of their periodic examination, certain regulatory agencies review the adequacy of the Bank’s allowance for loan losses and may direct the Bank to make additions to the allowance based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination.

The components of the allowance for loan losses represent estimates based upon Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 450, Contingencies, and ASC Topic 310, Receivables. ASC Topic 450 applies to homogeneous loan pools such as consumer installment, residential mortgages, consumer lines of credit and commercial loans that are not individually evaluated for impairment under ASC Topic 310. ASC Topic 310 is applied to commercial and consumer loans that are individually evaluated for impairment.

Under ASC Topic 310, a loan is impaired, based upon current information and events, in management's opinion, when it is probable that the loan will not be repaid according to its original contractual terms, including both principal and interest, or if a loan is designated as a TDR. Management performs individual assessments of impaired loans to determine the existence of loss exposure based upon future cash flows or where a loan is collateral dependent, based upon the fair value of the collateral less estimated selling costs.

In estimating probable loan loss under ASC Topic 450 management considers numerous factors, including historical charge-off rates and subsequent recoveries. Management also considers, but is not limited to, qualitative factors that influence our credit quality, such as delinquency and non-performing loan trends, changes in loan underwriting guidelines and credit policies, as well as the results of internal loan reviews. Finally, management considers the impact of changes in current local and regional economic conditions in the markets that we serve. Assessment of relevant economic factors indicates that some of the Company’s primary markets historically tend to lag the national economy, with local economies in our primary market areas also improving or weakening, as the case may be, but at a more measured rate than the national trends.

Management bases the computation of the allowance for loan losses under ASC Topic 450 on two factors: the primary factor and the secondary factor. The primary factor is based on the inherent risk identified by management within each of the Company's three loan portfolios based on the historical loss experience of each loan portfolio and the loss emergence period. Management has developed a methodology that is applied to each of the three primary loan portfolios, consisting of commercial and industrial, commercial real estate and private banking. As the loan loss history, mix, and risk ratings of each loan portfolio change, the primary factor adjusts accordingly. The allowance for loan losses related to the primary factor is based on our estimates as to probable losses for each loan portfolio. The secondary factor is intended to capture risks related to events and circumstances that management believes may impact the performance of the loan portfolio. Although this factor is more subjective in nature, the methodology focuses on internal and external trends in pre-specified categories (risk factors) and applies a quantitative percentage which drives the secondary factor. There are nine (9) risk factors and each risk factor is assigned a reserve level, based on management's judgment as to the probable impact of each risk factor on each loan portfolio. The impact of each risk factor is monitored on a quarterly basis. As the trend in any risk factor changes, a corresponding change occurs in the reserve associated with each respective risk factor, such that the secondary factor remains current to changes in each loan portfolio.

Loan participations follow the same underwriting and risk rating criteria, and are individually risk rated under the same process as loans directly originated by the Company. The ongoing credit review of participation loans follows the same process that is followed by loans originated directly by the Company. Additionally, management does not rely solely on information from the lead bank when considering the appropriate level of allowance for loan losses to be recorded on any individual participation loan.

The Company also maintains a reserve for losses on unfunded commitments. This reserve is reflected as a component of other liabilities and, in management’s judgment, is sufficient to cover probable losses inherent in the commitments. Management tracks the level and trends in unused commitments and takes into consideration the same factors as those considered for purposes of the allowance for loan losses on outstanding loans.

INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT FEES
The Company recognizes investment management fee revenue when the advisory services are performed. Fees are based on assets under management and are calculated pursuant to individual client contracts. Investment management fees are generally paid on a quarterly basis. In a limited number of cases, the Company may earn a performance fee based on investment performance achieved versus a stated benchmark. In such cases, performance fees are not recognized until the end of the stated measurement period. Performance fees are included in investment management fee revenue in the consolidated statements of income.


92

Table of Contents

Investment management fees receivable represent amounts due for contractual investment management services provided to the Company’s clients, primarily institutional investors, mutual funds and individual investors. Management performs credit evaluations of its customers’ financial condition when it is deemed to be necessary, and does not require collateral. The Company provides an allowance for uncollectible accounts based on specifically identified receivables. Investment management fees receivable are considered delinquent when payment is not received within contractual terms and are charged off against the allowance for uncollectible accounts when management determines that recovery is unlikely and the Company ceases its collection efforts. There was no bad debt expense recorded for the year ended December 31, 2014, and there was no allowance for uncollectible accounts recorded as of December 31, 2014.

FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK STOCK
The Company is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh (“FHLB”). Member institutions are required to invest in FHLB stock. The stock is carried at cost, which approximates its liquidation value, and it is evaluated for impairment based on the ultimate recoverability of the par value. The following matters are considered by management when evaluating the FHLB stock for impairment: the ability of the FHLB to make payments required by law or regulation and the level of such payments in relation to the operating performance of the FHLB; the impact of legislative and regulatory changes on the institution and its customer base; and the Company's intent and ability to hold its FHLB stock for the foreseeable future. Management believes the Company's holdings in the FHLB stock are ultimately recoverable at par value, as of December 31, 2014. Cash and stock dividends are reported as non-interest income, in the consolidated statements of income.

BUSINESS COMBINATIONS
We account for business combinations using the acquisition method of accounting. Under this method of accounting, the acquired company’s net assets are recorded at fair value as of the date of acquisition, and the results of operations of the acquired company are combined with our results from that date forward. Acquisition costs are expensed when incurred. The difference between the purchase price and the fair value of the net assets acquired (including identified intangibles) is recorded as goodwill.

GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS
Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the net assets acquired. Other intangible assets represent purchased assets that lack physical substance but can be distinguished from goodwill because of contractual or other legal rights. Other intangible assets that have finite lives, such as trade name, client relationships and non-compete agreements are amortized over their estimated useful lives and subject to periodic impairment testing. Other intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives which range from four to twenty years. Goodwill and other intangible assets are subject to impairment testing at the reporting unit level, which is conducted at least annually.

OFFICE PROPERTIES AND EQUIPMENT
Office properties and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets, except for leasehold improvements which are amortized over the terms of the respective leases or the estimated useful lives of the improvements, whichever is shorter. Estimated useful lives are dependent upon the nature and condition of the asset and range from three to ten years. Repairs and maintenance are charged to expense as incurred, while improvements which extend the useful life are capitalized and depreciated to operating expense over the estimated remaining life of the asset. When the Bank receives an allowance for improvements to be made to one of its leased offices, we record the allowance as a deferred liability and recognize it as a reduction to rent expense over the life of the related lease.

BANK OWNED LIFE INSURANCE
Bank owned life insurance (“BOLI”) policies on certain executive officers and employees are recorded at net cash surrender value on the consolidated statements of financial condition. Upon termination of the BOLI policy the Company receives the cash surrender value. BOLI benefits are payable to the Company upon death of the insured. Changes in net cash surrender value are recognized as non-interest income or expense in the consolidated statements of income.

DEPOSITS
Deposits are stated at principal outstanding and interest on deposits is accrued and charged to expense daily and is paid or credited in accordance with the terms of the respective accounts.

BORROWINGS
The Company records FHLB advances and subordinated notes payable at their principal amount. Interest expense is recognized based on the coupon rate of the obligations. Costs associated with the acquisition of subordinated notes payable are amortized over the expected term of the borrowing.

EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE
We compute earnings per common share (“EPS”) in accordance with the two-class method, which requires that any Series C convertible preferred stock outstanding be treated as participating securities in the computation of EPS. The two-class method is an earnings

93

Table of Contents

allocation that determines EPS for each class of common stock and participating security. The Company’s basic EPS is computed by dividing net income allocable to common shareholders by the weighted average number of its common shares outstanding for the period. The Company’s diluted EPS reflects the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common stock or resulted in the issuance of common stock that then shared in our earnings.

INCOME TAXES
The Company utilizes the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the tax effects of differences between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities with regard to a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Management assesses all available evidence to determine the amount of deferred tax assets that are more-likely-than-not to be realized. The available evidence used in connection with the assessments includes taxable income in prior periods, projected taxable income, potential tax planning strategies and projected reversals of deferred tax items. These assessments involve a degree of subjectivity and may undergo significant change. Changes to the evidence used in the assessments could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations in the period in which they occur. It is the Company’s policy to recognize interest and penalties, if any, related to unrecognized tax benefits, in income tax expense in the consolidated statement of income.

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT
Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in a principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants as of the measurement date, using assumptions market participants would use when pricing an asset or liability. An orderly transaction assumes exposure to the market for a customary period for marketing activities prior to the measurement date and not a forced liquidation or distressed sale. Fair value measurement and disclosure guidance provides a three-level hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs of valuation techniques used to measure fair value into three broad categories:

Level 1 – Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2 – Observable inputs such as quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.
Level 3 – Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities. This includes certain pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies, and similar techniques that use significant unobservable inputs.

Fair value may be recorded for certain assets and liabilities every reporting period on a recurring basis or under certain circumstances, on a non-recurring basis.

STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION
The Company accounts for its stock-based compensation awards based on estimated fair values, for all share-based awards, including stock options and restricted stock, made to employees and directors.

The Company accounts for stock-based employee compensation in accordance with the fair value recognition provisions of ASC 718, Compensation – Stock Compensation. As a result, compensation cost for all share-based payments is based on the grant-date fair value estimated in accordance with ASC 718. The value of the portion of the award that is ultimately expected to vest is included in stock-based employee compensation cost in the consolidated statement of income and recorded as a component of additional paid-in capital, for equity-based awards. Compensation expense for awards with graded vesting schedules is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire grant.

ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
Unrealized holding gains and the non-credit component of losses on the Company’s investment securities available-for-sale are included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of applicable income taxes. Also included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) is the remaining unamortized balance of the unrealized holding gains (non-credit losses), net of applicable income taxes, that existed on the transfer date for investment securities reclassified into the held-to-maturity category from the available-for-sale category.

TREASURY STOCK
The repurchase of the Company's common stock is recorded at cost. At the time of reissuance, the treasury stock account is reduced using the average cost method. Gains and losses on the reissuance of common stock are recorded in additional paid-in capital, to the extent additional paid-in capital from previous treasury share transactions exists. Any deficiency is charged to retained earnings.

94

Table of Contents


RECENT ACCOUNTING DEVELOPMENTS
In November 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") No. 2014-17, "Business Combinations (Topic 805): Pushdown Accounting," which provides an acquired entity an option to apply pushdown accounting in its separate financial statements upon occurrence of an event in which an acquirer obtains control of the acquired entity. This update is effective for public business entities and for entities other than public business entities on November 18, 2014. The adoption of ASU 2014-17 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In November 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-16, "Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815)," which will require an entity to determine the nature of the host contract by considering the economic characteristics and risks of the entire hybrid financial instrument issued in the form of a share, including the embedded derivative feature that is being evaluated for separate accounting from the host contract when evaluating whether the host contract is more akin to debt or equity. In evaluating the stated and implied substantive terms and features, the existence or omission of any single term or feature does not necessarily determine the economic characteristics and risks of the host contract. Although an individual term or feature may weigh more heavily in the evaluation on the basis of facts and circumstances, an entity should use judgment based on an evaluation of all the relevant terms and features. This update is effective for public business entities for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2015. The effects of initially adopting the amendments should be applied on a modified retrospective basis to existing hybrid financial instruments issued in the form of a share as of the beginning of the fiscal year for which the amendment is effective. Retrospective application is permitted to all relevant prior periods. Early adoption, including adoption in an interim period, is permitted. If an entity early adopts the amendments in an interim period, any adjustments shall be reflected as of the beginning of the fiscal year that includes that interim period. The adoption of ASU 2014-16 is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-15, "Presentation of Financial Statements - Going Concern (Subtopic 205-40): Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern." This ASU describes how an entity’s management should assess whether there are conditions and events that raise substantial doubt about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date that the financial statements are issued. Management should consider both quantitative and qualitative factors in making its assessment. If after considering management’s plans, substantial doubt about an entity’s going concern is alleviated, an entity shall disclose information in the footnotes that enables the users of the financial statements to understand the events that raised the going concern and how management’s plan alleviated this concern. If after considering management’s plans, substantial doubt about an entity’s going concern is not alleviated, the entity shall disclose in the footnotes indicating that a substantial doubt about the entity’s going concern exists within one year of the date of the issued financial statements. Additionally, the entity shall disclose the events that led to this going concern and management’s plans to mitigate them. The new standard applies to all entities for the first annual period ending after December 15, 2016, and for annual and interim periods thereafter. Early application is permitted. The adoption of ASU 2014-15 is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-14, "Receivables - Troubled Debt Restructuring by Creditors (Subtopic 310-40): Classification of Certain Government-Guaranteed Mortgage Loans upon Foreclosure." This ASU will require creditors to derecognize certain foreclosed government-guaranteed mortgage loans and to recognize a separate other receivable that is measured at the amount the creditor expects to recover from the guarantor, and to treat the guarantee and the receivable as a single unit of account. This update is effective for public business entities for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2014. An entity can elect a prospective or a modified retrospective transition method, but must use the same transition method that it elected under FASB ASU No. 2014-04, "Reclassification of Residential Real Estate Collateralized Consumer Mortgage Loans upon Foreclosure." Early adoption, including adoption in an interim period, is permitted if the entity already adopted ASU 2014-04. The adoption of ASU 2014-14 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In June 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-12, "Accounting for Share-Based Payments When the Terms of an Award Provide That a Performing Target Could Be Achieved after the Requisite Service Period." This ASU requires a reporting entity to treat a performance target that affects vesting and that could be achieved after the requisite service period as a performance condition. A reporting entity should apply FASB ASC Topic 718, Compensation-Stock Compensation, to awards with performance conditions that affect vesting. This update is effective for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2015, for all entities. Early adoption is permitted. ASU 2014-12 may be adopted either prospectively for share-based payment awards granted or modified on or after the effective date, or retrospectively, using a modified retrospective approach. The modified retrospective approach would apply to share-based payment awards outstanding as of the beginning of the earliest annual period presented in the financial statements on adoption, and to all new or modified awards thereafter. The adoption of ASU 2014-12 is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.



95

Table of Contents

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, "Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606)." This ASU implements a common revenue standard that clarifies the principles for recognizing revenue. The core principle of this update is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. ASU 2014-09 establishes a five-step model which entities must follow to recognize revenue and removes inconsistencies and weaknesses in existing guidance. This update is effective for public business entities for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2016. The adoption of ASU 2014-09 is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In January 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-04, "Receivables - Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors (Subtopic 310-40): Reclassification of Residential Real Estate Collateralized Consumer Mortgage Loans upon Foreclosure." This ASU clarifies that an in substance repossession or foreclosure occurs, and a creditor is considered to have received physical possession of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan, upon either (1) the creditor obtaining legal title to the residential real estate property upon completion of a foreclosure or (2) the borrower conveying all interest in the residential real estate property to the creditor to satisfy that loan through completion of a deed in lieu of foreclosure or through a similar legal agreement. Additionally, the amendments require interim and annual disclosure of both (1) the amount of foreclosed residential real estate property held by the creditor and (2) the recorded investment in consumer mortgage loans collateralized by residential real estate property that are in the process of foreclosure according to local requirements of the applicable jurisdiction. The amendments in this update are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2014 and December 15, 2015, for public and nonpublic entities, respectively. Early adoption and retrospective application are permitted. The adoption of ASU 2014-04 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

RECLASSIFICATION
Certain items previously reported have been reclassified to conform with the current year’s reporting presentation and are considered immaterial.

[2] BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

On March 5, 2014, TriState Capital Holdings, Inc. through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Chartwell Investment Partners, Inc., completed the acquisition of substantially all of the assets of Chartwell Investment Partners, LP (the "Chartwell acquisition"), an investment management firm with over 150 institutional clients and approximately $7.5 billion in assets under management. Under the terms of the Asset Purchase Agreement substantially all of the assets of Chartwell Investment Partners, LP were acquired for a purchase price consisting of approximately $45 million paid in cash at closing and an estimated earnout arrangement at closing of approximately $15 million to be determined based on the growth in EBITDA (earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization) of Chartwell in 2014. The earnout will be calculated based on a multiple of six times the increase in Chartwell's annual EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2014. Based upon the 2014 results for Chartwell a $1.6 million increase to the earnout was accrued and expensed in the fourth quarter of 2014. Up to 60 percent of the earnout may be paid in common stock of the Company at its option. The foregoing summary of the Asset Purchase Agreement and the transactions contemplated by it does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and qualified in its entirety by, the full text of the Asset Purchase Agreement, which was included as Exhibit 2.1 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 3, 2014, the terms of which Agreement are incorporated herein by reference.


96

Table of Contents

The following table summarizes total consideration paid, assets acquired and liabilities assumed for the Chartwell acquisition at closing:
(Dollars in thousands)
Chartwell
Consideration paid:
 
Cash
$
44,223

Estimated earnout, at closing
15,465

Fair value of total consideration, at closing
$
59,688

 
 
Fair value of assets acquired:
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
1,311

Investment management fees receivable
5,304

Office properties and equipment
90

Deferred tax asset
813

Other assets
144

Total assets acquired
7,662

Fair value of liabilities assumed:
 
Other liabilities
1,647

Total liabilities assumed
1,647

Fair value net identifiable assets acquired
6,015

Long-lived amortizable intangible assets acquired
19,510

Goodwill
34,163

Total net assets purchased
$
59,688


In April 2014, the Company and Chartwell Investment Partners, LP settled one of the three escrow reserves resulting in a $777,000 reduction to the purchase price and a corresponding reduction to goodwill.

The fair value of total consideration at December 31, 2014, was $61.5 million, including the increase in the earnout as discussed above.

In connection with the Chartwell acquisition, total acquisition-related transaction costs incurred by the Company was approximately $45,000 and $854,000 during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, which were primarily comprised of legal, advisory and other costs.

The goodwill, which is not amortized for book purposes, was assigned to our Investment Management segment and is deductible for tax purposes.

The following table presents unaudited pro forma financial information which combines the historical consolidated statements of income of the Company and Chartwell Investment Partners, LP to give effect to the acquisition as if it had occurred on January 1, 2013, for the periods indicated.
 
Pro Forma
 
(unaudited)
 
Years Ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)
2014
2013
Total revenue
$
100,857

$
92,592

Net income
$
16,568

$
15,196

 
 
 
Earnings per common share:
 
 
Basic
$
0.58

$
0.58

Diluted
$
0.57

$
0.57


Total revenue is defined as net interest income and non-interest income, excluding gains and losses on the sale of investment securities available-for-sale. Pro forma adjustments include intangible amortization expense and income tax expense.


97

Table of Contents

[3] INVESTMENT SECURITIES

Investment securities available-for-sale and held-to-maturity are comprised of the following:
 
December 31, 2014
(Dollars in thousands)
Amortized
Cost
Gross Unrealized
Appreciation
Gross Unrealized
Depreciation
Estimated
Fair Value
Investment securities available-for-sale:
 
 
 
 
Corporate bonds
$
31,833

$
3

$
168

$
31,668

Trust preferred securities
17,446


645

16,801

Non-agency mortgage-backed securities
11,617


32

11,585

Agency collateralized mortgage obligations
56,984

127

248

56,863

Agency mortgage-backed securities
32,564

502

186

32,880

Agency debentures
8,678

59


8,737

Equity securities (short-duration, high-yield-bond mutual fund)
8,110


72

8,038

Total investment securities available-for-sale
167,232

691

1,351

166,572

Investment securities held-to-maturity:
 
 
 
 
Corporate bonds
14,452

335


14,787

Agency debentures
5,000

1


5,001

Municipal bonds
20,139

201

15

20,325

Total investment securities held-to-maturity
39,591

537

15

40,113

Total
$
206,823

$
1,228

$
1,366

$
206,685


 
December 31, 2013
(Dollars in thousands)
Amortized
Cost
Gross Unrealized
Appreciation
Gross Unrealized
Depreciation
Estimated
Fair Value
Investment securities available-for-sale:
 
 
 
 
Corporate bonds
$
56,630

$
241

$
483

$
56,388

Trust preferred securities
17,316


1,692

15,624

Non-agency mortgage-backed securities
7,740

16

62

7,694

Agency collateralized mortgage obligations
81,635

703

387

81,951

Agency mortgage-backed securities
36,948

300

937

36,311

Agency debentures
4,638


25

4,613

Total investment securities available-for-sale
204,907

1,260

3,586

202,581

Investment securities held-to-maturity:
 
 
 
 
Corporate bonds
5,000

120


5,120

Municipal bonds
20,263


926

19,337

Total investment securities held-to-maturity
25,263

120

926

24,457

Total
$
230,170

$
1,380

$
4,512

$
227,038



98

Table of Contents

Interest income on investment securities included $2.7 million in taxable interest income, $359,000 in non-taxable interest income and $110,000 in dividend income for the year ended December 31, 2014, as compared to taxable interest income of $3.3 million and $3.0 million, and non-taxable interest income of $341,000 and $158,000, for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. There was no dividend income on investment securities during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.

As of December 31, 2014, the contractual maturities of the debt securities are:
 
December 31, 2014
 
Available-for-Sale
 
Held-to-Maturity
(Dollars in thousands)
Amortized
Cost
Estimated
Fair Value
 
Amortized
Cost
Estimated
Fair Value
Due in one year or less
$

$

 
$

$

Due from one to five years
35,833

35,667

 
8,226

8,510

Due from five to ten years
6,513

6,584

 
25,531

25,661

Due after ten years
116,776

116,283

 
5,834

5,942

Total debt securities
$
159,122

$
158,534

 
$
39,591

$
40,113


Included in the $116.3 million fair value of debt securities available-for-sale with a contractual maturity due after ten years as of December 31, 2014, were $97.1 million or 83.5% in floating-rate securities.

Prepayments may shorten the contractual lives of the collateralized mortgage obligations and mortgage-backed securities.

Proceeds from the sale of investment securities available-for-sale during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, were $69.6 million, $68.2 million and $19.7 million, respectively. Gross gains of $1.4 million, $822,000 and $1.1 million were realized on these sales and reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. There were $1,000 and $25,000 of gross losses realized on the sale of one security and reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) during each of the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. There were no realized losses during the years ended December 31, 2012, on investment securities available-for-sale.

Investment securities available-for-sale of $8.2 million, as of December 31, 2014, were held in safekeeping at the FHLB and were included in the calculation of borrowing capacity.

The following tables show the fair value and gross unrealized losses on investment securities available-for-sale and held-to-maturity, aggregated by investment category and length of time that the individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively:
 
December 31, 2014
 
Less than 12 Months
 
12 Months or More
 
Total
(Dollars in thousands)
Fair value
Unrealized losses
 
Fair value
Unrealized losses
 
Fair value
Unrealized losses
Investment securities available-for-sale:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate bonds
$
26,723

$
145

 
$
2,263

$
23

 
$
28,986

$
168

Trust preferred securities
12,601

376

 
4,200

269

 
16,801

645

Non-agency mortgage-backed securities
11,585

32

 


 
11,585

32

Agency collateralized mortgage obligations
9,317

45

 
30,327

203

 
39,644

248

Agency mortgage-backed securities


 
12,073

186

 
12,073

186

Agency debentures
4,000


 


 
4,000


Equity securities
8,038

72

 


 
8,038

72

Total investment securities available-for-sale
72,264

670

 
48,863

681

 
121,127

1,351

Investment securities held-to-maturity:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Municipal bonds
2,857

2

 
1,446

13

 
4,303

15

Total investment securities held-to-maturity
2,857

2

 
1,446

13

 
4,303

15

Total temporarily impaired securities
$
75,121

$
672

 
$
50,309

$
694

 
$
125,430

$
1,366



99

Table of Contents

 
December 31, 2013
 
Less than 12 Months
 
12 Months or More
 
Total
(Dollars in thousands)
Fair value
Unrealized losses
 
Fair value
Unrealized losses
 
Fair value
Unrealized losses
Investment securities available-for-sale:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate bonds
$
21,703

$
272

 
$
2,977

$
211

 
$
24,680

$
483

Trust preferred securities
15,624

1,692

 


 
15,624

1,692

Non-agency mortgage-backed securities
5,945

62

 


 
5,945

62

Agency collateralized mortgage obligations
46,831

340

 
4,547

47

 
51,378

387

Agency mortgage-backed securities
16,991

937

 


 
16,991

937

Agency debentures
4,613

25

 


 
4,613

25

Total temporarily impaired securities
$
111,707

$
3,328

 
$
7,524

$
258

 
$
119,231

$
3,586

Investment securities held-to-maturity:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Municipal bonds
19,337

926

 


 
19,337

926

Total investment securities held-to-maturity
19,337

926

 


 
19,337

926

Total temporarily impaired securities
$
131,044

$
4,254

 
$
7,524

$
258

 
$
138,568

$
4,512


The change in the fair values of our municipal bonds and fixed-rate agency mortgage-backed securities are primarily the result of interest rate fluctuations. To assess for impairment on its municipal bonds, corporate bonds, single-issuer trust preferred securities, non-agency mortgage-backed securities and certain equity securities, management evaluates the underlying issuer's financial performance and the related credit rating information through a review of publicly available financial statements and other publicly available information. This review did not identify any issues related to the ultimate repayment of principal and interest on these securities. In addition, the Company has the ability and intent to hold the securities in an unrealized loss position until recovery of their amortized cost. Based on this, the Company considers all of the unrealized losses to be temporary impairment losses. Within the available-for-sale portfolio, there were 27 positions, aggregating to $1.4 million in unrealized losses that were temporarily impaired as of December 31, 2014, of which there were nine positions in an unrealized loss position for more than twelve months totaling $681,000. As of December 31, 2013, there were 35 positions, aggregating to $3.6 million in unrealized losses that were temporarily impaired, of which there were three positions in an unrealized loss position for more than twelve months totaling $258,000. Within the held-to-maturity portfolio, there were five positions, aggregating to $15,000 in unrealized losses that were temporarily impaired as of December 31, 2014, of which there were two positions in an unrealized loss position for more than twelve months totaling $13,000. As of December 31, 2013, there were 24 positions, aggregating to $926,000 in unrealized losses that were temporarily impaired within the held-to-maturity portfolio.

There were no investment securities classified as trading securities outstanding as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013.

There was no activity in investment securities classified as trading during the year ended December 31, 2014. Proceeds from the sale of investment securities trading, comprised of U.S. Treasury Notes, during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, were $77.4 million and $109.5 million, respectively. Income on investment securities trading during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, was $120,000 and $507,000, respectively.


100

Table of Contents

[4] LOANS RECEIVABLE, NET

We generate loans through our middle-market banking and private banking channels. These channels provide risk diversification and offer significant growth opportunities. The middle-market banking channel consists of our commercial and industrial ("C&I") and commercial real estate ("CRE") loan portfolios that serve middle-market businesses. The private banking channel includes loans secured by cash, marketable securities and other asset-based loans to executives, high-net-worth individuals, trusts and businesses, many of whom we source through referral relationships with independent broker/dealers, wealth managers, family offices, trust companies and other financial intermediaries.

Loans receivable by channel was comprised of the following:
 
December 31, 2014
(Dollars in thousands)
Commercial
and
Industrial
Commercial
Real Estate
Private
Banking
Total
Loans held-for-investment, before deferred fees
$
679,274

$
735,531

$
986,898

$
2,401,703

Less: net deferred loan (fees) costs
(1,781
)
(2,274
)
2,404

(1,651
)
Loans held-for-investment, net of deferred fees
677,493

733,257

989,302

2,400,052

Less: allowance for loan losses
(13,501
)
(4,755
)
(2,017
)
(20,273
)
Loans receivable, net
$
663,992

$
728,502

$
987,285

$
2,379,779


 
December 31, 2013
(Dollars in thousands)
Commercial
and
Industrial
Commercial
Real Estate
Private
Banking
Total
Loans held-for-investment, before deferred fees
$
742,864

$
553,898

$
568,590

$
1,865,352

Less: net deferred loan (fees) costs
(3,823
)
(1,510
)
756

(4,577
)
Loans held-for-investment, net of deferred fees
739,041

552,388

569,346

1,860,775

Less: allowance for loan losses
(11,881
)
(5,104
)
(2,011
)
(18,996
)
Loans receivable, net
$
727,160

$
547,284

$
567,335

$
1,841,779


The Company's customers have unused loan commitments. Often these commitments are not fully utilized and therefore the total amount does not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The amount of unfunded commitments, including standby letters of credit, as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, was $973.4 million and $662.8 million, respectively. The interest rate for each commitment is based on the prevailing market conditions at the time of funding. The lending commitment maturities as of December 31, 2014, were as follows: $597.6 million in one year or less; $198.9 million in one to three years; and $176.9 million in greater than three years. The reserve for losses on unfunded commitments was $555,000 and $465,000, as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively, which includes reserves for probable losses on unfunded loan commitments, including standby letters of credit, and also risk participations.

On March 14, 2014, we entered into a loan purchase agreement to acquire $219.7 million (including fees and interest receivable) of loans secured by cash and marketable securities that are included in our private banking channel loan portfolio. This transaction closed on April 11, 2014.

As of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the Company had loans in the process of origination totaling approximately $18.7 million and $11.6 million, respectively, which extend over varying periods of time with the majority being disbursed within a 30 to 60 day period.

The Company issues standby letters of credit in the normal course of business. Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. Standby letters of credit generally are contingent upon the failure of the customer to perform according to the terms of the underlying contract with the third party. The Company would be required to perform under the standby letters of credit when drawn upon by the guaranteed party in the case of non-performance by the Company’s customer. Collateral may be obtained based on management’s credit assessment of the customer. The unfunded commitments amount related to standby letters of credit as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, included in the total listed above, was $89.3 million and $91.8 million, respectively, of which a portion is collateralized. Should the Company be obligated to perform under the standby letters of credit the Company will seek recourse from the customer for reimbursement of amounts paid. As of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, $26.6 million and $17.5 million, respectively, (in the aggregate) in standby letters of credit will expire within one year, while the

101

Table of Contents

remaining standby letters of credit will expire in periods greater than one year. During the year ended December 31, 2014, there was one standby letter of credit drawn for $100,000 which was immediately repaid by the borrower. During the year ended December 31, 2013, there was one standby letter of credit drawn for $117,000 which was immediately repaid by the borrower. Most of these commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon and the total amount does not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The probable liability for losses on standby letters of credit was included in the reserve for losses on unfunded commitments.

The Company has entered into risk participation agreements with financial institution counterparties for interest rate swaps related to loans in which we are a participant. The risk participation agreements provide credit protection to the financial institution counterparties should the customers fail to perform on their interest rate derivative contracts. The potential liability for outstanding obligations was included in the reserve for losses on unfunded commitments.

As of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, 71.3% and 77.8%, respectively, of the loan portfolio was comprised of loans to customers within the Company’s primary market areas of Pennsylvania, Ohio, New Jersey, New York and contiguous states. As a result, the loan portfolio is subject to the general economic conditions within those areas. The Company evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained by the Company upon extension of credit is based on management’s credit evaluation of the borrower. The Company does not believe it has significant concentrations of credit risk to any one group of borrowers given its underwriting and collateral requirements.

The Company’s total loan portfolio is comprised of amortizing loans, where scheduled principal and interest payments are applied as appropriate, as well as interest-only loans. As of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, interest-only loans represented 63.9% and 54.8% of the total loan portfolio, respectively. Of the total interest-only loans as of December 31, 2014, 67.7% were lines of credit, 4.1% were construction loans and the remaining 28.2% were closed-end term loans which will either convert to an amortizing loan with required principal and interest payments or require a balloon payment of the total principal at maturity. Of the total interest-only loans as of December 31, 2013, 65.8% were lines of credit, 2.8% were construction loans and the remaining 31.4% were closed-end term loans which will either convert to an amortizing loan with required principal and interest payments or require a balloon payment of the total principal at maturity.

The overall loan portfolio has an expected average remaining maturity of approximately three years as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, and 82.8% and 82.0%, respectively, of the portfolio was comprised of variable rate loans as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013. Further, 10.3% of the loan portfolio has interest rate floors, at an average interest rate of 4.83% as of December 31, 2014, compared to 17.8% of the loan portfolio has interest rate floors, at an average interest rate of 4.93% as of December 31, 2013.

[5] ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

Our allowance for loan losses represents our estimate of probable loan losses inherent in the loan portfolio at a specific point in time. This estimate includes losses associated with specifically identified loans, as well as estimated probable credit losses inherent in the remainder of the loan portfolio. Additions are made to the allowance through both periodic provisions charged to income and recoveries of losses previously incurred. Reductions to the allowance occur as loans are charged off or when the credit history of any of the three loan portfolios improves. Management evaluates the adequacy of the allowance at least quarterly, and in doing so relies on various factors including, but not limited to, assessment of historical loss experience, delinquency and non-accrual trends, portfolio growth, underlying collateral coverage and current economic conditions. This evaluation is subjective and requires material estimates that may change over time. The calculation of the allowance for loan losses takes into consideration the inherent risk identified within each of the Company’s three primary loan portfolios, commercial and industrial, commercial real estate and private banking. In addition, management takes into account the historical loss experience of each loan portfolio, to ensure that the resultant allowance for loan losses is sufficient to cover probable losses inherent in such loan portfolios. Refer to Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, for more details on the Company’s allowance for loan losses policy.

The following discusses key characteristics and risks within each primary loan portfolio:

Middle-Market Banking: Commercial and Industrial Loans. This loan portfolio includes primarily loans made to service companies or manufacturers generally for the purpose of production, operating capacity, accounts receivable, inventory or equipment financing, acquisitions and recapitalizations. Cash flow from the borrower’s operations is the primary source of repayment for these loans, except for certain commercial loans that are secured by cash and marketable securities.

The industry of the borrower is an important indicator of risk, but there are also more specific risks depending on the condition of the local/regional economy. Collateral for these types of loans often do not have sufficient value in a distressed or liquidation scenario to satisfy the outstanding debt. Any C&I loans collateralized by cash and marketable securities are treated the same as private banking loans for purposes of the allowance for loan loss calculation. In addition, shared national credit loans which also involve a private equity sponsor are combined as a homogeneous group and evaluated separately based on the historical loss trend of such loans.


102

Table of Contents

Middle-Market Banking: Commercial Real Estate Loans. This loan portfolio includes loans secured by commercial purpose real estate, including both owner occupied properties and investment properties for various purposes including office, retail, industrial, multifamily and hospitality. Individual project cash flows as well as global cash flows from the developer are the primary sources of repayment for these loans. Also included are commercial construction loans to finance the construction or renovation of structures as well as to finance the acquisition and development of raw land for various purposes. The increased level of risk of these loans is generally confined to the construction period. If there are problems, the project may not be completed, and as such, may not provide sufficient cash flow on its own to service the debt or have sufficient value in a liquidation to cover the outstanding principal.

The underlying purpose/collateral of the loans is an important indicator of risk for this loan portfolio. Additional risks exist and are dependent on several factors such as the condition of the local/regional economy, whether or not the project is owner occupied, and the type of project and the experience and resources of the developer.

Private Banking Channel Loans. Our private banking lending activities are conducted on a national basis. This loan portfolio includes primarily loans made to high-net-worth individuals and/or trusts and businesses that may be secured by cash, marketable securities, residential property or other financial assets, as well as unsecured loans and lines of credit. The primary sources of repayment for these loans are the income and/or assets of the borrower.

The underlying collateral is the most important indicator of risk for this loan portfolio. In addition, the condition of the local economy and the local housing market can also have a significant impact on this portfolio, since low demand and/or declining home values can limit the ability of borrowers to sell a property and satisfy the debt.

Management further assesses risk within each loan portfolio using key inherent risk differentiators. The components of the allowance for loan losses represent estimates based upon ASC Topic 450, Contingencies, and ASC Topic 310, Receivables. ASC Topic 450 applies to homogeneous loan pools such as consumer installment, residential mortgages and consumer lines of credit, as well as commercial loans that are not individually evaluated for impairment under ASC Topic 310.

Impaired loans are individually evaluated for impairment under ASC Topic 310. The Company’s internal risk rating system is consistent with definitions found in current regulatory guidelines.

On a monthly basis, management monitors various credit quality indicators for both the commercial and consumer loan portfolios, including delinquency, non-performing status, changes in risk ratings, changes in the underlying performance of the borrowers and other relevant factors. Refer to Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, for the Company’s policy for determining past due status of loans.

Management continually monitors the loan portfolio through its internal risk rating system. Loan risk ratings are assigned based upon the creditworthiness of the borrower. Loan risk ratings are reviewed on an ongoing basis according to internal policies. Loans within the pass rating are believed to have a lower risk of loss than loans risk rated as special mention, substandard and doubtful, which are believed to have an increasing risk of loss.

The Company’s risk ratings are consistent with regulatory guidance and are as follows:

Non-Rated – Loans to individuals and trusts are not individually risk rated, unless they are fully secured by liquid assets or cash, or have an exposure of $250,000 or greater and have certain actionable covenants, such as a liquidity covenant or a financial reporting covenant. In addition, commercial loans with an exposure of less than $500,000 are not required to be individually risk rated. Any loan, regardless of size, is risk rated if it is secured by marketable securities or if it becomes a criticized loan. The majority of the private banking loans that are not risk rated are residential mortgages and home equity loans. We monitor the performance of non-rated loans through ongoing reviews of payment delinquencies. These loans comprised 4.3% and 7.0% of the total loan portfolio, as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. For loans that are not risk-rated, the most important indicators of risk are the existence of collateral, the type of collateral, and for consumer real estate loans, whether the Bank has a first or second lien position.

Pass – The loan is currently performing in accordance with its contractual terms.

Special Mention – A special mention loan has potential weaknesses that warrant management’s close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects or in our credit position at some future date. Economic and market conditions, beyond the customer’s control, may in the future necessitate this classification.

Substandard – A substandard loan is not adequately protected by the net worth and/or paying capacity of the obligor or by the collateral pledged, if any. Substandard loans have a well-defined weakness, or weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. These loans are characterized by the distinct possibility that the Company will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.


103

Table of Contents

Doubtful – A doubtful loan has all the weaknesses inherent in a loan categorized as substandard with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions and values, highly questionable and improbable.

The following tables present the recorded investment in loans by credit quality indicator:
 
December 31, 2014
(Dollars in thousands)
Commercial
and
Industrial
Commercial
Real Estate
Private
Banking
Total Loans
Non-rated
$
129

$

$
104,228

$
104,357

Pass
617,396

729,066

881,235

2,227,697

Special mention
26,105

693

1,667

28,465

Substandard
28,916

3,498

2,172

34,586

Doubtful
4,947



4,947

Total loans
$
677,493

$
733,257

$
989,302

$
2,400,052


 
December 31, 2013
(Dollars in thousands)
Commercial
and
Industrial
Commercial
Real Estate
Private
Banking
Total Loans
Non-rated
$
384

$

$
129,972

$
130,356

Pass
682,394

548,890

436,944

1,668,228

Special mention
28,031


1,207

29,238

Substandard
20,639

3,498

1,223

25,360

Total loans
$
739,041

$
552,388

$
569,346

$
1,860,775


Changes in the allowance for loan losses are as follows for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012:
 
Year Ended December 31, 2014
(Dollars in thousands)
Commercial
and
Industrial
Commercial
Real Estate
Private
Banking
Total
Balance, beginning of period
$
11,881

$
5,104

$
2,011

$
18,996

Provision for loan losses
10,596

(349
)
(88
)
10,159

Charge-offs
(9,521
)


(9,521
)
Recoveries
545


94

639

Balance, end of period
$
13,501

$
4,755

$
2,017

$
20,273


 
Year Ended December 31, 2013
(Dollars in thousands)
Commercial
and
Industrial
Commercial
Real Estate
Private
Banking
Total
Balance, beginning of period
$
9,950

$
5,120

$
2,804

$
17,874

Provision for loan losses
7,325

1,642

(780
)
8,187

Charge-offs
(5,508
)
(1,936
)
(13
)
(7,457
)
Recoveries
114

278


392

Balance, end of period
$
11,881

$
5,104

$
2,011

$
18,996



104

Table of Contents

 
Year Ended December 31, 2012
(Dollars in thousands)
Commercial
and
Industrial
Commercial
Real Estate
Private
Banking
Total
Balance, beginning of period
$
8,568

$
6,439

$
1,343

$
16,350

Provision for loan losses
4,176

1,549

2,460

8,185

Charge-offs
(3,000
)
(2,868
)
(999
)
(6,867
)
Recoveries
206



206

Balance, end of period
$
9,950

$
5,120

$
2,804

$
17,874


Charge-offs of $9.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, included six C&I loans, which were partially offset by recoveries of $639,000 on three C&I loans and one private banking loan. Charge-offs of $7.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, included three C&I loans, one CRE loan and one private banking loan, which were partially offset by recoveries of $392,000 on three C&I loans and three CRE loans. Charge-offs of $6.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, included two C&I loans, three CRE loans and one private banking loan, which were partially offset by recoveries of $206,000 on one C&I loan.

The following tables present the age analysis of past due loans segregated by class of loan:
 
December 31, 2014
(Dollars in thousands)
30-59 Days
Past Due
60-89 Days
Past Due
Loans Past
Due 90 Days
or More
Total
Past Due
Current
Total
Loans
Commercial and industrial
$
547

$
524

$
263

$
1,334

$
676,159

$
677,493

Commercial real estate


3,498

3,498

729,759

733,257

Private banking

1,775

109

1,884

987,418

989,302

Total loans
$
547

$
2,299

$
3,870

$
6,716

$
2,393,336

$
2,400,052


 
December 31, 2013
(Dollars in thousands)
30-59 Days
Past Due
60-89 Days
Past Due
Loans Past
Due 90 Days
or More
Total
Past Due
Current
Total
Loans
Commercial and industrial
$
2,166

$

$
3,570

$
5,736

$
733,305

$
739,041

Commercial real estate


3,498

3,498

548,890

552,388

Private banking
520


922

1,442

567,904

569,346

Total loans
$
2,686

$

$
7,990

$
10,676

$
1,850,099

$
1,860,775


Non-Performing and Impaired Loans

Management monitors the delinquency status of the loan portfolio on a monthly basis. Loans are considered non-performing when interest and principal are 90 days or more past due or management has determined that it is probable the borrower is unable to meet payments as they become due. The risk of loss is generally highest for non-performing loans.

Management determines loans to be impaired when, based upon current information and events, it is probable that the loan will not be repaid according to the original contractual terms of the loan agreement, including both principal and interest, or if a loan is designated as a TDR. Refer to Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, for the Company’s policy on evaluating loans for impairment and interest income.


105

Table of Contents

The following tables present the Company’s investment in loans considered to be impaired and related information on those impaired loans:
 
As of and for the Year Ended December 31, 2014
(Dollars in thousands)
Recorded Investment
Unpaid Principal Balance
Related Allowance
Average Recorded Investment
Interest Income Recognized
With a related allowance recorded:
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and industrial
$
24,402

$
34,459

$
4,902

$
27,014

$

Commercial real estate





Private banking
681

767

681

746


Total with a related allowance recorded
25,083

35,226

5,583

27,760


Without a related allowance recorded:
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and industrial
791

2,013


953

27

Commercial real estate
3,498

9,705


3,498


Private banking
1,388

1,632


1,444


Total without a related allowance recorded
5,677

13,350


5,895

27

Total:
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and industrial
25,193

36,472

4,902

27,967

27

Commercial real estate
3,498

9,705


3,498


Private banking
2,069

2,399

681

2,190


Total
$
30,760

$
48,576

$
5,583

$
33,655

$
27


 
As of and for the Year Ended December 31, 2013
(Dollars in thousands)
Recorded Investment
Unpaid Principal Balance
Related Allowance
Average Recorded Investment
Interest Income Recognized
With a related allowance recorded:
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and industrial
$
15,157

$
23,126

$
4,658

$
13,261

$

Commercial real estate





Private banking
814

869

814

874


Total with a related allowance recorded
15,971

23,995

5,472

14,135


Without a related allowance recorded:
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and industrial
1,046

2,264


1,473

6

Commercial real estate
3,498

9,705


4,170


Private banking
305

295


25


Total without a related allowance recorded
4,849

12,264


5,668

6

Total:
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and industrial
16,203

25,390

4,658

14,734

6

Commercial real estate
3,498

9,705


4,170


Private banking
1,119

1,164

814

899


Total
$
20,820

$
36,259

$
5,472

$
19,803

$
6



106

Table of Contents

 
As of and for the Year Ended December 31, 2012
(Dollars in thousands)
Recorded Investment
Unpaid Principal Balance
Related Allowance
Average Recorded Investment
Interest Income Recognized
With a related allowance recorded:
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and industrial
$
6,089

$
6,433

$
2,209

$
6,143

$

Commercial real estate
2,375

2,375

1,278

2,444


Private banking
947

969

947

986


Total with a related allowance recorded
9,411

9,777

4,434

9,573


Without a related allowance recorded:
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and industrial
8,644

11,839


11,577


Commercial real estate
4,681

10,887


4,985

36

Private banking





Total without a related allowance recorded
13,325

22,726


16,562

36

Total:
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and industrial
14,733

18,272

2,209

17,720


Commercial real estate
7,056

13,262

1,278

7,429

36

Private banking
947

969

947

986


Total
$
22,736

$
32,503

$
4,434

$
26,135

$
36


Impaired loans as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, were $30.8 million and $20.8 million, respectively. There was no interest income recognized on these loans for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, while these loans were on non-accrual status. As of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, there were no loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing interest income.

Impaired loans were evaluated using the fair value of the collateral as the measurement method or an evaluation of estimated losses, based on a discounted cash flow method, for non-collateral dependent loans. Based on those evaluations, as of December 31, 2014, there were specific reserves totaling $5.6 million, which was included in the $20.3 million allowance for loan losses. Also included in impaired loans were two C&I loans, two CRE loans and three private banking loans with a combined balance of $5.7 million as of December 31, 2014, with no corresponding specific reserve since these loans were written down to the level which management believes will be recovered from the borrower.

As of December 31, 2013, there were specific reserves totaling $5.5 million, which was included in the $19.0 million allowance for loan losses. Also included in impaired loans were two C&I loans, two CRE loans and two private banking loans with a combined balance of $4.8 million as of December 31, 2013, with no corresponding specific reserve since these loans were written down to the level which management believes will be recovered from the borrower.

The following tables present the allowance for loan losses and recorded investment in loans by class:
 
December 31, 2014
(Dollars in thousands)
Commercial
and
Industrial
Commercial
Real Estate
Private
Banking
Total
Allowance for loan losses:
 
 
 
 
Individually evaluated for impairment
$
4,902

$

$
681

$
5,583

Collectively evaluated for impairment
8,599

4,755

1,336

14,690

Total allowance for loan losses
$
13,501

$
4,755

$
2,017

$
20,273

 
 
 
 
 
Portfolio loans:
 
 
 
 
Individually evaluated for impairment
$
25,193

$
3,498

$
2,069

$
30,760

Collectively evaluated for impairment
652,300

729,759

987,233

2,369,292

Total portfolio loans
$
677,493

$
733,257

$
989,302

$
2,400,052



107

Table of Contents

 
December 31, 2013
(Dollars in thousands)
Commercial
and
Industrial
Commercial
Real Estate
Private
Banking
Total
Allowance for loan losses:
 
 
 
 
Individually evaluated for impairment
$
4,658

$

$
814

$
5,472

Collectively evaluated for impairment
7,223

5,104

1,197

13,524

Total allowance for loan losses
$
11,881

$
5,104

$
2,011

$
18,996

 
 
 
 
 
Portfolio loans:
 
 
 
 
Individually evaluated for impairment
$
16,203

$
3,498

$
1,119

$
20,820

Collectively evaluated for impairment
722,838

548,890

568,227

1,839,955

Total portfolio loans
$
739,041

$
552,388

$
569,346

$
1,860,775


Troubled Debt Restructuring

The following table provides additional information on the Company’s loans designated as troubled debt restructurings:
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31,
2014
December 31,
2013
Aggregate recorded investment of impaired loans with terms modified through a troubled debt restructuring:
 
 
Accruing interest
$
528

$
527

Non-accrual
14,107

13,021

Total troubled debt restructurings
$
14,635

$
13,548


Of the non-accrual loans as of December 31, 2014, three C&I loans, one CRE loan and two residential mortgage loans were designated by the Company as TDRs. There was also one C&I loan that was still accruing interest and designated by the Company as a performing TDR as of December 31, 2014. The aggregate recorded investment of these loans was $14.6 million. There was $175,000 of unused commitments on these loans as of December 31, 2014, of which $54,000 was related to an accruing TDR.

Of the non-accrual loans as of December 31, 2013, four C&I loans, one CRE loan and one residential mortgage loan were designated by the Company as TDRs. There was also one C&I loan that was still accruing interest and designated by the Company as a performing TDR as of December 31, 2013. The aggregate net carrying value of these loans was $13.5 million. There was $820,000 of unused commitments on these loans as of December 31, 2013, of which $149,000 was related to an accruing TDR.

The modifications made to restructured loans typically consist of an extension or reduction of the payment terms, or the deferral of principal payments.

There were no payment defaults, during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, for loans modified as TDRs within twelve months of the corresponding balance sheet dates. The financial effects of our modifications made during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, are as follows:
 
Year Ended December 31, 2014
(Dollars in thousands)
 Count
Recorded Investment at the time of Modification
Current Recorded Investment
Allowance for Loan Losses at the time of Modification
Current Allowance for Loan Losses
Commercial and industrial:
 
 
 
 
 
Extended term, advanced additional funds, forgave principal
1
$
5,218

$
4,620

$
1,968

$
1,120

Private Banking:
 
 
 
 
 
Extended term, reduced interest rate
1
1,266

1,094

100


Total
2
$
6,484

$
5,714

$
2,068

$
1,120



108

Table of Contents

 
Year Ended December 31, 2013
(Dollars in thousands)
 Count
Recorded Investment at the time of Modification
Current Recorded Investment
Allowance for Loan Losses at the time of Modification
Current Allowance for Loan Losses
Commercial and industrial:
 
 
 
 
 
Extended term
1
$
2,691

$
2,347

$
1,100

$
1,100

Advanced additional funds
2
$
6,957

$
8,120

$
2,000

$
1,357

Private Banking:
 
 
 
 
 
Forgave principal
1
210

197



Total
4
$
9,858

$
10,664

$
3,100

$
2,457


 
Year Ended December 31, 2012
(Dollars in thousands)
 Count
Recorded Investment at the time of Modification
Current Recorded Investment
Allowance for Loan Losses at the time of Modification
Current Allowance for Loan Losses
Commercial and industrial:
 
 
 
 
 
Extended term
1
$
2,848

$
1,706

$
1,000

$

Commercial real estate:
 
 
 
 
 
Extended term
1
714

649



Total
2
$
3,562

$
2,355

$
1,000

$


Other Real Estate Owned

As of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the balance of the other real estate owned portfolio was $1.4 million and $1.4 million, respectively.

[6] FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK STOCK

The Company is a member of the FHLB system. As a member of the FHLB Pittsburgh, the Company must maintain a minimum investment in the capital stock of the FHLB in an amount equal to 4.00% of its outstanding advances, if any, and 0.10% of its membership asset value, as defined, with the FHLB. The FHLB has the ability to change the calculation of the required stock investment at any time. The Company held stock totaling $5.7 million and $2.3 million at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. At December 31, 2014, $5.7 million of stock was required based on the Bank’s membership asset value, as defined, of approximately $529.9 million and $130.0 million in outstanding advances. The Company received dividends from its holdings in FHLB capital stock of $172,000, $19,000 and $3,000 for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

[7] GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired. Goodwill of $34.2 million was recorded during the year ended December 31, 2014, for the Chartwell acquisition. In April 2014, the Company and Chartwell Investment Partners, LP settled one of the three escrow reserves resulting in a $777,000 reduction to the purchase price and a corresponding reduction to goodwill. Refer to Note 2, Business Combinations, for further details on this acquisition.

The following table presents the change in goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013:
(Dollars in thousands)
2014
2013
Balance at beginning of period
$

$

Additions
34,163


Balance at end of period
$
34,163

$



109

Table of Contents

The Company determined the amount of identifiable intangible assets based upon an independent valuation. The following table presents the change in intangible assets for the years ended December 31:
(Dollars in thousands)
2014
2013
Gross carrying amount at beginning of period
$

$

Additions
19,510


Accumulated amortization
(1,299
)

Balance at end of period
$
18,211

$


The following table presents the ending balance of intangible assets as of the date presented and original, estimated useful life by class:
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2014
Weighted Average Estimated
Useful Life
(months)
Trade name
$
1,140

240
Client Relationships:
 
 
Sub-advisory client list
10,509

162
Separate managed accounts client list
1,004

120
Other institutional client list
5,499

132
Non-compete agreements
59

48
Total intangible assets
$
18,211

155

Intangible amortization expense on finite-lived intangible assets totaled $1.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. There was no intangible amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.

The following is a summary of the expected intangible amortization expense for finite-lived intangibles assets, assuming no new additions, for each of the five years following December 31, 2014:
(Dollars in thousands)
Amount
2015
$
1,558

2016
1,558

2017
1,558

2018
1,543

2019
1,540

Thereafter
10,454

Total
$
18,211


[8] OFFICE PROPERTIES AND EQUIPMENT

Following is a summary of office properties and equipment by major classification:
 
December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)
2014
2013
Furniture, fixtures and equipment
$
7,208

$
6,235

Leasehold improvements
3,600

3,563

Total, at cost
10,808

9,798

Less: accumulated depreciation
(6,680
)
(5,523
)
Net office properties and equipment
$
4,128

$
4,275


The Company rents office space in its six office locations which are accounted for as operating leases. The initial lease periods are from three to twelve years and provide for one or more renewal options. All of the leases provide for annual rent escalations and payment of certain operating expenses applicable to the leased space. The Company records rent expense on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. Rent expense was $1.9 million, $1.5 million and $1.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012,

110

Table of Contents

respectively. Depreciation expense was $1.2 million, $1.1 million and $878,000 for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

At December 31, 2014, future minimum lease payments were as follows:
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31,
2014
2015
$
2,097

2016
1,865

2017
1,659

2018
1,554

2019
1,569

Thereafter
2,427

Total
$
11,171


In August 2014, the Company entered into a lease amendment for additional space for the Pittsburgh office for a period of 74 months, beginning January 1, 2015. In March 2014, the operating lease for the New York office location was renewed for a period of 90 months.

In September 2012, the operating lease for the Philadelphia office location was renewed for a period of 5 years.

In conjunction with the initial operating lease for the Pittsburgh location, the Bank received an allowance for leasehold improvements of $1.1 million. The allowance is being recognized as a reduction to rent expense over the life of the lease. The amount remaining as of December 31, 2014, of the total unrecognized allowance for leasehold improvements was $365,000. Rent expense is recorded on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease and the net deferred rent as of December 31, 2014, was $713,000.

[9] DEPOSITS
 
Interest Rate Range as of
 
Weighted Average
Interest Rate as of
 
Balance as of
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31,
2014
 
December 31,
2014
December 31,
2013
 
December 31,
2014
December 31,
2013
Demand and savings accounts:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Noninterest-bearing checking accounts

 


 
$
177,606

$
129,624

Interest-bearing checking accounts
0.00 to 0.50%

 
0.42
%
0.06
%
 
75,679

6,335

Money market deposit accounts
0.05 to 0.85%

 
0.39
%
0.37
%
 
1,244,921

952,631

Total demand and savings accounts
 
 
 
 
 
1,498,206

1,088,590

Time deposits
0.05 to 5.21%

 
0.69
%
0.71
%
 
838,747

873,115

Total deposit balance
 
 
 
 
 
$
2,336,953

$
1,961,705

Average rate paid on interest-bearing accounts
 
 
0.51
%
0.53
%
 
 
 

As of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the Bank had total brokered deposits of $882.6 million and $777.4 million, respectively. The amount for brokered deposits includes reciprocal Certificate of Deposit Account Registry Service® (“CDARS®”) and reciprocal Insured Cash Sweep® (“ICS®”) accounts totaling $419.1 million and $423.2 million as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.

As of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, time deposits with balances of $100,000 or more, excluding brokered certificates of deposit, amounted to $376.6 million and $398.3 million, respectively.


111

Table of Contents

The contractual maturity of time deposits, including brokered deposits, is as follows:
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31,
2014
December 31,
2013
12 months or less
$
722,752

$
693,574

12 months to 24 months
111,865

174,692

24 months to 36 months
4,130

4,849

36 months to 48 months


48 months to 60 months


Over 60 months


Total
$
838,747

$
873,115


Interest expense on deposits is as follows:
 
Years Ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)
2014
2013
2012
Interest-bearing checking accounts
$
229

$
4

$
3

Money market deposit accounts
4,228

3,756

4,062

Time deposits
6,154

7,221

9,586

Total interest expense on deposits
$
10,611

$
10,981

$
13,651


[10] BORROWINGS

As of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, borrowings were comprised of the following:
 
December 31, 2014
 
December 31, 2013
(Dollars in thousands)
Interest Rate
Ending Balance
Maturity Date
 
Interest Rate
Ending Balance
Maturity Date
FHLB borrowing:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Issued 9/25/2012


$


 
0.42
%
$
20,000

9/25/2014
Issued 4/7/2014
0.34
%
25,000

4/7/2015
 
 

 
Issued 4/7/2014
0.38
%
25,000

6/8/2015
 
 

 
Issued 4/7/2014
0.44
%
25,000

9/8/2015
 
 

 
Issued 5/5/2014
0.33
%
25,000

2/5/2015
 
 

 
Issued 12/31/2014
0.27
%
30,000

1/2/2015
 
 

 
Subordinated notes payable
5.75
%
35,000

7/1/2019
 
 

 
Total
 
$
165,000

 
 
 
$
20,000

 

In June 2014, we completed a private placement of subordinated notes payable, raising $35.0 million. The subordinated notes have a term of 5 years at a fixed-rate of 5.75%. The proceeds qualify as Tier 2 capital for the holding company, under federal regulatory capital rules. The proceeds will help fund continued growth and ensure that the Company and its Bank subsidiary maintain their adequate and well capitalized positions, respectively, and may be used to invest in the Bank and Chartwell, and for other general corporate purposes.

During the year the Bank increased FHLB borrowings from $20.0 million to $130.0 million to fund loan growth. The Bank's borrowing capacity at the FHLB is based on the collateral value of certain securities held in safekeeping at the FHLB and loans pledged to the FHLB. The Bank submits a quarterly Qualified Collateral Report (“QCR”) to the FHLB to update the value of the loans pledged. As of December 31, 2014, the Bank’s borrowing capacity is based on the information provided in the September 30, 2014, QCR filing. As of December 31, 2014, the Bank had securities held in safekeeping at the FHLB with a fair value of $8.2 million, combined with pledged loans of $652.4 million, for a total borrowing capacity of $334.2 million, net of $130.0 million outstanding in advances from the FHLB as reflected in the table above. As of December 31, 2013, there was $20.0 million outstanding in advances from the FHLB, which was repaid in 2014. When the Bank borrows from the FHLB, interest is charged at the FHLB's posted rates at the time of the borrowing.

The Bank maintains an unsecured line of credit of $10.0 million with M&T Bank and an unsecured line of credit of $20.0 million with Texas Capital Bank. As of December 31, 2014, the full amount of these established lines were available to the Bank.

112

Table of Contents


[11] INCOME TAXES

The income tax provision reconciled to taxes computed at the statutory federal rate is as follows:
 
Years Ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)
2014
2013
2012
Tax provision at statutory rate
$
8,014

$
6,503

$
6,128

Meals and entertainment
84

57

43

Dues and subscriptions
123

102

70

Keyman life insurance
12

25


Sec. 162 compensation


839

Bank owned life insurance
(504
)
(348
)
(179
)
State tax expense, net of federal benefit
407

134

132

Adjustments to prior year tax
(51
)
12

(114
)
Tax exempt income, net of disallowed interest
(145
)
(109
)
(60
)
Unrecognized tax benefits
11

110


Investment tax credit
(1,022
)
(909
)

Other
40

136

(22
)
Income tax provision
$
6,969

$
5,713

$
6,837


The investment tax credit in the table above relates to seven transactions for the financing of solar energy facilities that were entered into during 2014 and 2013. These transactions provided federal and state tax credits for the 2014 and 2013 tax years. The financing is accounted for as a direct financing lease included within the C&I loan portfolio.

The income tax provision consists of:
 
Years Ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)
2014
2013
2012
Current income tax provision - federal
$
7,549

$
7,823

$
7,335

Current income tax provision (benefit) - state
496

(257
)
295

Deferred tax benefit - federal
(735
)
(1,804
)
(628
)
Deferred tax benefit - state
(341
)
(49
)
(165
)
Income tax provision
$
6,969

$
5,713

$
6,837



113

Table of Contents

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, are as follows:
 
December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)
2014
2013
Deferred tax assets:
 
 
Net operating loss - state
$
73

$

Start-up expenses
190

215

Stock compensation
2,606

2,314

Compensation related accruals
2,897

1,759

Leasehold improvement
133

164

Allowance for loan loss
7,419

6,800

Long-term lease
261

258

Reserve for unfunded commitments
203

167

Supplemental executive retirement plan
473

228

Transaction costs
295


Intangibles
81


Earnout liability non-purchase accounting
671


Unrealized loss on investments
362

972

Other
198

22

Gross deferred tax assets
15,862

12,899

 
 
 
Deferred tax liabilities:
 
 
Office properties and equipment
(1,772
)
(1,363
)
Prepaid expenses

(125
)
Deferred loan costs
(1,578
)
(816
)
Goodwill
(393
)

State capital shares tax liability
(245
)

Gross deferred tax liability
(3,988
)
(2,304
)
Net deferred tax asset
$
11,874

$
10,595


Management believes that, as of December 31, 2014, it is more likely than not that the net deferred tax asset will be fully realized upon the generation of future taxable income.

The change in the net deferred tax asset for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, is detailed as follows:
 
December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)
2014
2013
Deferred tax benefit
$
1,076

$
1,853

Deferred tax - other comprehensive income (loss)
(610
)
1,901

Deferred tax asset established related to Chartwell acquisition
813


Change in net deferred tax asset
$
1,279

$
3,754


We consider uncertain tax positions that the Company has taken or expects to take on a tax return. We recognize interest accrued and penalties (if any) related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense. Federal tax years 2013 through 2014 remain subject to examination, as of December 31, 2014, while tax years 2011 through 2014 remain subject to examination by state taxing jurisdictions. No federal or state income tax return examinations are currently in progress.


114

Table of Contents

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending gross amounts of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:
 
December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)
2014
2013
Beginning of year balance
$
110

$

Increases in prior period tax positions
11

110

Decreases in prior period tax positions


Increases in current period tax positions


Settlements
(121
)

End of year balance
$

$
110


The total estimated unrecognized tax benefit that, if recognized, would affect the Company's effective tax rate was approximately $0 and $110,000 as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The impact of interest and penalties for the year ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, was immaterial to the Company's financial statements.

[12] REGULATORY CAPITAL

The Company and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory – and possibly additional discretionary – actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s and the Bank’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Company’s and the Bank's assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Company’s and the Bank's capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weighting, and other factors.

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company and the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the tables below) of Tier 1 and Total risk-based capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined), and of Tier 1 capital (as defined) to average assets (as defined). As of December 31, 2014, TriState Capital Holdings, Inc. and TriState Capital Bank exceeded all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject.

Financial depository institutions are categorized as Well Capitalized if they meet minimum Total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based, and Tier 1 leverage ratios (Tier 1 capital to average assets) as set forth in the tables below. Based upon the information in the most recently filed Call Report, the Bank exceeded the capital ratios necessary to be Well Capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. There have been no conditions or events since the filing of the most recent Call Report that management believes have changed the Bank’s capital.

The following tables set forth certain information concerning the Company’s and the Bank’s regulatory capital as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013:
 
December 31, 2014
 
Actual
 
For Capital Adequacy Purposes
 
To be Well Capitalized Under Prompt Corrective Action Provisions
(Dollars in thousands)
Amount
Ratio
 
Amount
Ratio
 
Amount
Ratio
Total risk-based capital ratio
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Company
$
302,217

11.02
%
 
$
219,458

8.00
%
 
 N/A

N/A

Bank
$
291,388

10.69
%
 
$
218,013

8.00
%
 
$
272,516

10.00
%
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Company
$
253,389

9.24
%
 
$
109,729

4.00
%
 
 N/A

N/A

Bank
$
270,560

9.93
%
 
$
109,007

4.00
%
 
$
163,510

6.00
%
Tier 1 leverage ratio
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Company
$
253,389

9.21
%
 
$
110,088

4.00
%
 
 N/A

N/A

Bank
$
270,560

9.88
%
 
$
109,498

4.00
%
 
$
136,872

5.00
%


115

Table of Contents

 
December 31, 2013
 
Actual
 
For Capital Adequacy Purposes
 
To be Well Capitalized Under Prompt Corrective Action Provisions
(Dollars in thousands)
Amount
Ratio
 
Amount
Ratio
 
Amount
Ratio
Total risk-based capital ratio
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Company
$
314,899

14.34
%
 
$
175,700

8.00
%
 
 N/A

N/A

Bank
$
248,019

11.29
%
 
$
175,700

8.00
%
 
$
219,625

10.00
%
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Company
$
295,438

13.45
%
 
$
87,850

4.00
%
 
 N/A

N/A

Bank
$
228,558

10.41
%
 
$
87,850

4.00
%
 
$
131,775

6.00
%
Tier 1 leverage ratio
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Company
$
295,438

13.12
%
 
$
180,138

8.00
%
 
 N/A

N/A

Bank
$
228,558

10.15
%
 
$
180,140

8.00
%
 
$
180,140

8.00
%

During the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company contributed $27.0 million of capital to the Bank subsidiary. There was no capital contributed to the Bank subsidiary during the year ended December 31, 2013.

As part of its operating and financial strategies, the Company has not paid dividends to its holders of its common shares since its inception in 2007 and it does not anticipate paying cash dividends to its holders of its common shares in the foreseeable future.

In December 2010, the Basel Committee released a final framework for a strengthened set of capital requirements, known as Basel III. In July 2013, final rules implementing the Basel III capital accord were adopted by the federal banking agencies. When phased in, Basel III will replace the existing regulatory capital rules for the Company and the Bank, which began phasing in on January 1, 2015. The Basel III final rules required new minimum capital ratio standards, established a new common equity to total risk-weighted assets ratio, subjected banking organizations to certain limitations on capital distributions and discretionary bonus payments and established a new standardized approach for risk weightings. Based on our calculations, we expect that TriState Capital Holdings, Inc. and TriState Capital Bank will meet all minimum capital requirements when effective and that we and the Bank would continue to meet all capital requirements as fully phased in without material adverse effects on our business.

On September 26, 2012, the Company redeemed all of the outstanding Series A preferred stock and Series B preferred stock, issued under our voluntary participation in the U.S. Treasury’s Capital Purchase Program. The repurchase totaled $24.2 million including $442,000 in net amortization related to the remaining difference between the repurchase price and the carrying value of the preferred shares at the time of repurchase. During the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company paid $1.1 million in dividends on these preferred shares.

[13] EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

The Company participates in a qualified 401(k) defined contribution plan under which eligible employees may contribute a percentage of their salary, at their discretion. Beginning in 2011 and continuing through 2014, the Company automatically contributed three percent of the employee’s base salary to the individual’s 401(k) plan, subject to IRS limitations. Full-time employees and certain part-time employees are eligible to participate upon the first month following their first day of employment or having attained age 21, whichever is later. The Company’s contribution expense was $600,000, $396,000 and $355,000 for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively, including incidental administrative fees paid to a third party administrator of the plan.

On February 28, 2013, the Company entered into a supplemental executive retirement plan (“SERP”) for the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. The benefits will be earned over a five year period with the projected payments for this SERP of $25,000 per month for 180 months commencing the later of retirement or 60 months. For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company recorded expense related to SERP of $657,000 and $637,000, respectively, utilizing a discount rate of 3.56% and 2.99% and the recorded liability was $1.3 million and $637,000 as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.

[14] ISSUANCE OF STOCK

On May 14, 2013, the Company completed the issuance and sale of 6,355,000 shares of its common stock, no par value, in its initial public offering of Common Stock, including 855,000 shares sold pursuant to the exercise in full by its underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares from the Company, at a price to the public of $11.50 per share. The shares were offered pursuant to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1. The Company received net proceeds of $66.0 million from the initial public offering, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and direct offering expenses.

116

Table of Contents


On August 10, 2012, the Company issued an aggregate of 48,780.488 shares of its Series C preferred stock at a price of $1,025.00 per share, purchased by LM III TriState Holdings LLC (69.1607%) and LM III-A TriState Holdings LLC (30.8393%) (combined the “Lovell Minnick funds”) which are investment funds managed by Lovell Minnick Partners LLC. Net proceeds totaled $46.0 million, net of offering costs of $4.0 million. The Series C preferred stock was convertible into shares of the Company’s common stock, with a conversion ratio of 100 shares of common stock for each share of Series C preferred stock (subject to adjustment in certain events, including combinations or divisions of common stock), by the holder at any time provided that, upon conversion, the holders of the Series C preferred stock will not own or control in the aggregate more than 24.9% of our voting securities. Series C preferred shareholders were entitled to participate in dividends with common shareholders on an “as if converted” basis. In connection with the closing of the initial public offering, on May 14, 2013, the Company converted all of its 48,780.488 outstanding shares of Series C preferred stock to shares of common stock, resulting in the issuance of 4,878,049 shares of common stock upon conversion.

In October 2014, the Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $10 million, or up to 1,000,000 shares, of the Company’s common stock through December 31, 2015. The Company repurchased a total of 678,891 shares for approximately $6.7 million during the fourth quarter at an average cost of $9.94 per share.

The table below shows the changes in the common and preferred shares during the periods indicated.
 
Number of
Common Shares
Outstanding
Number of
Preferred Shares
Outstanding
(Series A and B)
Number of
Preferred Shares
Outstanding
(Series C)
Balance, December 31, 2011
17,444,730

24,150


Issuance of common stock


48,780

Retirement of preferred stock

(24,150
)

Balance, December 31, 2012
17,444,730


48,780

Issuance of common stock
6,355,000



Conversion of preferred stock to common stock
4,878,049


(48,780
)
Exercise of stock options
12,500



Balance, December 31, 2013
28,690,279



Issuance of restricted common stock
27,000



Exercise of stock options
22,500



Purchase of treasury stock
(678,891
)


Balance, December 31, 2014
28,060,888




[15] EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE

The computation of basic and diluted earnings per common share for the periods presented is as follows:
 
Years Ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
2014
2013
2012
 
 
 
 
Net income available to common shareholders
$
15,928

$
12,867

$
9,147

Less: earnings allocated to participating stock

867

909

Net income available to common shareholders, after
required adjustments for the calculation of basic EPS
$
15,928

$
12,000

$
8,238

 
 
 
 
Basic shares
28,628,631

24,589,811

17,394,491

Preferred shares - dilutive

1,777,481

1,919,232

Non-vested restricted shares - dilutive
82

1,807

38,149

Stock options - dilutive
389,193

373,924

6,752

Diluted shares
29,017,906

26,743,023

19,358,624

 
 
 
 
Earnings per common share:
 
 
 
Basic
$
0.56

$
0.49

$
0.47

Diluted
$
0.55

$
0.48

$
0.47


117

Table of Contents


 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2014
2013
2012
Anti-dilutive shares (1)
779,732

590,500

2,127,000

(1) 
Included stock options not considered for the calculation of diluted EPS as their inclusion would have been anti-dilutive.

[16] STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION PROGRAMS

The Company’s 2006 Stock Option Plan (the “2006 Plan”) provided for the granting of incentive and non-qualifying stock options to the Company’s key employees, key contractors and outside directors at the discretion of the Board of Directors. The Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “Omnibus Plan”), which was approved by TriState Capital’s shareholders on May 20, 2014, provides for the granting of incentive and non-qualifying stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted shares, restricted stock units, dividend equivalent rights and other equity-based or equity-related awards to the Company’s key employees, key contractors and outside directors at the discretion of the Board of Directors. The Omnibus Plan, upon its approval, replaced the 2006 Plan. The total number of shares of common stock that may be granted under the Omnibus Plan is the number of authorized shares of common stock of TriState Capital remaining available under the 2006 Plan as of the date of shareholder approval, plus any shares of common stock issued pursuant to the 2006 Plan that were forfeited, canceled, expired or otherwise terminated. The shares reserved for grants under the 2006 Plan shall no longer be available for grants under that plan, but shall instead be reserved for grants under the Omnibus Plan.

On April 24, 2012, the shareholders of the Company authorized the issuance of up to an additional 2,000,000 common shares relating to stock awards, which may be issued upon the grant or exercise of stock-based awards, bringing the total authorized shares in connection with stock-based awards to 4,000,000, as of December 31, 2014, under both the 2006 Plan and the Omnibus Plan (combined the "Plans"). As of December 31, 2014, the Company has issued non-qualifying stock options and restricted shares and the aggregate awards outstanding were 2,536,732 under both of the Plans. As of December 31, 2014, there were 1,428,268 additional awards available for the Company to grant under the Omnibus Plan.

The Company's stock option grants contain terms that provide for a graded vesting schedule whereby portions of the options vest in increments over the requisite service period. Options issued under the Plans typically vest either 50 percent after two and one-half years following the award date and the remaining 50 percent five years following the award date; or 100 percent after five years following the award date. Restricted shares under the Omnibus Plan typically vest 100 percent after three years following the award date. The Company recognizes compensation expense for awards with graded vesting schedules on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire grant. The Company's compensation expense for all awards was $896,000, $654,000 and $889,000 for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Stock Options under the Plans

The fair value of each option award is estimated on the date of the grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and the weighted average assumptions in the following table. Expected term was calculated utilizing the simplified method because the Company has limited historical exercise behavior. Since the Company is newly publicly traded and there is not enough trading history, expected volatility is computed based on median historical volatility of similar entities with publicly traded shares. The risk-free rate for the expected term of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant. The computation assumes that there will be no dividends paid to common shareholders during the contractual life of the options.
 
December 31,
 
2014
2013
2012
Valuation Assumptions:
 
 
 
Expected dividend yield
0.0
%
0.0
%
0.0
%
Expected volatility
35.3
%
37.3
%
47.6
%
Expected term (years)
6.9

6.9

6.9

Risk-free interest rate
2.3
%
1.9
%
1.2
%


118

Table of Contents

Stock option activity during the periods indicated is as follows:
 
Number of Options
Weighted Average Exercise Price
Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term (years)
Balance, December 31, 2011
1,946,500

$
9.92

6.12
Granted
271,500

10.20

 
Exercised


 
Forfeited
25,000

9.06

 
Expired


 
Balance, December 31, 2012
2,193,000

$
9.97

5.69
Granted
119,000

11.56

 
Exercised
12,500

10.00

 
Forfeited
33,000

11.16

 
Expired


 
Balance, December 31, 2013
2,266,500

$
10.03

4.94
Granted
309,732

12.04

 
Exercised
22,500

11.11

 
Forfeited
44,000

9.66

 
Expired


 
Balance, December 31, 2014
2,509,732

$
10.28

4.52
 
 
 
 
Exercisable as of December 31, 2012
1,518,500

$
10.16

4.33
Exercisable as of December 31, 2013
1,625,000

$
10.08

3.56
Exercisable as of December 31, 2014
1,693,500

$
10.04

2.75

The weighted average grant date fair value of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, was $4.90, $4.80 and $4.98, respectively. The weighted average grant date fair value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, was $5.08 and $4.30, respectively. There were no options exercised during the year ended December 31, 2012.

A summary of the status of the Company's non-vested options as of and changes during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, is presented below:
Non-vested options:
Options
Weighted Average Grant-Date
Fair Value
Balance, December 31, 2011
1,129,250

$
4.51

Granted
271,500

4.98

Vested
701,250

4.33

Forfeited
25,000

4.66

Balance, December 31, 2012
674,500

$
4.88

Granted
119,000

4.80

Vested
119,000

4.60

Forfeited
33,000

5.40

Balance, December 31, 2013
641,500

$
4.89

Granted
309,732

4.90

Vested
91,000

5.12

Forfeited
44,000

4.84

Balance, December 31, 2014
816,232

$
4.87


As of December 31, 2014, there was $2.7 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested options granted under the Plans and the unrecognized compensation cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 3.4 years.

119

Table of Contents


Restricted Shares under the Plans

During the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company granted 27,000 restricted shares with a weighted average fair value of $10.66, all of which were outstanding and non-vested as of December 31, 2014. There was $284,000 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested restricted shares granted under the Plans as of December 31, 2014, and the unrecognized compensation cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 3.0 years.

Other Awards

In January 2011, the Board of Directors approved a grant of 62,500 shares of the Company’s restricted shares to the Company’s Chairman and Chief Executive Officer with a grant date fair value of $500,000. Under this grant, the service-based restricted shares were expensed ratably over the two-year vesting period, commencing in January 2011. During January 2013, the restricted shares were fully vested.

[17] DERIVATIVES AND HEDGING ACTIVITY

RISK MANAGEMENT OBJECTIVE OF USING DERIVATIVES
The Company is exposed to certain risks arising from both its business operations and economic conditions. The Company principally manages its exposures to a wide variety of business and operational risks through management of its core business activities. The Company manages economic risks, including interest rate, liquidity, and credit risk primarily by managing the amount, sources, and duration of its debt funding and through the use of derivative financial instruments. Specifically, the Company enters into derivative financial instruments to manage exposures that arise from business activities that result in the receipt or payment of future known and uncertain cash amounts, the value of which are determined by interest rates. The Company’s derivative financial instruments are used to manage differences in the amount, timing, and duration of the Company’s known or expected cash receipts related to certain of the Company’s fixed-rate loan assets. The Company also has derivatives that are a result of a service the Company provides to certain qualifying customers while at the same time the Company enters into an offsetting derivative transaction in order to minimize its net risk exposure resulting from such transactions.

FAIR VALUES OF DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS ON THE STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
The tables below present the fair value of the Company’s derivative financial instruments as well as their classification on the consolidated statements of financial condition as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013:
 
Asset Derivatives
 
Liability Derivatives
 
as of December 31, 2014
 
as of December 31, 2014
(Dollars in thousands)
Balance Sheet Location
Fair Value
 
Balance Sheet Location
Fair Value
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate products
Other assets
$

 
Other liabilities
$
442

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate products
Other assets
$
6,327

 
Other liabilities
$
6,849


 
Asset Derivatives
 
Liability Derivatives
 
as of December 31, 2013
 
as of December 31, 2013
(Dollars in thousands)
Balance Sheet Location
Fair Value
 
Balance Sheet Location
Fair Value
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate products
Other assets
$

 
Other liabilities
$
736

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate products
Other assets
$
3,417

 
Other liabilities
$
3,515


FAIR VALUE HEDGES OF INTEREST RATE RISK
The Company is exposed to changes in the fair value of certain of its fixed-rate obligations due to changes in benchmark interest rates, which relate predominantly to LIBOR. Interest rate swaps designated as fair value hedges involve the receipt of variable rate payments from a counterparty in exchange for the Company making fixed-rate payments over the life of the agreements without the exchange of the underlying notional amount. As of December 31, 2014, the Company had five interest rate swaps, with a notional amount of $7.5 million that were designated as fair value hedges of interest rate risk associated with the Company’s fixed-rate loan

120

Table of Contents

assets. The notional amounts for the derivatives express the face amount of the positions, however, credit risk was considered insignificant in 2014 and 2013. There were no counterparty default losses on derivatives for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.

For the five derivatives that were designated and that qualify as fair value hedges, the gain or loss on the derivative as well as the offsetting loss or gain on the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk are recognized in earnings by applying the “fair value long haul” method. The Company includes the gain or loss on the hedged items in the same line item as the offsetting loss or gain on the related derivatives. During the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company recognized gains of $10,000 in non-interest income related to hedge ineffectiveness. The Company also recognized a decrease to interest income of $321,000 for the year ended December 31, 2014, related to the Company’s fair value hedges, which includes net settlements on the derivatives, and any amortization adjustment of the basis in the hedged items.

NON-DESIGNATED HEDGES
The Company does not use derivatives for trading or speculative purposes. Derivatives not designated as hedges are not speculative and result from a service the Company provides to certain customers. The Company executes interest rate derivatives with its commercial banking customers to facilitate their respective risk management strategies. Those derivatives are simultaneously economically hedged by offsetting derivatives that the Company executes with a third party, such that the Company minimizes its net risk exposure resulting from such transactions. Changes in the fair value of derivatives not designated in hedging relationships are recorded directly in earnings. As of December 31, 2014, the Company had 108 derivative transactions with an aggregate notional amount of $379.3 million related to this program. During the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company recognized a net loss of $423,000 related to changes in fair value of the derivatives not designated in hedging relationships.

EFFECT OF DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS IN THE STATEMENTS OF INCOME
The tables below present the effect of the Company’s derivative financial instruments in the consolidated statements of income for the periods presented:
 
 
 
Years Ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
2014
2013
2012
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:
Location of Gain (Loss) Recognized in
Income on Derivative
 
Amount of Gain (Loss)
Recognized in Income on Derivative
Interest rate products
Interest income
 
$
(321
)
$
(434
)
$
(834
)
 
Non-interest income
 
10

14

28

Total
 
 
$
(311
)
$
(420
)
$
(806
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
Location of Gain (Loss) Recognized in
Income on Derivative
 
Amount of Gain (Loss)
Recognized in Income on Derivative
Interest rate products
Non-interest income
 
$
(423
)
$
154

$
(72
)
Total
 
 
$
(423
)
$
154

$
(72
)

CREDIT-RISK-RELATED CONTINGENT FEATURES
The Company has agreements with each of its derivative counterparties that contain a provision where, if the Company defaults on any of its indebtedness, including default where repayment of the indebtedness has not been accelerated by the lender, then the Company could also be declared in default on its derivative obligations.

The Company has agreements with certain of its derivative counterparties that contain a provision where, if either the Company or the counterparty fails to maintain its status as a well/adequately capitalized institution, then the Company or the counterparty could be required to terminate any outstanding derivative positions and settle its obligations under the agreement.

As of December 31, 2014, the termination value of derivatives, including accrued interest, in a net liability position related to these agreements was $7.2 million. As of December 31, 2014, the Company has minimum collateral posting thresholds with certain of its derivative counterparties and has posted collateral of $7.1 million. If the Company had breached any of these provisions as of December 31, 2014, it could have been required to settle its obligations under the agreements at their termination value.

[18] DISCLOSURES ABOUT FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Fair value estimates of financial instruments are based on the present value of expected future cash flows, quoted market prices of similar financial instruments, if available, and other valuation techniques. These valuations are significantly affected by discount rates, cash

121

Table of Contents

flow assumptions, and risk assumptions used. Therefore, fair value estimates may not be substantiated by comparison to independent markets and are not intended to reflect the proceeds that may be realized in an immediate settlement of instruments. Accordingly, the aggregate fair value amounts presented below do not represent the underlying value of the Company.

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS
In accordance with U.S. GAAP the Company must account for certain financial assets and liabilities at fair value on a recurring and non-recurring basis. The Company utilizes a three-level fair value hierarchy of valuation techniques to estimate the fair value of its financial assets and liabilities based on whether the inputs to those valuation techniques are observable or unobservable. The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to quoted prices with readily available independent data in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1) and the lowest priority to unobservable market inputs (Level 3). When various inputs for measurement fall within multiple levels of the fair value hierarchy, the lowest level input that has a significant impact on fair value measurement is used.

Financial assets and liabilities are categorized based upon the following characteristics or inputs to the valuation techniques:

Level 1 – Financial assets and liabilities for which inputs are observable and are obtained from reliable quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in actively traded markets. This is the most reliable fair value measurement and includes, for example, active exchange-traded equity securities.
Level 2 – Financial assets and liabilities for which values are based on quoted prices in markets that are not active or for which values are based on similar assets or liabilities that are actively traded. Level 2 also includes pricing models in which the inputs are corroborated by market data, for example, matrix pricing.
Level 3 – Financial assets and liabilities for which values are based on prices or valuation techniques that require inputs that are both unobservable and significant to the overall fair value measurement. Level 3 inputs include assumptions of a source independent of the reporting entity or the reporting entity’s own assumptions that are supported by little or no market activity or observable inputs.

The Company is responsible for the valuation process and as part of this process may use data from outside sources in establishing fair value. The Company performs due diligence to understand the inputs used or how the data was calculated or derived. The Company corroborates the reasonableness of external inputs in the valuation process.

RECURRING FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

The following tables represent assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013:
 
December 31, 2014
(Dollars in thousands)
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total Assets /
Liabilities
at Fair Value
Financial assets:
 
 
 
 
Investment securities available-for-sale:
 
 
 
 
Corporate bonds
$

$
31,668

$

$
31,668

Trust preferred securities

16,801


16,801

Non-agency mortgage-backed securities

11,585


11,585

Agency collateralized mortgage obligations

56,863


56,863

Agency mortgage-backed securities

32,880


32,880

Agency debentures

8,737


8,737

Equity securities
8,038



8,038

Interest rate swaps

6,327


6,327

Total financial assets
8,038

164,861


172,899

 
 
 
 
 
Financial liabilities:
 
 
 
 
Interest rate swaps

7,291


7,291

Total financial liabilities
$

$
7,291

$

$
7,291



122

Table of Contents

 
December 31, 2013
(Dollars in thousands)
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total Assets /
Liabilities
at Fair Value
Financial assets:
 
 
 
 
Investment securities available-for-sale:
 
 
 
 
Corporate bonds
$

$
56,388

$

$
56,388

Trust preferred securities

15,624


15,624

Non-agency mortgage-backed securities

7,694


7,694

Agency collateralized mortgage obligations

81,951


81,951

Agency mortgage-backed securities

36,311


36,311

Agency debentures

4,613


4,613

Interest rate swaps

3,417


3,417

Total financial assets

205,998


205,998

 
 
 
 
 
Financial liabilities:
 
 
 
 
Interest rate swaps

4,251


4,251

Total financial liabilities
$

$
4,251

$

$
4,251


INVESTMENT SECURITIES
Generally, investment securities are valued using pricing for similar securities, recently executed transactions, and other pricing models utilizing observable inputs. The valuations for debt and equity securities are classified as either Level 1 or Level 2. U.S. Treasury Notes and equity securities (including mutual funds) are classified as Level 1 because these securities are in actively traded markets. Investment securities within Level 2 include corporate bonds, single-issuer trust preferred securities, municipal bonds, non-agency mortgage-backed securities, collateralized mortgage obligations and mortgage-backed securities issued by U.S. government agencies and U.S. government agency debentures.

INTEREST RATE SWAPS
The fair value is estimated using inputs that are observable or that can be corroborated by observable market data and, therefore, are classified as Level 2. These fair value estimations include primarily market observable inputs such as the forward LIBOR swap curve.

NON-RECURRING FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

Certain financial assets and financial liabilities are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis; that is, the instruments are not measured at fair value on an ongoing basis but are subject to fair value adjustments in certain circumstances, such as when there is evidence of impairment.

The following tables represent the balances of assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013:
 
December 31, 2014
(Dollars in thousands)
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total Assets
at Fair Value
Loans measured for impairment, net
$

$

$
25,177

$
25,177

Other real estate owned


1,370

1,370

Total assets
$

$

$
26,547

$
26,547


 
December 31, 2013
(Dollars in thousands)
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total Assets
at Fair Value
Loans measured for impairment, net
$

$

$
15,348

$
15,348

Other real estate owned


1,413

1,413

Total assets
$

$

$
16,761

$
16,761


123

Table of Contents


As of December 31, 2014, the Company recorded $5.6 million of specific reserves to the allowance for loan losses as a result of adjusting the fair value of the collateral for certain collateral dependent impaired loans to $7.6 million, and as a result of adjusting the value based upon the discounted cash flow to $17.6 million, as of December 31, 2014.

As of December 31, 2013, the Company recorded $5.5 million of specific allowance for loan losses as a result of adjusting the fair value of the collateral for certain collateral dependent impaired loans to $8.2 million, and as a result of adjusting the value based upon the discounted cash flow to $7.1 million as of December 31, 2013.

The Company obtains updated appraisals for collateral dependent impaired loans and other real estate owned on an annual basis, unless circumstances require a more frequent appraisal.

IMPAIRED LOANS
A loan is considered impaired when management determines it is probable that all of the principal and interest due under the original terms of the loan may not be collected or if a loan is designated as a TDR. Impairment is measured based on the fair value of the underlying collateral or discounted cash flows when collateral does not exist. Our policy is to obtain appraisals on collateral supporting impaired loans on an annual basis, unless circumstances dictate a shorter time frame. Appraisals are reduced by estimated costs to sell the collateral, and, under certain circumstances, additional factors that may arise and which may cause us to believe our recovered value may be less than the independent appraised value. Accordingly, impaired loans are classified as Level 3. The Company measures impairment on all loans for which it has established specific reserves as part of the allocated allowance component of the allowance for loan losses.

OTHER REAL ESTATE OWNED
Real estate owned is comprised of property acquired through foreclosure or voluntarily conveyed by borrowers. These assets are recorded on the date acquired at the lower of the related original loan balance or fair value, less estimated disposition costs, with the fair value being determined by appraisal. Our policy is to obtain appraisals on collateral supporting OREO on an annual basis, unless circumstances dictate a shorter time frame. Appraisals are reduced by estimated costs to sell the collateral, and, under certain circumstances, additional factors that may arise and which may cause us to believe our recovered value may be less than the independent appraised value. Subsequently, foreclosed assets are valued at the lower of the amount recorded at acquisition date or fair value, less estimated disposition costs. Accordingly, real estate owned is classified as Level 3.

LEVEL 3 VALUATION

The following tables present additional quantitative information about assets measured at fair value on a recurring and non-recurring basis and for which we have utilized Level 3 inputs to determine fair value as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013:
 
December 31, 2014
(Dollars in thousands)
Fair Value
 
Valuation Techniques (1)
 
Significant Unobservable Inputs
 
Weighted Average Discount Rate
Loans measured for impairment, net
$
7,559

 
Appraisal value or Market multiple
 
Discount due
to salability conditions
 
10
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans measured for impairment, net
$
17,618

 
Discounted cash flow
 
Discount due to restructured nature of operations
 
10
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other real estate owned
$
1,370

 
Appraisal value
 
Discount due to salability conditions
 
10
%
(1) 
Fair value is generally determined through independent appraisals or market multiple of the underlying collateral, which may include level 3 inputs that are not identifiable, or by using the discounted cash flow method if the loan is not collateral dependent.


124

Table of Contents

 
December 31, 2013
(Dollars in thousands)
Fair Value
 
Valuation Techniques (1)
 
Significant Unobservable Inputs
 
Weighted Average Discount Rate
Loans measured for impairment, net
$
8,246

 
Appraisal value
 
Discount due
to salability conditions
 
10
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans measured for impairment, net
$
7,102

 
Discounted cash flow
 
Lack of market data
 
14
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other real estate owned
$
1,413

 
Appraisal value
 
Discount due to salability conditions
 
18
%
(1) 
Fair value is generally determined through independent appraisals of the underlying collateral, which may include level 3 inputs that are not identifiable, or by using the discounted cash flow method if the loan is not collateral dependent.

FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

A summary of the carrying amounts and estimated fair values of financial instruments is as follows:
 
December 31, 2014
 
December 31, 2013
(Dollars in thousands)
Fair Value
Level
Carrying
Amount
Estimated
Fair Value
 
Carrying
Amount
Estimated
Fair Value
Financial assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
1
$
105,710

$
105,710

 
$
146,558

$
146,558

Investment securities available-for-sale: debt
2
158,534

158,534

 
202,581

202,581

Investment securities available-for-sale: equity
1
8,038

8,038

 


Investment securities held-to-maturity
2
39,591

40,113

 
25,263

24,457

Loans held-for-investment, net
3
2,379,779

2,376,075

 
1,841,779

1,860,693

Accrued interest receivable
2
6,279

6,279

 
6,180

6,180

Investment management fees receivable
2
6,818

6,818

 


Federal Home Loan Bank stock
2
5,730

5,730

 
2,336

2,336

Bank owned life insurance
2
53,323

53,323

 
41,882

41,882

Interest rate swaps
2
6,327

6,327

 
3,417

3,417

Other real estate owned
3
1,370

1,370

 
1,413

1,413

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deposits
2
$
2,336,953

$
2,337,734

 
$
1,961,705

$
1,963,611

Borrowings
2
165,000

165,163

 
20,000

20,008

Interest rate swaps
2
7,291

7,291

 
4,251

4,251


The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instruments as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013:

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
The carrying amount approximates fair value.

INVESTMENT SECURITIES
The fair values of investment securities available-for-sale, held-to-maturity and trading are based on quoted market prices for the same or similar securities, recently executed transactions and pricing models.

LOANS HELD-FOR-INVESTMENT
The fair value of loans is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using the current rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings and for the same remaining maturities. Fair value as determined here does not represent an exit price. Impaired loans are generally valued at the fair value of the associated collateral.

125

Table of Contents


ACCRUED INTEREST RECEIVABLE
The carrying amount approximates fair value.

INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT FEES RECEIVABLE
The carrying amount approximates fair value.

FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK STOCK
The carrying value of our FHLB stock, which is a marketable equity investment, approximates fair value.

BANK OWNED LIFE INSURANCE
The Company owns general account bank owned life insurance. The fair value of the general account BOLI is based on the insurance contract net cash surrender value.

OTHER REAL ESTATE OWNED
Real estate owned is recorded on the date acquired at the lower of the related original loan balance or fair value, less estimated disposition costs, with the fair value being determined by appraisal. Subsequently, foreclosed assets are valued at the lower of the amount recorded at acquisition date or fair value, less estimated disposition costs.

DEPOSITS
The fair value of demand deposits is the amount payable on demand as of the reporting date, i.e., their carrying amounts. The fair value of fixed maturity certificates of deposit is estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that applies the rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.

BORROWINGS
The fair value of our borrowings is calculated by discounting scheduled cash flows through the estimated maturity using period end market rates for borrowings of similar remaining maturities.

INTEREST RATE SWAPS
The fair value of interest rate swaps are estimated through the assistance of an independent third party and compared to the fair value determined by the swap counterparty to establish reasonableness.

OFF-BALANCE SHEET INSTRUMENTS
Fair values for the Company’s off-balance sheet instruments, which consist of lending commitments, standby letters of credit and risk participation agreements related to interest rate swap agreements, are based on fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the counterparties’ credit standing. Management believes that the fair value of these off-balance sheet instruments is not significant.

[19] CHANGES IN ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

The following table shows the changes in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), for the periods presented:
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2014
2013
2012
(Dollars in thousands)
Unrealized Gains
and Losses on
Investment Securities
Unrealized Gains
and Losses on
Investment Securities
Unrealized Gains
and Losses on
Investment Securities
Balance, beginning of period
$
(1,744
)
$
1,671

$
738

Increase (decrease) in unrealized holding gains (losses)
2,034

(2,903
)
1,649

Gains reclassified from other comprehensive income (loss) (1)
(917
)
(512
)
(716
)
Net other comprehensive income (loss)
1,117

(3,415
)
933

Balance, end of period
$
(627
)
$
(1,744
)
$
1,671

(1) 
Consists of net realized gains on sales of investment securities available-for-sale of $1.4 million, $797,000 and $1.1 million, net of income tax expense of $511,000, $285,000 and $398,000 for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.


126

Table of Contents

[20] RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Certain directors and executive officers have loan and deposit accounts with the Bank. Such loans and deposits were made in the ordinary course of business on substantially the same terms, including interest rates, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with outsiders. As of December 31, 2014, the Bank had loans outstanding to directors totaling $3.2 million, which consisted of three loans. As of December 31, 2014, the Bank had deposits outstanding from directors and their related interests totaling $11.8 million.

During the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, the Bank obtained services from affiliated companies of certain directors and executive officers in the normal course of business as outlined below.
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
Years Ended December 31,
Related Party
Affiliation
Nature of Transaction
2014
2013
2012
Mikell Schenck Associates
Owned by spouse of a director/executive officer
Interior design services
$

$
22

$
23

Stephen Casey Architects
Owned by spouse of a director
Architectural services


30

Ascent Data Corporation
Owned by a director
Systems consulting
32

17

42

Voyager Jet Center
Owned by a director
Aircraft charter
158

117

13

Total
 
 
$
190

$
156

$
108


[21] CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

The Company is not subject to any asserted claims nor is it aware of any unasserted claims. In the opinion of management, there are no potential claims that would have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, liquidity or results of operations.

[22] CONDENSED PARENT COMPANY ONLY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following condensed statements of financial condition of the Company as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the related condensed statements of income and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, should be read in conjunction with our Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes:
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
 
 
 
December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)
2014
2013
ASSETS
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
19,235

$
66,921

Investment securities available-for-sale
8,038


Investment in subsidiaries
312,811

227,065

Prepaid expenses and other assets
1,373


Total assets
$
341,457

$
293,986

 
 
 
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
 
 
 
 
 
Borrowings
$
35,000

$

Other accrued expenses and other liabilities
1,067

41

Shareholders’ equity
305,390

293,945

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
$
341,457

$
293,986



127

Table of Contents

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
 
 
 
 
Years Ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)
2014
2013
2012
Interest income
$
259

$
192

$

Dividends received from subsidiaries
2,480


940

Total interest and dividend income
2,739

192

940

Interest expense
1,266



Net interest income
1,473

192

940

Non-interest income



Non-interest expense
119

20

18

Income before income taxes and undisbursed income of subsidiaries
1,354

172

922

Income tax expense (benefit)
(467
)
54

(7
)
Income before undisbursed income of subsidiaries
1,821

118

929

Undisbursed income of subsidiaries
14,107

12,749

9,743

Net income
$
15,928

$
12,867

$
10,672


CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
 
 
 
Years Ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)
2014
2013
2012
Cash Flows from Operating Activities:
 
Net income
$
15,928

$
12,867

$
10,672

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
 
 
 
Undisbursed income of subsidiaries
(14,107
)
(12,749
)
(9,743
)
Amortization of deferred financing costs
118



Increase in accrued interest payable
1,149



Decrease (increase) in other assets
(453
)
14

(8
)
(Decrease) increase in other liabilities
(123
)
41

(5
)
Net cash provided by operating activities
2,512

173

916

Cash Flows from Investing Activities:
 
 
 
Purchase of investment securities available-for-sale
(8,110
)


Net payments for investments in subsidiaries
(69,580
)

(21,718
)
Net cash used in investing activities
(77,690
)

(21,718
)
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:
 
 
 
Net proceeds from issuance of preferred stock


46,011

Net proceeds from issuance of subordinated notes payable
33,988



Net proceeds from issuance of common stock

65,990


Retirement of preferred stock


(24,150
)
Net proceeds from exercise of stock options
250

125


Purchase of treasury stock
(6,746
)


Dividends paid on preferred stock


(1,083
)
Net cash provided by financing activities
27,492

66,115

20,778

Net change in cash and cash equivalents
(47,686
)
66,288

(24
)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
66,921

633

657

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
$
19,235

$
66,921

$
633



128

Table of Contents

[23] SEGMENTS

Since the Chartwell acquisition on March 5, 2014, the Company now operates two reportable segments: Bank and Investment Management.

The Bank segment provides commercial banking and private banking services to middle-market businesses and high-net-worth individuals through the TriState Capital Bank subsidiary. The Bank segment also includes general operating expenses of the Company, which includes the parent company activity as well as eliminations and adjustments which are necessary for purposes of reconciliation to the consolidated amounts.

The Investment Management segment provides advisory and sub-advisory investment management services to primarily institutional plan sponsors through the Chartwell Investment Partners, Inc. subsidiary and also provides distribution and marketing efforts for Chartwell's proprietary investment products through the Chartwell TSC Securities Corp. subsidiary.

The following tables provide financial information for the two segments of the Company as of and for the periods indicated.
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2014
December 31, 2013
Assets:
 
Bank
$
2,784,368

$
2,290,509

Investment management
62,489


Total assets
$
2,846,857

$
2,290,509


 
Year Ended December 31, 2014
(Dollars in thousands)
Bank
Investment
Management
(1)
Consolidated
Income statement data:
 
Interest income
$
77,913

$

$
77,913

Interest expense
12,251


12,251

Net interest income
65,662


65,662

Provision for loan losses
10,159


10,159

Net interest income after provision for loan losses
55,503


55,503

Non-interest income:
 
 
 
Investment management fees

25,062

25,062

Net gain on the sale of investment securities available-for-sale
1,428


1,428

Other non-interest income
5,193

38

5,231

Total non-interest income
6,621

25,100

31,721

Non-interest expense:
 
 
 
Intangible amortization expense

1,299

1,299

Earnout expense related to Chartwell acquisition

1,614

1,614

Other non-interest expense
43,076

18,338

61,414

Total non-interest expense
43,076

21,251

64,327

Income before tax
19,048

3,849

22,897

Income tax expense
5,442

1,527

6,969

Net income
$
13,606

$
2,322

$
15,928

(1) 
The Investment Management segment activity began on March 5, 2014, upon closing of the Chartwell acquisition.


129

Table of Contents

SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA

The tables below summarize our unaudited quarterly financial information for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013:
 
2014
(Dollars in thousands, except per share)
Fourth
Quarter
Third
Quarter
Second
Quarter
First
Quarter
Income statement data:
(unaudited)
Interest income
$
20,933

$
19,681

$
18,991

$
18,308

Interest expense
3,417

3,435

2,953

2,446

Net interest income
17,516

16,246

16,038

15,862

Provision (credit) for loan losses
(209
)
651

9,109

608

Net interest income after provision for loan losses
17,725

15,595

6,929

15,254

Non-interest income:
 
 
 
 
Investment management fees
7,681

7,418

7,509

2,454

Net gain on sale of investment securities available-for-sale


414

1,014

Other non-interest income
1,149

1,872

1,198

1,012

Total non-interest income
8,830

9,290

9,121

4,480

Non-interest expense:
 
 
 
 
Intangible amortization expense
390

389

390

130

Earnout expense related to Chartwell acquisition
1,614




Other non-interest expense
17,374

16,284

15,094

12,662

Total non-interest expense
19,378

16,673

15,484

12,792

Income before tax
7,177

8,212

566

6,942

Income tax expense
2,085

2,506

52

2,326

Net income
$
5,092

$
5,706

$
514

$
4,616

 
 
 
 
 
Earnings per common share:
 
 
 
 
Basic
$
0.18

$
0.20

$
0.02

$
0.16

Diluted
$
0.18

$
0.20

$
0.02

$
0.16


 
2013
(Dollars in thousands, except per share)
Fourth
Quarter
Third
Quarter
Second
Quarter
First
Quarter
Income statement data:
(unaudited)
Interest income
$
18,885

$
18,384

$
18,183

$
17,399

Interest expense
2,501

2,612

2,899

3,055

Net interest income
16,384

15,772

15,284

14,344

Provision for loan losses
473

4,911

671

2,132

Net interest income after provision for loan losses
15,911

10,861

14,613

12,212

Non-interest income:
 
 
 
 
Net gain on sale of investment securities available-for-sale
13



784

Other non-interest income
1,575

1,118

1,304

1,004

Total non-interest income
1,588

1,118

1,304

1,788

Total non-interest expense
11,211

10,016

9,960

9,628

Income before tax
6,288

1,963

5,957

4,372

Income tax expense
1,478

633

2,085

1,517

Net income
$
4,810

$
1,330

$
3,872

$
2,855

 
 
 
 
 
Earnings per common share:
 
 
 
 
Basic
$
0.17

$
0.05

$
0.15

$
0.13

Diluted
$
0.17

$
0.05

$
0.15

$
0.13



130

Table of Contents

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

The Company's management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the Company's disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) as of December 31, 2014. The Company's disclosure controls and procedures are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission's rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to the Company's management, including the Company's Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Based on this evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company's disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2014.

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
This Annual Report on Form 10-K does not include a report of management’s assessment regarding internal control over financial reporting or an attestation report of our registered public accounting firm as permitted due to a transition period established by rules of the SEC for newly public companies.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in the Company's internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) that occurred during the year ended December 31, 2014, that have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect the Company's internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

None.


131

Table of Contents

PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Information required by this item is set forth in our definitive proxy materials regarding our annual meeting of stockholders to be held May 19, 2015, which proxy materials will be filed with the SEC no later than April 30, 2015, and are incorporated by reference.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Information required by this item is set forth in our definitive proxy materials regarding our annual meeting of stockholders to be held May 19, 2015, which proxy materials will be filed with the SEC no later than April 30, 2015, and are incorporated by reference.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

Information required by this item is set forth in our definitive proxy materials regarding our annual meeting of stockholders to be held May 19, 2015, which proxy materials will be filed with the SEC no later than April 30, 2015, and are incorporated by reference.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

Information required by this item is set forth in our definitive proxy materials regarding our annual meeting of stockholders to be held May 19, 2015, which proxy materials will be filed with the SEC no later than April 30, 2015, and are incorporated by reference.

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

Information required by this item is set forth in our definitive proxy materials regarding our annual meeting of stockholders to be held May 19, 2015, which proxy materials will be filed with the SEC no later than April 30, 2015, and are incorporated by reference.

PART IV

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a)    FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The consolidated financial statements required in response to this item are incorporated by reference to Part II - Item 8 of this Report.

(b)    EXHIBITS

The exhibits filed or incorporated by reference as a part of this report are incorporated by reference to the Exhibit Index following the signature page of this Report.

(c)    SCHEDULES

No financial statement schedules are being filed because of the absence of conditions under which they are required or because the required information is included in the consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto.


132

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

TRISTATE CAPITAL HOLDINGS, INC.
 
 
 
 
Date:
February 23, 2015
By:
/s/ James F. Getz
 
 
 
James F. Getz
 
 
 
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
 
 
 
 
Date:
February 23, 2015
By:
/s/ Mark L. Sullivan
 
 
 
Mark L. Sullivan
 
 
 
Vice Chairman and Chief Financial Officer
 
 
 
 


Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Date:
February 23, 2015
By:
/s/ James F. Getz
 
 
 
James F. Getz
 
 
 
Chairman, President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
 
 
 
(Principal Executive Officer)
 
 
 
 
Date:
February 23, 2015
By:
/s/ Mark L. Sullivan
 
 
 
Mark L. Sullivan
 
 
 
Vice Chairman, Chief Financial Officer and Director
 
 
 
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
 
 
 
 
Date:
February 23, 2015
By:
/s/ Anthony J. Buzzelli*
 
 
 
Anthony J. Buzzelli
 
 
 
Director
 
 
 
 
Date:
February 23, 2015
By:
/s/ Helen Hanna Casey*
 
 
 
Helen Hanna Casey
 
 
 
Director
 
 
 
 
Date:
February 23, 2015
By:
/s/ E.H. (Gene) Dewhurst*
 
 
 
E.H. (Gene) Dewhurst
 
 
 
Director
 
 
 
 
Date:
February 23, 2015
By:
/s/ James J. Dolan*
 
 
 
James J. Dolan
 
 
 
Director
 
 
 
 
Date:
February 23, 2015
By:
/s/ James H. Graves*
 
 
 
James H. Graves
 
 
 
Director
 
 
 
 
Date:
February 23, 2015
By:
/s/ James E. Minnick*
 
 
 
James E. Minnick
 
 
 
Director
 
 
 
 

133

Table of Contents

Date:
February 23, 2015
By:
/s/ A. William Schenck, III*
 
 
 
A. William Schenck, III
 
 
 
Vice Chairman and Director
 
 
 
 
Date:
February 23, 2015
By:
/s/ Richard B. Seidel*
 
 
 
Richard B. Seidel
 
 
 
Director
 
 
 
 
Date:
February 23, 2015
By:
/s/ John B. Yasinsky*
 
 
 
John B. Yasinsky
 
 
 
Director
 
 
 
 
Date:
February 23, 2015
By:
/s/ Richard A. Zappala*
 
 
 
Richard A. Zappala
 
 
 
Director
 
 
 
 
 
*
By:
/s/ James F. Getz
 
 
 
James F. Getz, Attorney-in-Fact
 
 
 
 


134

Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX
Exhibit
No.
Description
2.1
TriState Capital Holdings, Inc. asset purchase agreement to acquire Chartwell Investment Partners, L.P. dated January 3, 2014, which is incorporated by reference to our Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 3, 2014.
3.1
Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, which is incorporated by reference to our Registration Statement on Form S-1/A (File No. 333-187681) filed with the SEC on April 16, 2013.
3.2
Bylaws, as amended, which is incorporated by reference to our Registration Statement on Form S-1/A (File No. 333-187681) filed with the SEC on April 16, 2013.
4.1
Specimen common stock certificate, which is incorporated by reference to our Registration Statement on Form S-1/A (File No. 333-187681) filed with the SEC on April 16, 2013.
10.1
TriState Capital Holdings, Inc. 2006 Stock Option Plan (“2006 Stock Option Plan”), which is incorporated by reference to our Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-187681) filed with the SEC on April 2, 2013.
10.2
Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement under 2006 Stock Option Plan, which is incorporated by reference to our Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-187681) filed with the SEC on April 2, 2013.
10.3
Restricted Stock Award Agreement dated January 24, 2011 between TriState Capital Holdings, Inc. and James F. Getz, which is incorporated by reference to our Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-187681) filed with the SEC on April 2, 2013.
10.4
Agreement of Lease dated August 29, 2006 between Oxford Development Company/Grant Street, Landlord, and TriState Capital Holdings, Inc., Tenant, and amendment thereto dated September 13, 2010, which is incorporated by reference to our Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-187681) filed with the SEC on April 2, 2013.
10.5
Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated April 24, 2012 by and among TriState Capital Holdings, Inc., LM III TriState Holdings LLC and LM III-A TriState Holdings LLC, which is incorporated by reference to our Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-187681) filed with the SEC on April 2, 2013.
10.6
Amendment No. 1 to the Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated August 10, 2012 by and among TriState Capital Holdings, Inc., LM III TriState Holdings LLC and LM III-A TriState Holdings LLC, which is incorporated by reference to our Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-187681) filed with the SEC on April 2, 2013.
10.7
Agreement Regarding Perpetual Convertible Preferred Stock, Series C dated as of March 8, 2013 by and among TriState Capital Holdings, Inc., LM III TriState Holdings LLC and LM III-A TriState Holdings LLC, which is incorporated by reference to our Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-187681) filed with the SEC on April 2, 2013.
10.8
Registration Rights Agreement dated August 10, 2012 by and among TriState Capital Holdings, Inc., LM III TriState Holdings LLC and LM III-A TriState Holdings LLC, which is incorporated by reference to our Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-187681) filed with the SEC on April 2, 2013.
10.9
TriState Capital Bank Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreement dated February 28, 2013, by and among TriState Capital Holdings, Inc., TriState Capital Bank and James F. Getz, which is incorporated by reference to our Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-187681) filed with the SEC on April 2, 2013.
10.10
TriState Capital Holdings, Inc. 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan, which is incorporated by reference to our Definitive Proxy Statement on Form DEF 14A filed with the SEC on April 15, 2014.
10.11
TriState Capital Holdings, Inc. Short-Term Incentive Plan, which is incorporated by reference to our Definitive Proxy Statement on Form DEF 14A filed with the SEC on April 15, 2014.
21
Subsidiaries of TriState Capital Holdings, Inc., filed herewith.
23.2
Consent of KPMG LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, filed herewith.
24
Power of Attorney, filed herewith.
31.1
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, filed herewith.
31.2
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, filed herewith.
32
Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, filed herewith.
101
The following materials from TriState Capital Holdings, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014, formatted in XBRL: (i) the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition, (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Income, (iii) the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income, (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity, (v) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows and (vi) the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, furnished herewith.

135